^C^: r^j^-^s^^%. <:L<UA^[c 'm^. 5;js^ <. ^^^% ^>^.>^" :->v.\,i ^i^ ^.C5^ I. NOVITATES ZOOLOCxICAE. Vol. I., 1894. : \B9A NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE H Journal of ZooloQ^ m CONNECTION WITH THE TniNU MUSEUM. EDITED BY The Hon. WALTER EOTHSCHILD, ERNST HARTERT, and Dr. K. JORDAN. Issued at the Zoological Museum, Triko. FEINTED BT HAZELL. WATSON, .fc VINEY. Ld., LONDON AND AYLESBURY 1894. CONTENTS OF VOLUME I. GENERAL SUBJECTS. PAGE 1. Note of the Editors 1 2. Introduction to "Glimpses of the Zoology of tlie Natuna Islands." Waltru EOTHSCHILD 467 3. Index 69.3 MAMMALIA. 1. Ueber die Malagassischen Lemuriden-Gattnngen Microcehus, OjmhmiiT, und Chirogak (Plates I., II.). C. I. Forsyth Major 2 2. Lepus nicironndialis sp. nov. Ebnst Hartekt ....... 40 3. List of the ¥irst Collection of Mammals from the Natuna Islan<ls. Oldfiet.u Thomas and Ernst IIartert 052 4. Propitliicus majori sp. nov. Walter Kothsc^hild ...... 666 AVES. 1. On TiiHiiroena sliarjei Salvad. .and Osmotreron everetti sp. nov. (Plate IIJ.l. Walter Rothschild ........... 40 2. On a Desert Form of Tnrlnr tvrlnr (L.). Ernst Hartekt .... 42 3. On a Specimen of Capi-imidgus eximius Temm. Ernst IIartert ... 42 4. On a Collection of Ilumming-liinls fr-om Ecuador and Jlexico (Plate IV.). Ernst and Cl. IIartert . 43 5. List of the Fir.st Collection of Birds from the Natuna Islands. Ernst 1Iarti;iit 469 0. On Albino Swallows and Wheatears. Walter Rothschild .... 667 7. On the Distinctues.s of I'roc/iuloplorum ellioti and T. jn-jevahkii. Ernst IIartert 668 8. On Little-known and Undescribed Eggs from the Kuku-Noor. Ernst IIartert 669 9. Nest and Eggs of Jfia-opus subfurcaius (Blyth). Ernst IIartert . . 674 ( vi ) PAGE 10. On Two New Vciipziu-lan Birds (Plate XV.). Ernst Harteht . 674 1 1. On tlip Ilabitet of ChakojysiUacus duivenhndei Dub. Walter Eotiischild . 677 12. Salvadorina waigktensis gen. nov. et sp. nov. Walter Eotuschild and Ernst IIartert 683 13. On a New Afiro from the New Zealand Region. Walter Kothschild . . 688 H. On a New Bnstard from the Palaearctic Region. Walter Kothschild and Ernst IIartert 689 15. Psevdoneator .rant fiop/trys a Drepamne Bird. Walter Kothschild . . . 692 KEPTILIA. 1. On Gi:int Lanil'l'ortoises (Plate XI.). Walter PiOTiistiniLn .... 676 2. rtemai-ks and Corrections relating to the Living Giant Tortoise on Jfauritin--. Walter Rothschild 090 COLEOPTERA. 1. New Species of Coleopteru from the Indu- and Anstro-Malny.-in Region, collected by William Doherty (Plate VIII., part). K. Jordan . . . .104 2. New Species of the Genus Sc'/mytiis Kiigel. from the East .nnd New Guinea. (Plate VIII., part). K. Jordan •■■■.... 122 3. On African Longieoriis (Plates IX., X.). K. Jordan 13<) 4. Descriptions of New Genera and Sj)ecies of Phytophagous Coleoptera . Martin Jacohy •••.......... 267 5. On souie New Genera and Species of Coleoptera in the Triiig iluseum. K. Jordan 484 6. Six New Species of /'lusiotis and One New Anoplostetltus. Walter Rothschild and K. Jordan ............ .504 7. Descriptions of New (ienera and Species of Pliytojiliagous C'nleopti'ra. Martin Jacoby 508 8. Wftstafrikanische Curculioniden. J. Faist ....... 552 9. Zwei neue Ilhytidophloeus. J. Faist 560 10. On Anthribidae in the Maseiim of the Honourable Walter Rothschild. K. Jordan 501 11. On a New Ciciiidela from Luzon. K. Jordan ....... 063 12. Two New Species of Cetonidae. K. Jordan 691 LEPIDOPTERA. 1. Notes on Sphinyidae, with Descriptions of New Species (Plates V., VI., VII,) Walter Rothschild .......... 2. Supplementary List of Sp/ihir/idae. W. F. Kinnv ..... 3. An Account of a Collection if Diurnal Lfpidoptera from New Guinea (Part I.) H. Grose Smith 4. New Genera nnd Species of Geomelridae. W. Wauken .... 5. Some New Species of Lepidoptefra. Walter Rothschild .... 6. Additional Notes on Spliinyidaf. Walter Rothschild .... 65 99 331 366 535 541 ( vii ) All Account of a Collection of Diiinial LepUhiplera from New (Juinca (Part IJ.) H. Ghuse Sjiith ......... 8. An Account of a Collection of Diurnal Lepiduptura from New Ciuinea (Part H. Grose Sjiith. ......... 9. Desci'ijrtion.s of Nine New Species of Butterflies. H. C4eose Smith . 10. On Five New Delias. Walteu Eothsciuld ..... 11. Additional Notes on V/ihii>gldae. Wai.teh Uothschild 12. New Species and Genera of Indian Oeunietriilae. W, W.\rkex . 1.3. On some New Local Races of J\ipi/lu nillenltuoii Feld. and I'apilio liipjionmts Walter Rothschild ......... 14. On a New Genus and Species of Butterlly. Walter Rothsuhild 111.) Fel. 5-13 571 585 (i61 (i7S (JSj 087 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE. Vol. I. JANUARY, 1894. No. 1. NOTE OF THE EDITOES. IT may interest our readers to know some of the leading principles of the chief contributors to " Novitates Zoologicae," which are laid down in the following short notes. Most of these points of view and theories have so often been disenssed, or are of such eminent practical nsefulness, or else are merely postulates of logical reflection, that we think it unnecessary to dilate upon them. 1. The basis of truly scientific, systematic work is the knowledge of the species and their geographical distribution. 2. Therefore we ought to distinguish between the different forms, even if their differences are very " slight " — provided they are constant. 3. If very closely allied forms are connected by intermediate specimens (as is often the case in the countries where their areas meet or overlap) it is practically not advisable to 'admit them as distinct species, but they ought to be degraded to the rank of subspecies. 4. Islaud-forms, however slight may be their differences, will in most cases be more readily recognised as worthy of specific rank than similarly closely allied forms with a mainland distribiUion. 5. The initials of generic terms are written in Capitals, the specific names with small initials. 6. The author's name is put in lirackets if it was originally connected with any other generic term than at present. 7. The term " variety," especially among entomologists, has been indiscriminately used to denote an individual variation within a species as well as climatic or geographical races. We therefore, to avoid all possible errors, have determined to discard the term " variety " altogether. To denote individual variations we shall, in this periodical, employ the word aberration, and for geographical forms, which cannot rank as full species, the term subspecies. EDITORS. 1 /4 (2) tJBER DIE MALAGASSISCHEN LEMURIDEN-GATTUNGEN MICROCEBUS, OPOLEMUR, UND CHIROGALE. Von C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR. I) EI oiiiem Besnche des zooloo^isohcn Mnseums in Tring crrcgten einige y Zwer"-niakis ans Madagascar lueiue Anfmerksamkcit, und es wnrdcn mir diesellien von Herrn Baron Walter von Kothschild bereitwilligst ziir Uuter- snchiino- nnd znr Vergleichnng mit dem Material des Britischen Mnsenras iibcrlnsseii, wobei sicli iieransstellte, dass die Exemplare von Tring sich anf zwei Arteu vertheilen. deren eine im Britischcn Mnseum uiclit vertreteu ist, walirend die zweite einer vielfach verkannten Art zngeliort. la der Folge erschien es wiinschenswertli, die Untersuclinng auc.h auf die iibrigen Glieder der kleinen Grnppe von Lemnriden aus- zndehnen, welche nenerdings gewohnlich iu eiuer eiuzigen Gattnng, Chirogaleus, nntersiebracht werden. Diese Untersuclinng mnsste im Britischen Mnseum gesehehen, nnd ich bin I'lir freimdliches Entgegenkommen den Herreu Dr. (iunther iind Oldfield Thomas zn Dank verpflichtet. Ich gebe zunachst eineu geschichtlichen tjberbliek tiber die hierher gel)5rigen Formen. Im Jahre 1812 stellte Et. Geoffrey Saint-Hilaire (.\x.) naeh Zeichnnngeu des Reisendeu ("ommersou die Gattnng Cheirogakus anf, mit den provisorisohen Arten Ch. major, Ch. mediuis nnd Cli. minor, nnd dem ausdriicklichen Bemerken, dass " in Anbetracht der sparlichen Augaben tiber die Thiere Commersou's auf immer grosse Ungewissheit iiber dieselben herrschen werde." Die Veroffentliehung der Zeichnnngen geschah lediglich zum Zwecke, die Aufmerksamkeit der Weisenden anf diese Thiere zu lenken. Es ist darnm anch vergebliche Miihe, diese mit seithcr bekaunt gewordenen Lemuriden-Arten identificieren zu wollen, nnd es wird sicli aus diesem Gruude empfehleu, eudlich eiumal dem Beisjiiele zn tblgen, das Et. Geoffroy selbst sjjater dnrch Aufgebeu der drei Arten gegeben hat. Et. Geoffroy beschreibt 1828 (xxii.) die erste greifbare Species von Chirogaleus, Ch. milii, nach einem Exemplar, welches bereits 1821 in der von ihm und Fr. Cuvier herausgegebenen crsten Auflage der Histoire Naturelle des Mammijlres (xxi.) als " Maki uain " aufgefiihrt und nbgebildet worden war. In der gleichen Abhaudlung von 1828 wird ftir einen Zwergmaki, unter Fallenlassen von dessen iilteren Bezeichnungen, Lemur pusillus (xvii.. xviii.) und Galago madagascariensis (xix.), die Gattung Microeehus anfgestellt (" Microcfebe roux "), ileren Unterschiede von Lemur nnd Chirogaleus angegebeu, und die Ver- muthung ansgesprochen, ansser der erwiilniten existiere uoch eine zweite Art der nenen Gattung. Eine sorgfiiltige Beschreibnng einer angeblich von Ch. milii verschiedenen Art giebt 18:53 A. iSmith (Ixi.) unter dem Namen Ch. typicus ; dieselbe stiitzt sich auf ein von Verreaux erhalteues Individnum, welches im Brit. Mnseum aufl)ewahrt wird. 1840 fvihrt Wagner (Ixii.) je eine Art von Chirogaleus und von Microcebus auf : Ch. milii Geoffr. und " M. murinus Penn." * welcbe letztere weiterhin t J/- rufus genannt wird. • p. 278. t P- 291, Anm. 15. (3) Von J. E. Gray wird 1842 ein Cheirogaleus smithii aufgestellt (xxxiii.), der, wie wir sehen werden, wahrscheinlich identisch ist mit Geoffrey's " Microcebe roux." Derselbe Autor ftihrt gleichzeitig einen zweiten Zwergmaki vou Madagascar als Galaf/o minor eiu. Beide Thiere fignrieren im folgendcu Jahre uuter deu gloicheii Namen iin Catalog des Bi-it. Museums (xxxiv.), uud als zweite Art von Cheii-oyaleus : Ch. ti/picus Smith. 1850 charakterisirt Is. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire (xxiii.) eine neue Art, Chirogaleus furci/'e r, deren iSchiidel bereits 1841 von Ulainville (ii.) als Lemur fur cifer ohne Beschreibung abgebildet wordeu. Eiu Jahi- siJiiter wird Chirogaleui^, mit don beiden Arten Ch. milii nud C/i. furci/er, von Is. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire (xxiv.) in die Tribu Lemurina, neben die Gattuugeu Lemur, Hapalemur und LepUo.mur versetzt, uud weit davon getrennt die Gattuug Mkrocehus (eiuzige Art " M. ru/us, Scbinz." der " Microcebe ronx " Et. Geoffroy's) neben Gulago, in die Tribu OaUujina. Peters stellt 1852 (liii.) die neue Art Microcehm myoxiiiua auf, und recbtfertigt dieselbe durch eingehende Vergleichung ibrer iiussern nnd craniellen Merkmale mit deuen von " .1/. pusillus " (= M. inithi). Gervais giebt 1854 (xxv.) drei Arten Cheirogaleus : Ch. milii E. Geoffr., Ch. furci/er Blainv. n. Is. Geoffr., und Ch. murinus " ou le Little Macauco de Brown {Lemur murinus de Pennant)," Lemur pusillus Geoffr., Typns der Gattung Micro- cebus. Es wird vermuthet, Cheirogaleus smithii Gray, sei gleichfalls synonym mit " Ch. murinus^ wud Ch. ty picas Smith = Ch. milii Geoffr. 1855 beschreibt Wagner (Ixiii.) die folgeuden Arten von Chirogaleus, mit dem er Hapalemur vereinigt : Ck. cinereus Ge(jffr. ( - Hapalemur griseus Is. Geoffr.), Ch. olivaceus Is. Geoffr. ; <Vt. milii Geoffr. ; Ch. furci/er Blainv. ; Ch. typicus Smith; und von Microcebus : M. murinus Blainv.: M. myo.rinus Pet. Endlich OtoUciius minor (= Galago minor Gray). Giebel nimmt 1-856 (xxvi.) als Arten vou Chirogaleus, mit dem er ebenfalls Hapalemur vereinigt, die folgeuden an: Ch. milii Geoffr.; Ch. furci/er Geoffr.; Ch. griseus Hoev. ; Gk. olieaceus Geoffr. sp. Ch. typicus Smith und Ch. smithii Gray werden ftir " Arten zweifelhafter Verwandtschaft " erkliirt. Von Microcebus hat der gleiche Autor die zwei Arten M. myoxinus Pet. und M. murinus Mart. J. E. Gray erkeunt 1863 (xxxv.) drei Arten Cheirogaleus an .- Gk. milii Geoffr. ; Ch. typicus Smith ; Gh. smithii Gray. Die malagassischen Zwergmakis, nebst " Ch. furci/er Geoffr." werden in den Gattungen Lepllemur (L. murinus, L. myoxi- nus, L./urcifcr) und Galago ((r. madagascarieiisis) untergebracht. Mivart hat 1864 (xlvii.) unter Cheirogaleus nur die cine Art Ch. milii. Alle Ubrigen hier in Betracht kommenden Formen werden iler Gattuug .Microcebus ein- verleibt : M. myoxinus, M. minor, M. smithii, M. pusillus, M. typicus, M. furci/er. 1867 wird von Grandidier (xxviii.) eine neue Art von Cheirogaleus: Ch. coquereli Poll, mit einer kurzen Diagnose eingefiihrt ; dieselbe wurde, wie es scheint, von Pollen benannt, aber nicht beschrieben. Bald darauf erwahnt Grandidier (xxix.) folgende von ihm auf Madagascar beobachtete Arten von " Cheirogalus " : Ck. milii Geofl'r., Ch. coquereli Poll., Ch. ru/us (Geofl'r.) [soil hcissen Waguer], Ch. myoxinus (Pet.), Ck. /urci/er (Gerv.) [soil heissen Is. Geoffr.]. Es werden demnach die bisher gewohnlich zn Microcebus gestellten malagassischen Zwergmakis ebenfalls mit " Cheirogalus " vereinigt. Im gleicheu Jahre lS67 bemtiht sicii Mivart (xlviii.) durchgreifende Charaktere (4) (ler Gattnngen Cheirogaleiis nnd Microcfbius, wie dieselben von ihm anfgefasst werden, heransznfinden. Zu ersterer stellt er Ch. milii, mit dem I'raglichen Synonym Ch. typicus Smith, Ch.furcifer, Ch. coquereli ; zu letzterer : M. pusillm, .V. .'tmithii. ^[. myo.ri/>us, .^f. minor. Schlegel mul Pollen beschreiben ISfiS (Ivi.) '' Cheirogaleiis furcifer" nnd " Microcebus coqiiereli,'" mit BeifUgnng von Abbildmigen der Thiere nnd ihver Scbadel. In den Jahren 1868 — 1870 werden die folgenden neneu Arteu Chirogaleus von Graudidier knrz cbarakterisiert : Ch. samati (xxx.) ; Ch. gliroides (xxxi.) ; Ck. adipicaudatus (xxxi.) ; Ch. crosslegi (xxxii.). In seinem Catalog des Britisehen Museums (xxxvi.) giebt J. E. Gray, 1870, als Arten von Cheirognlem : Ch. milii, Ch. ti/picus nnd Ch. .vnithii ; nnd als im Britisehen Museum vorhaudene Arten von Lepilemur : L. murinus uud L. j'urcifer. Im Appendix des ('ataloges werden vier none Gattnngen aufgestellt : Microcebus {Cheiroguleus) coquereli der Autoreu mrd Mirza geuannt, Microcebus (Cheirog.) furcifer Anct. : Pkaner, fiir "Lepiletmir murinus " wird der Gennsname Murtlemur vorgeschlageu, nnd fiir Ch. sniithii : Azema. Im folgenden Jahre (1871) stellt A. Milne Edwards (xlv.) die Gattungeu "Chirogale et Microcebe" neben Galago in die Uuterfamilie der "Galagincs" welche als Section der " Macrotarses " der, nach Ausscheidung von Chiromys nnd Galea pithecus, alle iibrigen Lemnriden umfasseudeu Section " Brachytarses " gegcniibergestellt wird. Des Weitern wird betont, Microcebus (Typus : M. rufus) stehe den Chirowdcri so uahe, dass es von denselbeu uicht generisch zu trennen sei. 1872 wird vou J. E. Gray (xxxvii.) eine feruere ueue Gattung, Opolemur, aufgestellt, mit der Species Op. milii. die auf Taf. LXX. nnd Seite 854 (Sehiidel) abgebildet ist. In der gleichen Abhandlung werden angeblicbe ludividuen von Cheirogali'iis typicus abgebildet (Taf. LXXI. nnd tig. 2, fig. '.i ;uif Seite s.^.i, s.5fi, Schii<lel). Mivart, der allmitlig zu A. Milne Edwards' Ausicht gelaiigt war, die Unter- schiede zwischen Cheirogaleiis uud Microcebus seien nicht stiebhaltig, spricht schliesslich, 1873 (xlix.), seine Cberzeugung ans, dass lieide luir eine natiirliche Gattung bilden, welcher der altera Name Cheirogaleiis zukomme ; letztere wird von ilim, nach Milne Edwards' Vorgang, in die Niihe von Gulago gestellt, als zu ein uud derselben Unterfamilie (Galaginae) gehorig. Am gleicben Orte werden die folgenden Ausichten Milne Edwards' mitgetheilt : 1. Die angeblichen Arten Cheiroguleus {Microc.) smithii, minor, myoxinus, gliroides, rufus und pusillus seien siimmtlich Synonyme ein und derselben Art. Mivart sclieint dieser Ansicht beiznpflichteu, da er vou den " so-called species typicus, minor, and smithii " spricht. 2. Ch. milii und Ck. typicus seien Synonyme, was schon vermnthungsweise von Gervais nnd Mivart ansgesprochen worden war. 3. Ck. major Geoffr. und Ch. adipicaudatus Grand, seien ebenfalls Synduyme von Ck. milii. 4. Ch. samati Grand, sei = Ch. mediiis Geoffr. 5. Ch. coquereli Grand, wird fiir eine " gute Art "' erkliirt. 1875 fi'dirt Gtlnther (xxxviii.) eine ueue bemerkenswerthe Form als Chirogaleus trickotis ein. Schlegel geht 1876 (Ivi.) theUweise auf Is. Geoffrey Saint-Hilaire zuriick, iudem ( s ) er zwei hierher gehorige Lemnrideu iu die Nixhe dcr Giittungeu Ha/jalemur iiud Lepilemur stellt (" Famille Faux-Lemurs, Hapalemnr ") ; fiir dieselbeu werden die Gray'sclieu Gattnugsnamen acceptiert : Phaner furci/ei-, und Mirza coqaerelii. Eine feraere Gruppe oder Familie, " Les Cbeirogales, Cheirogaleus," umfasst das eine Genns Cheirogale>.(s, mit deu Arteu C/t. milii Et. Geoffr., Ch. samati Grand. = Opolemwr milii Gray (Proc. Zool. Soc, 1872, p. 8o4, PI. TO), Ch. pusillus (Geoffr.), Ch. myoxinus (Peters), Ch. trichotis Giinth. Flower und Lydekker folgeu, 1891 (xvi.), den neuern franzdsischeu Zoologeu, sowie Mivart, indem sie alle hier in Betracht kommenden Formen in einer Gattung Chirogaleus (Uuterfam. (ialayinae) vereinigen ; und A. Milne Edwards, indem sie die Zwergmakis "CA. pimllus, riifus, smithii, etc.," als iSynonyme ein und derselben Art betrachten. Die Gattung "Clieirogaleus'''' im weitei-n Sinn, d. h. die verschiedenen Formen von Microcebus mit umfasscnd, wird vou Blivart (xlix., p. .501) wie t'olgt charak- terisiert : " Schwanz langer als Korper. Obere Incisiven ungleich, das vordere Paar grosser ; dritter oberer Praemolar viel kleiner als der erste Molar und mit nur einem Aussenhocker ; erster oberer Praemolar in vertical er Ausdehnung so stark oder starker als der zweite ; Hinterinnenhocker oberer Molareu sehr klein oder fehlend ; Gaumen hiuter deu letzten Molareu ansehnlich verlangert ; Prae- maxUlae stark ausgebildet, mit den Nasalia in ^ ihrer (der Nasalia) Lange verbunden. Interparietale vorbanden : Mastoidregiou des Perioticum uickt ange- schwollen. ' Dorsal- und sieben Lumbalwirbel.' Ein Intermedium carpi ; Lange des Calcaneus mehr als ^ der Liinge der Tibia betrageud ; Naviculare uicht doppelt so lang als Cnboideum, manchmal kaum langer als letzteres. Gallenblase mit ihrer Basis nach rttckwarts gerichtet." Diese Augaben unterliegen eiuigen Modiiicatiouen. Was zuuachst die verticale Ausdehnung des obern " ersten " also vordersten Praemolaren (p 3) aulangt, so bleibt derselbe bei einer Form, Microcebus smithi, in seinen Dimensionen und namentlich anch in verticaler Ausdehnung stets hiuter p 2 zuriick ; Maximum der verticaleu Ausdehnung bei Microc. furci/er und " Chirogaleus trichotis." Die Mastoidregiou des Perioticum ist in einem Falle ("(7/i. trichotis") stark ange- schwolleu, obwol etwas wcuiger als bei Oalayo ; m geringerm Maasse ist dies der Fall bei Opolemur thomasi und 0. samati, und noch weniger bei den verschiedenen unter Microcebus zusammeugefassteu Arten ; wahrend bei Chirogale die Mastoid- regiou flach oder sogar etwas coucav erscheint. Veranlassung, die Treunung dieser Lemuridengruppe in verschiedeue Gattungeu aufrecht zu erhalten, ward fiir mich iu erster Linie der auffallende Unterschied in der Form der Molaren, welche bei Chirogale {sensu strenuo) angenscheinlich riick- gebildet sind : die spitzen Hocker von Microcebus sind zu uiedrigen stimipfen Hligelu, bis zum theilweiseu Verschwindeu derselben reduciert, derart, dass an den untern Molaren, schou im unangekauten Zustaud, nur zwei stumpfe AussenhOcker sich nndeutlich abheben ; die Umrisse des Zahnes sind mehr oder weniger dreieckig, mit nach vorn gerichteter Spitze ; beiuahe die gesammte Zahnkrone der untereu Molaren ist von einer napfformigen Vertiefuug eiugeuommen, deren Hiinder der Contour des Zahnes parallel verlaui'eu, also ebeufalls mit vorderer tSpit/.e versehen sind. Die obern Molaren sind im Gegensatz zu Microcebus einftich trituberculiir, d. h. der Basalrand ist an der Hinteriuueuecke nicht wie bei letzterem Genus zu einem mehr oder weniger stark ausgebildeten Innenhocker angeschwollen. Diese (.6) Ruckbildnng ist, tihnlich wic bei CIdromys* oder bei Xerus insiynis nnd Xeriis Jio.fi'ijt offeubar hervorjrenit'eii diirch eiue MoJificatiou der Nahruug ; in der That wird anch von Chirogale angegeben (Is.), seine Nahrung bestebe in Friichtcn und Honig, wahrend die verschiedeneu Arten von Microcebus nicht uur frngivor, sondern gleichzeitig audi insectivor und carnivor sind. Nun halten allerdings die zwei Arten, fiir welche ich den Gray'scheu Gatruugs- namen Opolemiir adoptiert babe, gerade in der Bescbafl'euLeit tier Molareii nnd ansserdem in einigen anderu Charakteren die Mitte zwischeu Microcebus und C/iirogalr ; der Scbiidel von Opolemiir ist indessen so eigenthiimlich, dass ich die beiden Fornieu (Ojiolemur samati und Opol. t/tomasi) weder mit Mirrocrhus noeb mit Chirogale zu vereinigen vermag. Es kounte eingeweudet werden, die unterscheidenden Merkmale der drei Grnppen seien uicht hinreicheud, nm die Trennung in drei Genera zn rechtfertigen, wahrend die bctreffeuden Abweicbuugen durch Aufstellnng von Untergattungen geniigenden Ausdrnck tauden. Dadurch wiirden aber die gegenseitigcn Bezicbungen der verschiedenen in Frage konimendeu Fonnen nur uniibersichtlicher ; nnd Ubersichtlichkeit ist doch Hanptzweck der Namengebung.J Gattungsnamen werden anch dann noch beibebalten werden miissen, wenn dereinst alle Zwiscbenglieder nuserer heutigen Gattnngen bekauut sein werden. Es ist eine gauz allgemeiue, man mOchte sagen uuwillkurliche Tendenz, den Scbiidel- und Gebissmerkmalen kleiner Sangetbiere weniger Gewicht beizulegeu, als denen grosserer ; nun ist es aber nicht gerechti'ertigt, Charaktere nur darum zn unterscliiitzen oder ganzlich ausser Acht zu laasen, weil, wegen der geringen Dimensioncn der betreifenden Species, zu ibrer genauern Constatierung die Loupe erforderlicb ist. Die dreit'acbe Vergrosseruug der Molaren, wie unsere Tafel II. sie darstellt, ist gerade geniigend, die eigenthiimlichen Unterschiede zwischen den verschiedenen Formen dentlich vor Angen zu i'uhren. W^iire die angegebene Vergriisserung ihre uatiirliche Grosse, oder biitteu die Ziihue gar die Diinen- sionen von denen des Tapirs z. B., so wurde nic ein Zweifel an der generiscben Verscbicdenheit antgekommen sein. Ahnlicbe Bemerkungen gelten fiir die Schadelmerkmale. Ebe ich zur Bcsprechung der einzelnen' Arten ubergelie, wird es zweckmiissig sein, die uuterscbeideudeu Gebiss- und Schadelmerkmale der drei Gattungen Microcebus, Opolemur, Chirogale in iibersichtlicber Form vorzut'iihren. MlCEOCEBUS. OpOLEMUK. t'UIBOGAl,E. Hiicker tier ^lolaren scharf und spitz bervonrctcnd. An der Hin Beschaffcnheit der Molaren die Mittc haltend zwischen denen von Molaren mit nicdrigen, stunipfcn Hockern versehen, die imVergleich zu denen von Microtrhttg atich an i Zahl reduciert sind. Alle drei zu einem kleinen Hocker von | ! obern Molaren tvituberculiir. tcrinnenccke der beiden vordern ' Mierocthun und Chirogale. * W. Lechc, " Studien iiber die Entmcklung des Zahnsystems bei den Saugethieren " {MorpM. Jahrhuch, xix., 1S92, pp. 543, 544). t Forsyth Major, " On some Miocene Sciuirrels, with Remarks on the Dentition and Classification of the Sciurinac." (Proo. Zmd. Hoc. Luiuloit, 18H.3, pp. 1X5, Isc.) J Das neuerliehe Bestreben, theilweise zu Linne'schen Gattungen zuriickzukehren, z. B. in der Ausdehnung, wcIche der (jattung Bi>8 gegeben \%ird, kann ich nur als " retrogressive Evolution '* anseben, die in dem angefiihrten Kalle um so Iwdauerlichcr ist, weil sie von hervorragenden Zoologen ausgeht, nnd uMter Anderm ein voUiges Ignorieren von Kiitimeyer's classischen Arbeiten bekundet. ( 7.) MiCKOCEBUS. wechselnder Starke ausgebildet, der bei Chirogale immer fehlt. Bisweileu [unversehrte obere Mo- laren von M. minor und .)/. my- (ij-ittH.-jJeinschwacberlnnenhocker aucb wciter vom vom Basalrand abgehend. Mol.3sup.tritubercular. Oberes Scbadelprofil gewblbt. Breite der Frontalia hinter den Orbitae das Vier- bis Funffache ihrer geringsten Breite zwischen den Orbitae betragend. OfEnungen im knochernen Gau- men relativ gross (bei M. .•oiiitJii viel kleiner). Hintere Foramina palatina gi'oss. Aitsscre uud inuere Fliigelfort- satze nach binten stark auseinan- dertreteud ; die innern conver- gieren. die aussem divergieren nach hinten (am wenigsten bei M. coquereli, am stiirksten bei M. minor und M, mijo.rimi^'). Bullae osseae langgestreckt ; cine ihre hintern Enden verbiu- dende Linie trifft den Vorden-and des Foramen magnum, oder iiber- schreitet denselben nach hinten (bei den kleinern Arten). Mastoidregion des Perioticum und 'angrenzender Theil des Squa- mosum schwach convex durch blasige Auftreibung. Processus paroccipitalis sehr schwach ausgebildet. Opolemur. Schadel niedrig und flach. Breite der Frontalia hinter den Orbitae weniger als das Doppelte ihrer geringsten Breite zwischen den OrVjitae betragend. Offnungen im knochernen Gau- men winzig klein. Hiutere Foramina paiatiua klein. FlUgelfortsatze uugefahr wie bei Chirngale sich verhalteud ; die aussern etwas starker nach aus- warts geneigt als bei Ch. Form undAusdehnungder Bullae osseae intermediar zwischen Chiro- gale und Mirrocfhiis. Mastoidregion des Perioticum und angrenzender Theil des Squa- mosum schwach convex durch geringe blasige Auftreibung. Pi'ocessus paroccipitalis ziemlich deutlich ausgebildet. Chirogalk. Foramen magnum hoher als Foramen magnum hbber als breit. hreit ; der nach voni abschiissigen ' Im Ubrigen verhiih sich die Occi- Richtung des Hinterhaupts ent- ! pitalregion intermediar zwischen sprechend Uberragt der Oberrand der von Mlrrocchm und Chinxjale. des Foramen magnum dessen Un- terrand weit nach hinten (Maxi- mum bei M. sTfiithi). ' Hohe des Coronoidfortsatzes Hohe des Coronoidfortsatzes am TJnterkiefer gleich deijenigen iibertrifft diejenige zwischen Ge- zwischen Gelenk und Angulus lenk und Angulus mandibulae. mandibulae (mit Ausnahme von ! M. furcifer. dessen Coronoidfort- > satz relativ niedrig und an seiner Basis stark in der Langsrichtung ausgedehnt ist). Oberes Scbadelprofil schwach gewolbt. Breite der Frontalia hinter den Orbitae kaum das Doppelte ihrer geiingsten Breite zwischen den Orbitae betragend. Offnungen im knochernen Gau- men klein. Hintere Foramina palatina rela- tiv klein. Aussere und innere FliigeUort- satze nach hinten weuig ausein- andertretend. Bullae osseae ziemlich klein und fast kuglig (Langenausdehnung die Breite wenig iibertreffend). Eine ihre hintern Enden verbin- dende Linie verlauft cor dem Vorderrandedes Foramen magnum. Mastoidregion des Perioticum flach oder leicht concav. Processus paroccipitahs, nameiiu lich bei alten <J, deutlich ausge- bildet und schai-f. Foramen magnum kugelmnd. oder breiterals hoch, der Oberrand den Unterrand wenig nach hinten Uberragend. Hinterhaupt vertical abfallend. Hohe des Coronoidfortsatzes geringer als der Abstand zwischen Gelenk und Angulus mandibulae. ( 8) 1. Microcebus minor, Taf. 1., fig. 2. Tiif. II., fig. 5-7, U, 15. 1835. ilicrocebus murhms. Martin (Pruc. Zool. Soc. Lmuloii, lU., 1835, Sept. 8, pp. 125-27). 1838. Microcebus murinus. G. R. Waterhouse (Catal. Mamm. .Uiis. Zool. Soc. Lontlon, 2ud ed., 1838, p. 12, No. 88). 1840. Microcebus mui-inus. Wagner (Schreber's SSugthiere. Supplement I., 1S40, p. 278). Pro parte. 1842. Galatju minor. J. E. Gray {Ann. May. Nat. Hisl. X., 1842, p. 255). 1843. Galago mimr. J. E. Gray {List of the Specim. of Mammalia in the Coll. of the Brit. .\lus., 1843, p. 17). 1855. Microcebus murimts. Wagner (Schreber's SHugthiere. Supplement V., 1855, p. 154). Pro parte. 1855 Otolicnus minor. Wagner (Schreber's SHufithiere. Supplement V., 1855, p. 159). 1856. Microcebus tnurinus. Giebel {SCiugethiere, 1856, p. 1014). Pro parte. 1863. Lepilemur murinus. J. E. Gray {Proc. Zool. Soc. London. 1863, pp. 143, 144). 1864. Microcebus minor. Mivart {Proc. Zool. Soc. Lomlon, 1864, pp. 615-40). 1867. Microcebus minor. Mivart {Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1867, p. 1)72). 1868. 1 Chirogalus gliroides. Grandid. {Comfit, rend. 14 d^c, 1868, und Ann. Sc. Nat. 5' S. X. 1868, p. 378). 1870. Lepilemiir murinus. J. E. Gray {Catal. Monkeys, etc., Brit. Mus., 1870, pp. 87, 88). 1870. Murilemur murinus. J. E. Gray {Catal. Monkeys, etc.. Brit. Mus., 1870. App., p. 135). 1872. Murilemur murinus. J. E. Gray {Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1872, p. 857). 1873. Chirogaleus minor. Mivart {Prnc. Zool. Soc. London, 1873, p. 491). 1873. Chirogaleus pusillus. A. Milne Edwards {Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1873, p. 491). Pro parte. 1876. ? Cheirogaleus niyoxinus. Schlegel {Monoyr. des Singes, 1876, p. 326). 1891. Chirogaleus pusillus. Flov^er & hydekker (Introd. Study of Mammals, 1891, ip. 690). Pro parte (implic). Der Artuame murinus ist ans den folgenden Griiudeu zxi beseitigen. Martin (xlii.)und WaterLonse (Ixiv.) geben Geoffrey lalscblich als Autoritat ftir deuselben, damit aber immerhin andeutend, dass sie den " Lemw murinus " der altern Aiitoren im Auge haben. Et. Geoffrey (xix.) fiibrt unter den Syuonymen seines Galago inadaga.'icariensis, desseu Diagnose (" ])elage roux : oreilles de moitie moius lengues que la tete ") weit bcsser anf Microcebus smitin passt, " Lemur murinus Penu. Quadr., i., p. 247 " anf. Die ursprilngliclie Autoritat ist indessen so wenig Pennant als Geoffrey. In der Synopsis of Quadrupeds (1.) hat Pennant einen " Tailless maucauco " von Ceylon ; demuaoh Loi-is gracilis, der mit dem Tbier von Mada- gascar absolut nichts zu schaffen hat. In der zweiteu Auflage (li.) figuriert, mit Bezngnahme anf Brown (iv.), ein " Little Maucauco" den wieder Beddaert (iii.) als Synonym seines " Prosimia spectrum minima " giebt. Brown seinerseits hat : " Macauco Pen. Syn. Quadr. 104," bernft sich also anf die erste Auflage Pennant's. Nun bemerkt aber Peters (liii.) mit Reoht, dass das Thier von Brown und Pennant (Anflage von IT.sl) •' nach Beschreibuug und Abbildung ebeuse gut und eher ein Galago wie ein Micrecebns sein kann " ; sodass wir von demselben um so mehr abznsehen haben, da gar keine Angabe iiber die Heimath gemacht winl. Die Bezeichuung " Lemur murinus" findet sicli zuerst bei J. Fr. Miller (xliii., Taf Xlll.). Das Werk wurde in Lieferungen ausgegeben nud 1785 volJendet : jfde Tafel triigt die Angabe : " Painted, engraved, and published by J. Fr. Miller according to the Act," mit nachfolgender Jahreszahl, die fiir Tafel 13: 1777 ist. Gmelin hat diesen " Lemur murinus " Miller's in das Systema Naturae (xxvii., p. 44, No. 7) aufgeuemmen. Ebenso Pennant in die dritte Auflage der History of Quadrupeds, von 1793 : aber, mit Verwechselung der Miller'schen Tafeln, wenig- NoviTATEs ZooLOGic^. Vol.]. 1894. Pl.I. J Smit del etlitK. 1. 0P0.1.EMUR THOlvIASI .Major. 2. MICROCEBUS MIN OR,(Gra.y) Mintftm. Bros imp. ( 9 ) steus in der vorliegenden deutscheu ULersetzung- Bechstcin's (lii.), wird nnter " No. 153. Bicolor Maid. L,'mar hicolor" " Miller's Plates, tab. xiii." citiert, welche sicli anf '■^ Lemur muvinus'" beziebt, und nmgekebvt nnter "No. 154. Murine Maki. Lemur murmus " : " Miller's Plates, tab. xxxii., fig. ii.," welcbe den " Lemur bicolor" darstellt (Miller's tab. xxxii., eathalt tilirigens nnr eine Fignr). Die ('hneliu Plii/sicn (xliv.j sind eine zweite nflage der Various Snhjects, mit Text von Sbaw ; die Tafeln sind die gleicheu ; die in Ictzterem Werk jeder Tafel beigefiigte Bemerkung mit Jahreszahl ist in den Uimdia ansradiert, in dem vorlie- genden Exemplar des "Natural History " Museum's indess anf den meisteii Tafeln noch theilweise zn entziffern. Sliller's Lemur murinus wird von Et. Geoffrey (xviii.) fraglicb, und von Audebert (i.) ohne Fragezeichen als Synonym des " Lemur yriseus '' betrachtet. Unter der Annahme, dass die Miller'sche Figur das Thier etwa in natilrlicber Grosse darstellen soil, und dass die Farben, uamentlich des Scliwanzes, " bright ferruginous," viel zu grell aufgetragen sind, kOnnte dieser Lemur murinus wohl ein und dasselbe Thier mit Gray's Galago minor seiu ; wie denn auch wieder Peters (liii.) betont hat, ersterer sei ein wahrscheinlich zu der Gattung Microcebus gehoriges Thier und vielleicht mit Gray's Galago minor zu vergieichen. Da indesseu Miller's ohne Grossenangabe gegebene Abbilduug, und die nach derselben, neanzehn Jahre nach der ersten Verotfeutlichuug der betreft'euden Tafel, gemacht.e Beschreibuug Shaw's uugentigend sind, so muss '• Microcebtis murinus Martin " als alteste Be- zeichnung unseres Thieres, und als Artname desselben minor, nach Gray's Galago minor, betrachtet werden. Martin's Notiz (xlii.) haudelt von der Anatomic der Weichtheile ; Waterhouse (Ixiv.) giebt keine Beschreibuug. Gray's Galago minor ist wie folgt charakterisiert : " Pale grey ; back rather browner washed, beneath whitish ; tail elongated, depressed, narrow. Not more than half the size of Galago se /legale nsis" (xxxiii). Bei Be- sprechung des Schadels von " Lepilemur murinus " (xxxv.) erkeuut Gray ganz richtig, dass derselbe gut mit Peter's Abbildnng von Microcebus myoxinas stimmt, ein Urtheil, dem auch Mivart (xlvii.) beipflichtet. Da auch die allgemeinen Dimensionen und die auffallende Liinge der Ohren beiden gemeinsam sind, wiirde icli nicht anstehen, den Microcebus myoxinus als eine Farbeii varietal vou M. minor zn betrachten, weun nicht einige spiiter zu besprechende Schadelmerkmale in der Abbilduug von Peters, die sich genau auch bei dem einzigeu mir zur Verfiiguug stehenden Exemplare von M. mi/oxinus (aus dem Tring Museum) wiederholen, deuselbeu bestimmt von sammtlichen Schiideln des J/, minor zn uuterscheiden erlaubteu. Dass die ijeideu Formeu myoxinus und minor in einander iibergehcii, kOiiute man allenfalls aus den Angabeu bei Schlegel (Iv.) zu eutuehmen geueigt sein, da derselbe den von der Westkilste Madagascars stammeuden Excmplaren von " C/ieiro- galeus myoxinus" des Leydener Museums folgende Filrliimg zuschreiirt : •' sur le dessous d'un blauc prestxue pur et uon pas lav6 de ronssatre ; snr les antres parties non pas d'uu roux pronouc^, mais d'un gris pins ou moius faiblement lave de ronssatre ; cette derniere teinte predomine toutefois un ]iou sur la cpieue." Damit stimmt wenig Peters' Beschreibnng seines Microcebus myoxinus (liii. J ; die Fiirbuug der Oberseite dieses letztern ist " goldig mit rostbraunem Anfluge, an der Stiru nud unter den Augen lebhafter, an den Korperseiten und an der ausseren Oberflache der Extremitiiten matter"; die des Schwanzes, " glanzend goldgelb mit rostrothem Anfluge, an der LJnterseite heller." So lauge daher keine Schiidelbeschreibuugen (ler Leydener Exemplare vorliegen, mnss iili SehlegeFs Pheirogaleus myoxiniis als Svnouym von Microccbus miiwr betrachtcii. Granclidier's Chirogalus gliroides, vou der 8udwestkuste (xssi.), scbcint ebenfalls mit .1/. miyior identisch zu seiu. Die provisorisclic Bescbreibuug, " plus grand qne son congdnfere le Ch. myoxinus (Pet.), d'nn gris plus fonc6, tirant moins snr le ronx, Ji parties infdriciirps d'nu blanc moins pnr, k oreilles tr^s diveloppdes, a queue deprimee, moins rousse et garuii' interieureinent d'nue couche de graisse comma le Ch. samati"—ht indessen nngeuiigeud zn einer definitiven Entscbeidung. Die mitgetbeilten Dimensionen stimmen mit den grossern Exemplaren von J/, minor. Exemj)lar(' im Britisclion Museum : — 1. No. '-iT. 0. 2(i. 79. Trockener Balg (S) ™if Hcbiidel, der im August dieses Jabres berausgenommen wiirde. Madagascar. Von Verreaux. Tyi)us vou " Galugo minor " Gray. 2. No. oo. 12. 24. 49. Aufgestellter Balg (<?). Aus dem Musemii der Zool. See. London. Typns von Microcebus murinus Waterh. (und ohne Zwcil'el auch vou Microc. murinus Martin), von Lepilemur murinus Gray, Murilemur murinus Gray. Der Scbadel ist im Profil abgebildet (angebl. nat. Gr.) von Gray (P.Z.S., 1863, ]i. 144), eopiert im Gat. A/on//., 1870, p. 38 (zu gross imd sonst ungeuau); von nnten abgebildet in doppelt nat. Gr. bei Mivart (P.Z.S., 1804, p. 61.5), copiert von Gray (Cat. Mon/tnys, etc., 1870, p. 87, fig. 13). Junges Individuum, Scbiidel ziemlicli klein, bat aber bereits das definitive Gebiss. 3. No. 91. 11. 30. 7 (?). Alcobolexemplar. Sebadel im August dieses Jahres berausgenommen. Fort I)au])liiu (Siidostkiiste Madagascars). Von Cloisel crhalten. Relativ grosser Schiidel, obwol jUngeres Tliier. 4. No. 92. 11. 6. 2 (c?). Skelet und Balg (als Alcobolexemjdar erhalten). Ambnlisatra, nordlich von St. Augustine's Bay (Siidwestkiiste Madagascars), von J. T. Last gesammelt. Dem Gebiss nach iilteres Thier. 5. No. '.)2. 11. 6. 3(¥). Alcobolexemplar. Scbiidel nicbt berausgenommen. Ebendaher. Im Tring Museum : Zwei Biilge mit zngeborigen Scbiideln vou der Stidwest- kuste. Von Last gesammelt. Eiu dritter Balg, obue genauere Augabe der HerkuuCt. Die ausseren Cbaraktere von Microcebus minor sind scbou mebrfacb bescbrieben worden. Die Fiirbung der Oberseite ist entweder vorberrscbend mausgrau mit leicbt rostbraunem Anflug, und einem mehr oder weuiger deutlichen, etwas dunklereu Ruckenstreil'en, oder die rostbraune Fiirbung ist mebr ausgesprocben. Bei den graueu Exemplaren tritt auf der Oberseite des Scbwanzes der rostbraune Anflug etwas mehr hervor, nnd die Unterseite ist etwas heller. Bei sammtliclien Exemplaren ist der Grnnd der Haare auf der Oberseite des Korpers blaugrau, die Spitzen hiiufig silbern. Wangen, Kehle, Brust, Bauch, Unterseite der Arme und Scbenkel, ziemlirh rein weiss, hie und da rait etwas graueni Anflug. Zwischen den Augen ein weisslicber Streileu, iiber den Augen, bei den grauen Exemplaren, ein rostbrauner Fleck. Extreme Formen der erwiihnten Farbenniiancen kOnutcn, obue Bekauntscbaft mit den Ubergangen, leicht Veranlassung zur Annahme zweier Arten geben, um so mehr, da ausser der Fiirbung aucb die Sebildelmerkmale einigermaassen sehwauken. ijber Scbadel und Gebiss vou .1/. mi?ior wird spiiter bei Besprechuug des M. smit/ii eingehend bericbtet werden ; docb muss icb bier auf eiuige Formverschiedenheiten des Schadels bei verschiedeneu Individuen von M. minor aut'merksam macheu. ( 11 ) Der Schadel von No. 02. 11.6.2 des Br. Bins., von Ambulisatra (SiUlwost- kilste) {(S), zeicbnet sich aiis durcli relariv niiMlrijreu, lauggestrec-kteii Gehirnsc-liildel uud relativ knrzen Gesichtstheil (Taf. II., fig. i\). Der Balg dieses gleichen Indi- vidnums zeigt von alien andern die reiuste milnsegraue Fiirbung der Oberseite, mil geringster rostfarbener Beimiscbnng. No. 91. 11. 3U. 7 des Br. Mus., ?, von Fort Danphin (Stidostkiiste), hat dagegen eineu kiirzern aber hohen Gehirnscliiidel nnd lauge Schnanze (Taf. II., fig. 5 nnd 14). Am Balg dieses Exemplars ist die rostbraune Farbung iiberwiegend. Daneben linden wir aber bei No. 37. 9. 20. 79 (c?), Tyinis von Galrnio minor Gray, einen liolicn nnd relativ knrzen GeLirnscbiidel verlnniden mit einem knrzen Facialtheil (Taf. II., fig. 7 unci 1 oj : und fast gleicli verhiilt sieb der vierte mir zur Verfiignng stebende Schadel des Britischen Mnsenms, No. 55, 12. 24, 49 (<?), der von Gray nnd von Mivart seiner Zeit abgebildet worden ist.. 2. Microcebus myoxinus. 1M50. Microcebus myoxinun. W. Peters (Millln iliuin in di'r GesrIhrhufI iiaturfdi-nchendfr Freunde. zu Berlin, llj. Juli 1860). 18.62. Microcebus imjoxinus. W. Peter.s (yaliirwissinsclui/lliclie Reise luich Mossdiiibiqne. Zoologie I. ' Siiugethiere, pp. 14-20. Taf. HI., Taf. IV., 6-9. Berlin, 1852). Ein Exemplar im Triug Mnsenm, gesainmelt von J. T. Last an dci- SiUlwestkiiste Madagascars. Von Peters ist eine so ansfiibrliche Davstellung dieser Art gegeben worden, dass wir uns bier kurz fassen konnen. M. m.ifoxinus ist bishernur von der West- und Siulwestkiiste bekannt, wo das Thier von Peters entdeckt wnrde. Dem Britischen Mnsenm feblt diese Form ; dagegen land ich im Musenm zn Tring einen von J. T- Last an der Siidwestkiiste gesammelten Balg nnd zugehorigen Schadel, welche mit der von Peters gegebenen Bescbreibnng tibereinstimmen. Wie bereits erwahnt, koniite die Vermnthnng entsteben, M. rmjoxiims sei nicbts als erne rotblicbe Farbenvarietitt von M. minor. ludessen zeigt det Schadel Abweichungen von letzterer Art, welche constant zn sein scheinen, da tlie Abbildnng bei Peters mit dem cinzigen mir zn Gebote stchenden Schadel iibereinstimmt. 1. Bei M. mijo:iinus ist die Schnanze noch etwas breiter, als bei M. minor (die Entfernnng der obern Caninen von einander grosser). 2. Der hintere Theil des Jochbogens, von der Abgangstelle des anfsteigenden Malarlbrtsatzes nach riickwarts, ist ktlrzer bei M. mijoxinus, nnd die aussere Offnung des knochernen Geburgangs, sowic die Bullae osseae sind welter nach vorn geriickt. In ersterem Puncte niihert sich M. myoxinus mebr dem .1/. xmitki, in letzterem entfernt es sich von diesem noch mebr als M. minor. 3. Nach dem Exemplare von Tring ist das Interparietale von .17. myoxinus breiter und relativ ktlrzer. 4. Bei M. minor ist die Pars mastoidea uud der angrenzende Theil des Squa- mosum ein weuig starker angescbwollen. 5. P 1 suj}. vou M. myoxinus ist mebr in die Qnere ausgedehnt nnd hat einen starkern luneuhocker als bei M. minor. ( 12 ) 3. Microcebus smithi. Taf. II., fig. 3, 4, 12, 13. 1828. ? Micrncibe roiix. Geoffrey Saint-Hilaire (Coiirs de I'Hhioire Naturelle des Maminiferes. U* leton. 6juinl828). 1838. Microcebus pusilliis. G. R. Waterhouse (Ctilal. Mamw. Mas. Zool. Soc. London, 2iid ed. 1838, p. 12, No. 89). 18411. ? MicrocebuK murinus. Wagner (Schreber's Siiugthiere). Supplement I., 1840, p. 278). Pro parte. 1840. ? Microcebus rufus. Wagner (Ibid., Anm. 15, p. 291). Pro parte. 1842. Cheirogaleus smithii. J. E. Gray (Ann. .Uag. Nat. Hist, 1842, p. 255). 1843. Cheirogaleus smithii. J. E. Gray (List of the Speciin. of Mammalia in the Coll. of the Brit. Mus., 1843, p. 16). 1852. Microcebun pusiUus. W. Peters [Xaturw. Reise nach Mossambique, i., Berlin, 1852 p. 19). 1855. ChirogaUus smithii. Wagner (Schreber's S««sM('ere. Supplement V., 1855, p. 150). 1855. Microcebus murinus. Wagner (Schreber's SUut/thiere. Supplement V.. 1855. p. 154). Pro parte. 1856. Microcebus murinus. Giebel (Siiugi'lhifrc 1856, p. 1014). Pro parte. 1863. Cheirogaleus smithii. J. E. Gray (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1863, p. 143). 1863. ? Galago mculagascariensis. J. E. Gray (P;oc. Zool. Soc. London, 1863, p. 149). 1864. Microcebus smithii. Mivart (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1864, p. 040). 1867. Microcebus pusilhis. Mivart (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1867, p. 972). Pro parte. 1867. Microcebus smithii. Mivart (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1867, p. 972). 1870. Cheirogaleus smithii. J. E. Gray (Calal. Monkeys. Lemurs, etc.. Brit. .Uus., London, 1870, p. 78). 1870. Azfma smithii. J. E. Gray (Catal. Monkeys, Lemurs, etc., Brit, ^fus., London, 187U. App. p. 134). 1872. Azema smithii. .J. E. Gray (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1872, p. 856. Fig. 4, p. 857) (Schadel). 1873. ChirogaUus smithii. Mivart (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1873, p. 491). 1873. Chirogaleus pusilhis. A. Milne Edwards (Piop. ^oo/. Soc. London, 1873, p. 491). Pro parte. 1876. Cheirogaleus pvsillus. Schlegel (Monographic des Singes, Leide, 1876, p. .326) Pro parte. 1891. Chirogaleus pusillus. Flower & Lydekker (hitroductimi to the Study of Mammals, London. 1891, p. 090). Pro parte (implic). Da jedenfalls zwei Arten malagassischer Zwergmakis mit rothlicher Fiirbnug existiereu, und die Beschreibungeu der in Paris befiudliclien Individiieii eiiistweilen nicht geniigen, um Microcehu.% myoxinus anszuschliessen, konnen die Artbezeich- unngen pusillus und rufus, die beide alter sind als smithii, bis atif Weiteres uicht beriicksichtigt werden. Sollte indessen, wie mir wahrscheiiilich ist, die Unter- snchnng des Schiidels von No. 7S " de I'ancien (W.alogne " im Jardin des Plantes — nacli Is. Geoftroy Saint-Hilaire (xxiv., p. 80) das von Et. (ieoffroy Saiut-IIilaire (xvii.) als " Maki nain, Lemur pusillus " beschriebene Individuum — die Identitat mit M. smithi nachweisen, so konnte letztere Bezeiohnnng doch nw Awrch Microcebus rufus AVaguer (l.xii.), crsetzt werdeu, keinenl'alls aber diircli M. pusillus. Letzteru Namen hat Et. GeofFroy 1828 selbst anfgegeben und dnreh " Microcebe ronx " ersetzt (xxii.) ; ebenso Is. Geotiroy 1851 (xxiv.). Und mit llecht ; denn uuter der Bezeichnnng pusillus werden vou Et. Geoffrey nnter anderen auch die beideu von Sonnerat stammenden Individiien inbegriffen. die nacli Bnffon's Beclireibnng (viii.) zwei weit grOssere Formen sind ; eine derselben nacli Wagner's Vcrnititbuug (l.\ii., J). 27('), Anm. 1) wahrscbeinlicli Chirogale milii. ExempJare im Britischen Musenm : — 1. No. 37. 9. 26. 78. Trockeuer Balg ; Schadel im August dieses dahres ( 13 ) heransgenommen. Madfigascar. Von Verreanx. Typns von Cheirogaleus sinithi Gray. 2. No. 55. 12. 26. 2Sl. Alcoholexemplar, Schadel im August dieses Jahres heransgenommen. " Purchased from Zoological Socii'tv." Tvjins von Water- house's ificrocebus ptmllas. a. No. 70. 5. 5. 29. Ausgestopftes Exemplar. (?). Hierzn Schadel (No. 1544 a), der abgebildet ist bei Gray {Proc. Zool. Sor: 1872, j). 850, fig. 4). Madagascar. " Purchased from Cutter." — Jiingeres Thier. 4. No. 70. 5. 5. 29. Ausgestopftes Exemplar. Gleiche Herkunft wie 3, Schatlel im Balg. 5. No. 73. 4. 23. 1. Trockeiier Balg. Hierzu Schadel und der grossere Theil des Skelets (No. 1544 c). Madagascar. Von Boucai'd. Jiuigeres ludividuum. 6. No. 75. 1. 29. 8. Trockener Balg. Schadel im August 1893 heransge- nommen ; Hiuterhaupt beschiidigt. Siidliches Madagascar. Von Crossley. 7. No. 76. 1. 31. 16. Trockener Balg. Hierzu Schadel, No. 1544 /; (Hiuter- haupt beschadigt). Gesammelt von Mr. Martin. Madagascar (wahrscheiiilich von der Ostkiiste, wo der Genanute seinen Wohnsjtz hatte). 8. No. 76. 1. 31. 17. Trockener Balg. Junges Thier: Schadel mit Milch- gebiss, M 3 noch nicht in situ. Gleiche Herkunft wie 7. 9. No. 79. 6. 4. 1. Balg mit darin steckendem Schadel eines ganz jungen Thieres. Vom Rev. Shaw. Betsileo ( Central-Madagascar j. 10. No. 91. 11. 30. 6. Alcoholexem]ilar : Sebiidel im August 1893 heraus- genommen. Alteres Thier. Fort Dauphin (Sildostkiiste Madagascars). Von Cloisel. 11. Montiertes Skelet ohne Nummer und Angabe der Herkunft. Junges Thier ; doch ist das Gebiss vollstandig gewechselt. Walirend die Uuterschiede zwischen Microcflnis minor uud M. nuioxiniis geriugftigig sind, nimmt M. smitlii eine etwas gesonderte Stellung ein. Peters hat vor mehr als vierzig Jahren (liii., ]}. 19) die Uuterschiede zwischen " .1/. piiaillus " und M. mj/oxinus mit grosser Schiirfe wie folgt hervorgehoben : — " Durch folgende mehr oder minder wesentliche Merkmale nnterscheidet sich der Microcebtis pmilLus von meinem Micr. myoxinusi : Die Ohren, aufge- weicht untersucht, sind viel kiirzer, nicht eiuiual halb so lang wie der Kopf, und bilden im zusammengezogenen Zustande uur vier Querfalten, die Schnauze ist spitzer uud ein wenig langer, die Schnurrhaare sind viel schwiicher, die Finger und Zehen etwas langer, die Farbe ist im Allgemeineu dunkler, die des Schwanzes nicht merklich von der des Riickens verschieden, die dunkeln Flecken vor den Augen ziehen sich bis zu der Nasenkujipe hin, welche im frischen Zustande schwarz gewesen zu sein scbeint, die Behaarung der iunern Seite der Ohren ist starker und rostfarbig, und die Haare des Bauches sind an ihrer Grundlialfte siimmtlich blaugrau. Auch am Schiidel ist der Schnauzentlieil schmaler, so dass die Spitzen der Eckziihne selbst an einem im iibrigeu grOsseru Schadel mehr geniihert stehen als bei J/, imjoxinus ; der vorspringende Theil der Zwischenkiefer ist langer, daher der Abstand zwischen Spina uasalis aut. uud post, grosser ; der Wiukel, in welchem sich die Stirnbeine zwischen die Scheitelbeine hineinschieben, ist viel stumpier ; die Offnungen im Ganmentheil des Oberkiefers sind sehr \-iel kleiner uud endlich ist die Verbiuduugsnaht der beiden Unterkiefer- halften etwas ktirzer." lu den gleichen Schadehuerkmalen weicht auch M. minor von M. smithi ab. Peters' sehr bestimmte Angaben sind in neuerer Zeit iibersehen worden ; nur uuter ( 14 ) dieser Annabme erkliirt es sich, dass die verschiedeneu malagassischen Zwergmakis nenerdings wieder zusiiuinieugeworlea wurdeu. Den obigen Angabcn von Peters kauu ich noch die folgenden Schadel- und Gebissmerkraale hinznfiigen : — Die Orbitalrander der Frontalia siud dicker und starker aufgehoben bei M. minor, sodass die dazwiscbeu liegenden Partieen tiefer erscheinen als bei M. smithi ; diese Depression greift in eiuigcii Fallen auf die hinteru Partieen der Nasalia iiber. M. myoxinus nimmt in dieser Beziehnng eine Mittelstellnng zwischen den beiden genannten Arten ein. Die Orbitae sind grSsser bei M. smithi. Der Jocbfortsatz des Maxillare ist breiter (boher) bei ^1/. m,inor und M. myoxinus. Der knOclierne Gaumeii erstre(^kt sich bei M. smithi waiter nach riickwarts iiber die Zalinreihen hinans als bei M. minor nnd J/, myoxinus (am wenigsteu bei letztercm). Die Parietalleisten sind bei diesen beiden Arten der Mittelliuie mehr genahert als bei M. smithi. Bei letztereiu ist der Gehirnschiidel breit nnd knglig, bei ^f. myoxinus nnd M. minor starker in die Liinge ausgezogen : es ist dieses ein sofort in die Angen fallendes Merkmal. Bei den zuletzt genannten Arten fiillt das Hinterhanpt nahezn senkrecht ab, bei M. smithi scliriig von oben nnd hinten nach vorn nnd anssen, und es ist zugleich niedriger. Der horizontale Kieferast von M. smithi ist langer nud niedriger nnd sein Uuterrand gradliniger als bei .1/. myoxinus und J/, ihinor, der Vorderrand des Corouoidfortsatzes steigt bei ersterem weniger steil an als bei den letztereu. Die oberen Incisiven, namentlicli das innere Paar, siud scbmiichtiger bei M. smithi. P 3 snp. von M. smithi ist kleiner als der gleicbe Zahn der beiden andern Arten, nnd dnreb eine Ijiicke sowohl vom Caninen als von p 2 getrennt, wiihrend bei diesen p 3 snp. ohne Liicke an p 2 anschliesst. Die Einschnitte zwischen den iinssern H5ckern der oberen imd den innereu Hockeru der nuteren Molaren sind tiefer bei J/. minor nud M. myoxinus, so dass die HiJcker bei beiden letztern boher und spitzer erscheinen als bei M. smith/; bei diesem sind die Molaren zugleich mehr in die Liinge gezogen nnd erscheinen daher mehr qiuidratisch. An den nntern Molaren (m 1 nnd m 2) von M. smithi ist der hintere Aussenliocker niedriger nnd langer als der vordere, wiihrend dieser Unterschied bei M. minor und M. myoxinus viel weniger ansgesprochen ist. Peters (liii., p. 10) giebt von m 1 nnd m 2 snp. des M. myoxiims an, dass sie " wie bei den Makis anssen mit zwei grossen, innen mit zwei sehr kleinen Hockem versehen " siud, " welche einen einzeluen mittlereu grossen Hooker umfasseu." Gleicbe Beschaflfeuheit zeigen die entsprechenden oberen Molaren von M. miiior, d. h. der innere Basalraud schwillt an der Hinterecke stiirker, vorne schwiicher, je zn einem kleinen Hiicker an ; beide sind an nuvorsehrteu Ziihuen denllicli (lurch einen Einschnitt getrennt. Bei M. smithi ist, selbst an ganz intacteu Ziihuen, uur an der Hinteriunenseite ein kleiner IlOcker nachweisbar, obwol der Basalrand sich anch nach vorn eretreckt. 4. Microcebus coquereli. 1867- Cheirogahm coquereli. Grandidier (Rer. Hay. tic Zoologk, xi.x., 1867, p. 85). 1867. Chirogalut coquereli. Grandidier {Ibid., p. 316). 1867. Microcehua coquereli. Mivart (Proc. Xool. Soc. London, 1867, pp. 966-7). 1868. Microcebiis coquereli. Schlegel und Pollen {Hecli. sur la Famie de Madagascar el df. sea Depemlancea — 2» Partic, •' Mammiffcres et Oiseaux,'' Lcyde, I81I8, pp. 12, l.H, PI. VI, PI. Vn., fig. 2a— 2i)). ( 1'^ ) 1870. Mh-ai cofjiterelii. J. E. Gray (Cat. of Vn»kpi/s, Lemurs, etc., in the Cnll. of the Brit. Mw. Londou, 1870. Appendix, pp. 131, 135, 136). 1872. Mirm coquerellii. J. E. Gray {Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1872, p. 857). 1873. ChironalcHs cique.re.li. Mivart {Proc. Zoo}. Soc. London, 187.3, p. 492). 1876. ^firza coquerelii. Scblegel {Mnnoyraphw de" Shujcs, Leide, 187li, p. 321). Exemplare im Britischen Museum : — 1. No. 68. 9. 7. (i. Aus Mourounrlava ( Westkiiste). Von Van Dam erlialten. Ausgestopftes ?, mil dazngehorigem Schadel (No. 1513 a). 2. No. 70. 1. 28. :i Madagascar. Vrnj Van Dam erhaltcn. Au.sgpstopftes cj, mit dazugehorigem Scliadel. 3. No. 72. 8. r.). 10. MouroniKkva. ¥. Balg, mit Schiidel (No. 1513). Dieses Material ist mangelhatt, u. a. siud sammtliclie Schiidel bcschadigt. Die aussern Cliaraktere sind von (iraudidier (xxviii., p. 85, Diagnose), von Sclilegel und Pollen (Ivi., j). 12), uiid von ScLlegel (Iv.) gegelien wordeu ; eiue kolorierte Aljliilduug des Tliieres findet sich bei Sclilegel und Pollen (Ivi., Taf. VI.) und ebenda (Taf. VII., fig. 2a — c/) eine Abbildung des Schiidels, weuig melir als die Umrisse, in natiirlioher Grdsse, von olirn und von der Seite, nebst Obcr- und Uuterkiefergobiss. Entgegen den Augabeu von Sclilegel imd Pollen stelit diese Art durchaus nicht dem Chifoqnle milii Geoffr. uaher als den Microcebi. Der Gehiruschiidel ist, wie im Allgemeinen bei den letzteren, boch und in beiden Richtungen stark gewOlbt, lieinabe kugelig ; die Coronaluaht beschreibt eiuen iiacb liinten gericliteten s])itzen Winkel ; dieser ist spitzer an dem mannlichen Scbadel, so dass die Lange der Froutalia, langs der Mittellinie gemessen, die des weibliclien Scliadel.s nicbt nner- beblich ubertrifft. Die Frontalia siud bei Micfocebu.^ tiljerhaupt langer als bei den im F<ilgenden zu besprechenden Genera. Die Mastoidregion ist in geriugem Maasse aufgctrieben : das Hinterban]jt weuiger scbrag vou biuten und obeu uach voru und unten aligestutzt, namentlicb beim vveiblichen Scliadel, als wir dies sonst bei Microcebi zu finden gewohnt sind. Am manuliclien Scbadel, von eiuem etwas jiingeru ludi- \iduum als der weibliche, ist die Mitte der Frontalia, in der Gegend /.wischen dem Ausatz der Proc. postorbitales, etwas convex, vemiutblicb in Fidge von unterliegendera Luftsinus. Das Gebiss anlangend, so ist den bekaunten Verbaltuissen weuig beizufugen. Die Form der Molaren ist die der Microcebi im Allgemeinen : obere und untere Molaren sjiitzliockerig ; an den obern zwei aussere und ein innerer Hiicker, letzterer mit ersteren durch bogige Kanten verbnndeu. Der ganze Zahn ist von einem Cingnlum umsaumt, welches an der Hinterinuenecke vou m 1 und m 2 zu einem kleinen Hocker anschwillt. P 1 sujj. ist schmaler und kiirzer als die Molareu, und besteht aus eiuem starkern uud hohen aussern Hocker, dem an der Inueuseite ein weit schwaeherer angelugt ist. Die Basis des iiusseru und der beiden seitlicheu Kauder ist von eiuem Ciugulum umzogen, welches am Hinter- uud nameutlich am Vorderrande des Aussenhockers etwas starker anschwillt. P 2 sup. tragt an dem Scliadel No. 1513 eiuen schwachen Inuenhocker. Die untern Molaren gebeu zu keiuen liesonderu Bemerkuugen Veraidassnug : sie sind wie die obern nach dem Typus vou Microcebm und nicht nach dem von Chiroyale gebaut, d. h. nicht riickgebildet wie bei letzterem ; m 3 ist etwas nach hiuten verlaugert durch Vorhandeuseiu eines fttnften Hockers (Talon). ( 16) 5. Microcebus furcifer. 1841. Lemur furcifer. Blainville {Ontiographie dts Mammifires, Primatet. Paris, 1841, p. 36, Pl.VlI. G. Lemur). 1850. Cheirogaleus furcifer. Is. Geoffrey Saint-Hilaire (" Note sur plusieurs espSces nouvelles de Mammifires de I'Ordre des Primates, " OmijH. rend. Acad, des Sc. T. xxxi., p. 876, d&. 1850). 1851. Cheirnguleus furcifer. Is. Geoffrey Saint-Hilaire {Caiiilogxte des Primates, 1851, p. 77). 1854. Cheirogaleus furcifer. Gervais {Hisl. nal. de.i Mammifires. Paris, 1854, p. 171. Fig. J gr. nat., p. 172). 1855. Chirogalctis furcifer. Wagner (Schrwber'a Siinglhiere, Suppl. V., 1836, p. 149). 1856. Chirogaievs furcifer. Giebel {Die Sllugethiere, 1856, p. 1018). 1863. Lepilemur furcifer. J. E. Gray {Proc. Zool. Sue. London, 186.3, p. 145). 1864. .Vicrocehi'«f>trcifer. Mivart (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1864. pp. 621-3, 642. Fig., p. 621). 1867. Clieirogalens furcifer. Grandidicr (Rer. Mag. de Zool. six., 1867. pp. 64-8). 1867. Chirogalus furcifer. Grandidier {Rer. Mag. de Zool. xix., 1867, p. 316). 1867. Cheirogaleus furcifer. Mivart {Prnc. Zonl. Soc. Lmuhm, 1867, pp. 960, 975. Figs. 1-4, pp. 963-5,' [Schadel] : fig. 6, p. 973 [Tar.sus]). 1868. CImrogaleus furcifer. Schlegel und Pollen (Rrcli. xnr la Fauiv de Madagascar el de ses /)f/)cnrfaHCfs.— 2"Partie, ■'MammiferesetOiseaHX,"'Leyde,1868,pp.810. PI. V., PI. VII., figs. 1a — In). 1870. Lepilemur furcifer. J. E. Gray [Cat. of Monkeys, Lemurs, etc., in the Coll. of the Brit. .]fus., London, 1870, p. 88. Fig. 15, p. 89, cep. nach Mivart). 1870. Phaner furcifer. J. E. Gray [Ibid., Appendix, 1870, pp. 132, 135). 1872. Phaner fircifer. J. E. Gray (Proc. Znol. Sor. London. 1872, p. 855). 1873. Cheirogaleus furcifer. Mivart (Proc. Zool. Soc. Loiulon, 1873, p. 492. Fig. 16, p. 502, [Tarsus]). 1876. Phaner furcifer. Schlegel (Monographic des Singes, Leide, 1876, pp. 319-20). 1891. Chirogalexts fitrcifer. Flower und Lydekker {An Introduction to the Study of Mammals living and extinct, London, 1891, p. 690). Dieser schoue Lomnride ciitferiit sicli iin Schiidel iiiid Gebiss etwas rnelir von den ubrigen Microcebi, stimmt aber deswegen daviu keineswegs, wie Mivart annimmt (xlviii., p. 964 : "agrees altogether"), mit Chirogale milii iiberein. Leider bin ich nicht im Stande, den Schadel dieser Art mit der wUuschenswertheu Vollstiindigkeit zu besprechen, da mir ausser dem schon von Mivart (xlvii., p. 622 und xlviii., p. 963) bentitzten Fragment des Britiscben Mnsenms, No. 1424 a, nur noch ein wenig vollstandigerer zweiter Schadel zii Gebote steht,der im August dieses Jahre8(1893) zu meiueu Gunsten dem Balge No. 65. 3. 4. 1 (Br. Mus.) entuommeii wnrde. Der Schadel von M. furcifer ist iibrigens bereits viermal abgebildct wordeu. Zuerst von Blainville (ii., PI. VII.) in Profilansicht ; sodanu von Mivart (xlvii., p. 621) das erwahnte Fragment, vordere Schadel- und vordere Unterkieferregion nebst Ober- und Uuterkiefergebiss, in doppelt natiirlicher Grosse : diese Figur findet sich theilweise copiert bei Gray anf Seite tiO (Fig. 15) seines Catalogs (xxxvi.). Schlegel und Pollen (Ivi., Tal'. VII., fig. \a — If/) bilden einen Schadel in natiirlicher Grosse von oben und von der Seite ab, sammt dem dazu gehOrigen Ober- nnd Uuterkiefer- gebiss. Endlicli hat Mivart (xlviii., fig. 1 — 4, ]). 963 — 965) von einem Schiidel des Pariser Museums vier vergrosserte Ausichten gegeben : von der Seite, mit Unterkiefer ; von nnten ; von oben ; und von vorne. Zn der von Mivart; (xlviii.) gegebenen Beschreibuiig kaun ich Folgendes hinzn- fiigen. Wie bei Microci'.bi im Allgemeinen ist der Geliirnschiidel starker von voru nach hinten nnd von rechts nach links gewolbt als bei Chirogale und namentlich anch als bei Opolemur. Die Coronalnaht bildet nicht wie bei ersteren einen nach ( 1' ) hinteii gericliteten, melir {M. im/oxinus, minor, coquercli) oder weniofer {M. smithi) spitzen Winkel, sondern sie beschreibt eine nach liinten konvexe Bogenlinie. In der obern Prnfillinie fiillt sofort eine Depression zwisclien den Orliitae ant'; iiacli vorne von dieser Einsenknni;' erbebt sich die obere Sehadrdkonfonr wieder nnd die Nasalia bcsclirciben eine gebogeno Linie, sodass das Ganze cinigormaasscu einev Schafnase alinelt. Entsijrechend der bedentenden Vergrosserung des schrag naeli vorn gericbteten innern Incisivenpaares sind die Praemaxillae nngewOhnlieli stark iuisgebildet nnd erstrecken sich weiter nacb vorn als bei den andorn Arten ; ansser- dem lanfen sie nicbt in eine vordere Spitze ans, sondern sind breit abgestutzt. Hierniit nnd niit der ausserordentlich starken Entwicklung des obern Caninen (der des Inntern Basalhockers entbehrt) nnd vordersten Praemolaren steht im Znsam- menhang, dass sich die Facialpa.rtie wenigor kegelfiirraig nach vorn zuspitzt \\m\ die Zalmreihen weuiger regelmassig nach vorn konvergieren als Tiei den bislier bespro- chenen Arten ; das Maxillarc ist labialwarts vom Caninen nnd vordern Praemolaren angeschwollen. Der mittlere obere Praemolar (p 2) ist mehr schneidend (seitlich komprimiert) als bei den iibrigen vier Arten iind besitzt zwei deutlicher ansgebildete BasalhOckerchen (vorne und hinten), welclie beide noch starker bei dem hintersten Praemolaren (]) 1) entwickelt sind. Letzterer Zahn ist ebenfalls anfiallend schmal, d. h. weniger als z. B. lici di'Ui kleinern M. coquereli in die (.inere an^^gedehiit. Die obern Molaren sind im Verhaltniss zn den Dimensioaen des Thieres klein zn nennen ; mit denen von M. coquereli verglichen etwas liinger, dagegen wcnisrer breit, d. h. weniger in der Qnerrichtnng entwickelt. Wie bei alien iibrigen Microcebnsarten besitzeu m 1 nnd m 2, ansser den beiden tyiiischeu spitzen Anssenhockern nnd dem mit Ictztereu dnrch eine vordere nnd hintere Kante ver- bundenen Innenhocker, noch einen von der Basalkantc der Hinterinnenecke ansgehendeu kleiuen HOcker. Lingnalwiirts vom Innenhocker sowie am Vorder- rande der Molaren ist die Basalkante weniger ansgebildet als sonst bei Microcebus. M 3 entbehrt, wie gewohnlieh, des hintern Innenhuckers ; anch bei diesem Zahn ist die Basalkante (Cingnlnm) schwiicher entwickelt. In Ubereiustimmuug mit der grossen Ansdehnung der Praemaxillae sind die nntern Incisiven und Caninen, sowie die Uuterkiefersymphyse, antlallend lang. Wie schon Schlegel nnd Pollen (Ivi., p. '.)) vom vordersten nntern Praemolaren angeben, den sie iibrigens als Caninen bezeichnen, hat dieser Zahn eine mehr verticale Eichtnng als dies bei den iibrigen Mi'rrorrbi der Fall ist. Ebenso zeigen die beiden hintern Praemolaren von ^f. fwcifer eine regelmiissigere Kegelform als die der ersteren, nnd nameutlich ist anch der Talon von p 1 weniger in die Lange gezogen. Die nntern Molaren sind spitzhockerig wie bei alien Microcehus^xi^.'a, sind demnach dnrchans nicht mit denen von Chirogalf zu vergleichen ; bemerkenswerth ist an ihnen nnr die kraftige Entwicklnng des Cingnlnm an der Vorderanssenseite, derart dass es an dieser Stelle beinalie znr Ansbildnng eines supplementaren Hiickers kommt. M 3 inf. ist im Vergleich mit dem der iibrigen Microci'bi knrz ; an weuig abgekanteu Gebissen ist indessen evident, dass der funfte Hiicker (Talon) keineswegs felilt, nnr ist derselbe kleiner nnd mehr in die Mittellinie geriickt als bei jenen. Der Coronoidfortsatz des Unterkiefers ist, wie bereits welter oben erwiihnt, niedrig und lang. Der an den mir vorliegenden Exemi)laren nnvoUstiindig erhalfeue Angidns mandibnlae ist von Mivart (xlviii., p. 963) beschrieben worden : "the angle of the mandible is dei'idedly jirodnced downwards as well as backwards." ( 18 ) 6. Opolemur samati. 1868. Chirogalug samatii. Grandidier (Rev. Mag. (U Zoo}., xx., 1868, p. 49). 1872. Opolemur iiiilii. J. E. Gray {Pioc. Zoo). Son. London, 1872, pp. So-S^, PI. LXX., fig. 1, p. 854). Pro parte. 1876. Chirogatetis samalii. Schlegel (.Vonographie ties Singea, Leide, 1876, p. .325). Die Species ist von Graiulidier mit folgeiuier Diagriiose nnfgestellt woiilen : "Obscure fusco-grisens ; subtiis fiilvesceiis. CiUida crassa obsolete i-uf'esecnte. Fascia alba a fronte media ad nasi apicem deciirrente. Oculis nigro eircumdatis. Auricnlis paulo longioribus qnam Ghiroffali niilii. — Long, ab aj)ice nasi ad candac basin 111 cent.; caudae, 17 cent. Habitat flninen Tsidsibon in littore oceidentali Madagascar insulae. — Te Chirogale est particulitirement remaninablc par sa tfite, qui raj)pelle celle d'un tout jeune chat, et par la grossenr de la queue, qui a U'", 06 de circonftrence ; une ej)aisse coucbe de graisse, semblable a celle qu'on trouve a la queue des moutons du Cap, lui donne cette dimension anormale cliez les Lemn rides. Le poil dn corps, ainsi que de la queue, est assez court. Les indigenes conuaisseiit cet animal sous le nom de k^li-be-houi." Den eigenthumlicheu Fettschwauz laud iier gleicLie Autor bci zvmi anderu im gleichen Jahre beschriebenen Lemuriden von Madagascar, " Chirogalus gliroides " Grand, uud ^^ Chirogalus adipiciimlatiia'^ Grand, (xxxi.). Derselbe wies in Ak-x Folge uach (xlv.), dass die Fettablageruug im Scliwanz und andern Korijertheilen im Zusammenbang steht mit eincr Art AVinterschlaf, den diese Thiere wiihrend der trockenen Jahreszeit halten. Der Genusname Opolemur wurde vou Gray, l.s7'2, in seiner Ubcrsicht der iewM/vV/t'w-Gattungcn eingefubrt (xxxvii., p. 349) : '■'■Opolemur. Tail thick, tapering towards the end, and covered with ratlier longer hair at tip." In derselben Abhaudlung figuriert die neue Gattung in Tribe 3, Cheiroqalcind, mit der Species Opolemur milii ; die Beschreibuug, begleitet von einer colorierten Tafel und Abbildnng des Schadels, von oben, von der Seite uud von uuten,* ist nach eiuem Paare (Br. Mus., No. 72. 8. 19. 8) und dem Schiidel des einen (Bi-. Mus., No. 1579 a) gegeben. Fundort, " Moroudava," an der Westkiiste gelegen ; erhalteu vom Handler Frank, ■' who probably had them from the Leydeu Museum." Als Synonym wird Cheirogaleus milii Geoffr. angegeben, ein bereits von Sclilegel berichtigter Irrthum. Die zahlreichen Exemplare des Leydener Museums stammen ebenfalls von " Mouroundava " (Iv., p. 325). Schlegel charakterisiert das Thier wie folgt : " Eu general semblable au Cheir. milii ; mais a queue uu pen plus conrte, d'nne taille moins forte, enfin au pelage en dessons et ii la face interne des qnatre membres blanchatre, snr les autres i)arties d'un gris tirant qucli[n('fbis au roussiitre, avec la poiute des poils d'un Mane argent6. Queue dans tons nos individus tues au mois d'aoftt, grosse et depi-imee, par suite d'un depot de graisse. Longueur totale des adultes environ de 15 ponces, dont la queue occupe la moiti^," n. s. w. Obwobl Gray das Thier mit Chirogale milii Geoffr. zusaminenwirft, habe ich den von ihm gewiihkcn Gattuugsnamen beibehalten, da genanuter Autor in der Charakterisieruug und Beschreibuug desselben von dem wirklicheu Ch. milii ganzlich absieht. Uber die Berechtignng des Gattnngsuanu'us Opolemur fiir die * Augcblich in naturlicher Grosse, die AbbiUiung ist aber za gros.s ausgefnUeii, namentlicli in der i'rofilansicht. ( 19 ) gegenwiirtige nnd eine nabestehcndc Art habe ich mich weiter olicn ansgesprochen, so dass deiQ dort Gesagten.liier iinr Wuuiges beiziiftigen ist. Die Kopfform von Opolcmxr ist gauz eigeuartig, wio scboii (irandidicr Ijei seinem " Clnrcxjalus srimatii.'^ h(u-vorgehoben hat; zum Verstiinduiss derselben muss der Schiidel zu Uatlu' gezogeu werden. Derselbe ist, mit dem Sclijidel von Chirogale nnd Microcebus vcrglicbcn, niedrig und flach ; nnd obschon die Jochbogen nicht gespreizter sind als bei Chirogale, erscheint der Kopf von Opolcmur sogar im Vergleich mit ersterem nicht nur platt-, sondern anch sehr breitgedrilckt. Die von Gra}' betoute Form des Facialschadels * erscheint znm Theil chidnrch hcrvcii-gebracbt, dass der Ganmentheil der Maxilhxren nnil in Folge (lessen selbver- staudlieh auch die Zahnreihen wenig naeh voro konvergieren ; znm Theil ist sie anch Folge der starken Verliingerung der Nasalia nach voni, wodurch in der Obera.nsicht des Schadels von OpolemKr die sich, so gat wie bei Cliiroyfilc nnd Microceiiis, nach vorn znspitzenden Praemaxillaren verdeekt werden. In der Hanptsache aber bernht die erwabutc Form anf einer individnellen Eigenthiim- lichkeit des von Gray beschriebenen und abgebildeten Schildels, der von einem alten nnd kraftigen Individunm stanimt, und ist demnaeh keiiieswegs bosonders charak- teristisch fur die Gattung Opolcmiir. In Folge niimlich der grossen Answeituno- des Jochbogens an dem in Frage stehenden ScliJidel von 0. samati tritt ersterer bei diesem (in der Ansicht von oben) in einem spitzeren Wiukel an die Maxilhi, als dies an den von Gray znm Vergleich herangezogenen Schadelii von Arfen der Gattungen Chiroyale und Microcehus der Fall ist. Wenn man indessen eine grOssere Serie von Schiideln iiberblickt, so ergiebt sich einerseits, dass bei kraftio-en und alten, hauptsachlich mannlichen Individueu v<in Microcehus nnd Chirogale der Jochbogen ebenfalls stark nach aussen erweitert ist und in Folge desseu sich in einem spitzeren Winkel nach vorn an den Schadel ansetzt als bei jiingeren Indivi- dnen ; audererseits, dass bei dem Schadel des sogleich zn besprechendeu Opoleiimr thomasi, von einem weiblichen Individuum, welches jiinger war als das Exemjilar von O. samati, der erwahute Charakter weniger ausgesprochen ist als bei letzterem. Die beiden hier unter Opolemur vereinigten Arten zeigen mehr Uberein- stimmnng mit Chirogale als mit Microcehus Wie bei Chirogale sind bei Opolemur die Frontalia kurzer nnd in ihrer hintern Hiilfte schmiiler als bei Microcebus. Die hinter der Wnrzel des Jugalfurtsatzes vom Squamosum gelegene Schiidelregion ist kurzer bei den zwei ersten. Andere Ubereinstimmuugen derselben unter sich sind weiter oben erwahnt worden. Wenn man darum aus praktischen Riicksichten die Galtung Opolemur aufzngeben i'iir gut linden wollte, so kfinnten deren beide Arten nur mit Chirogale vereiiugt werden, nimmer aber mit Microcehus. Was den Character der Molaren betrilFt, so steht das Genus Opolemur in der Mitte zwischeii Microcehus uud Chirogale, wie letztere Gattungen in dieser Abliandluug aufgefasst sind. An den oberu Molaren sind die Tuberkel stumpfer nnd niediiger als bei Microcehus, ohue in dieser Beziehung die Form derjeuigcn von Chirogale zn erreichen. Der Hinterinnentuberkel von m 1 nnd m 2 hat sehr stark abgenommen und ist nur noch an m 1 als schwaclie Anschwellung des (-'ingulum deutlich. Die Vcrbindung zwichen dem nnjiaaren Inneutuberkcd uud den beiden Ausseutuberkeln ist weniger innig als bei Microcehus. Untere Molaren : * " The skull difiers from those of Chciriujalcus typicm, Azevia itviithii^ Mnrilnnur muriniiK, and Mirza ctiqiitrellii, all of which are broad near the orbit, and gi-adually become narrower in front, forming a more or less distinct conical nose ; whereas this skull suddenly contracts in front of the orbit, and is nearly as broad in front as behind " (ix.wii., p. 854). ( ao ) Wiilirend bei ilicroccbus iioch durchweij vier Hauptlnickcr siolitliar siiul, von deiion sicli der postcroiiiterne uoi-h am weuig.-tcii sclhstiindij^ ausgebildot fiiidct, ist dieser letztere bei Opolemur nabezu vollstiiudig nnterdriickt ; die iibrigeii drci sind bereits weit stnmpli'r als bei ificrocebus, und die Vprbinduiig zwischen den liridcu Yord<'rii ist inniger als Ix-i der letztereu Gattung. Vorstpbeudc Bemerkungen liabeii t'lir boide Artea gloiclieriuaasseu Geltmig. Dea von den Autoreu gegebeiieu ausscrn Cliaractcren von Opolemur samati finde ich nichts hiuzuzufiigen ; die Scbtldel- und Gebissunterscbiede zwischen letzterein nnd Op. t/iom/t.si kommen bei diesem liicr untcii ziir Sjirache. 7. Opolemur thomasi sji. nov. (Taf. 1., lig-. 1.— Tar. 11., figs. 2, II.) Die drei Exemplare des Britischen Museums sind von Cloisel bei Fdir I)rtii]iliiii (Siidoptkiiste) gesanmiclt. (1) No. 91. 11. 30. ;i. Typus. j. Trockener Balg mit zngehcirigcm Schiidcl. (2) No. 91. 11. 30. 4. 5. Alcoholexemplar. Schadel im Balg. (3) No. 91. 11. 30. ;■). Junges Iiidividnum. Alcoholcxemiilai-. Scliadel im Balg. Es ist dies eine dem O. samati von der Westkiisto nahestehende Form Kopf breit, abgeplattet ; Sebnanze kuvz. Die Oberseite gran, mit cincm ganz schwachen rostbrannen Auflug ; die Spitzeu der Haare silberschillerud. Oberseite des Kopl'es etwas dunkler, Uuterseite des Scliwanzes etwas beller. Zwischen den Augen zielit sicb eine etwa sechs Millim. breite weissliche Binde gegen die nackte Nasenkuppe hiuunter. Eine ebenso gefarbte, etwa sieben Millim. breite Halsbiiide ziebt von beideu Seiten nach oben, ohue indessen eiii vollkommenes Halsband zn bilden, indem dazwischen der Nacken iu einer Ausdcliniing von etwa zwanzig Millim. grau bleibt. King nm die Angen brannschwarz ; ebenso Behaamug der ziemlicb kurzen Obren brannschwarz. Wangen, Lippen, Kinn, Kehle, Brnst, Bauch, Innenseite der Arme und Scbenkel, Oberseite der Hande und Fiisse gelblichweiss, anf der Grenze gegen die Oberseite in grauweiss ubergehend. Wiilste an den Fusssohlen wie bei Microcebus nnd ClnroijuU', d. h. fiinf VVulste voru, siebeu hinten, nicht sechs wie Peters (Uii., p. 15) angiebt. Maasse des erwachsenen Alcoholexem]iIares (No. 91. 11. 30. 4) : — Lange von Schnauzenspitze bis Anus 225 millim. Scliwanzliinge 215 „ Ohrliinge 16,5 „ Ohrbreite 14,5 „ Oberarm .32 „ Vorderarm 35 ,, Ganze Hand 26 ,. Daumen ..... ft Femur 42 Unterschcnkel 53 „ Fuss 43 „ Trockeues Exemplar, No. 91. 11. 3U. 3 (Typus) :— Liinge von Soliiiauztnspitze bis Anus 232 millim. Schwanzlange 1<J5 „ Der Schadi'l ist, wie der von 0. samati, dem ( r sehr ilhulich sieht, ausgezeicbnet durcb niedrigen, abgeplatteten Ccrebraltheil und kur/.e, zicmbch stnmpfe Gesicbts- partie. Das ziemlicb breite und knrze Interparietale hat in beideu Species die ( 21 ) Form eiiifs gleichscheiiklitfen Dreiecks, mit iiucli voru in sj)it/',ein Wiiikrl kou- vergiereudeii Schenkeln. Zwischen beideu Schadelu lasseii sich folgende Unterschiede nacliweiseu ; vor allem also iu den Dimi'iisiouen (siehe unteii folgende Maasstabelle), die nm so melir ius Gewicht fallen, als der kleinere Scliiidel von C'. saiiuiti einem alten ludi- viduum augeliort, wabrend an dem weiblichen Schadel von 0. thomasi das Gebiss kaum Sjniren von Abkauung tragt. Die Abbildnng des Scbadels von 0. snmnti bei Gray (xxxvii., p. 854, fig. 1, '^ Opolcmur milii") ist zn gross ausgefalleu, nament- lich die Profilansicht. Bei 0. tliomasi sind die Nasalia laiigs der Mittellinie kielartig scharf. Die naeli oben nnd vorn vom Foramen snljorbitale nnd vor dem Lacrvmale, in directer Fortsetzung von der Wurzelalveole der Oaninen gelegene Maxillargrube ist seielit bei 0. Sfimati, weit ausgebildeter iind tief bei 0. tho'iinsi. Der orhabeiiste Theil des ISehadelprofils befiudet sich bei ersterem uugefabr iu der Mitte der Coronalnaht, bei letzterem ungefahr in der Mitte des Verlaufs der Parietaluaht. Die bintere Wnrzel des Jochbogens ist langer, d. h. sie besitzt eiuen grossern autero-i-iosterioren Dnrehmesser bei 0. thomnsi. Die breiteste Stelle des Scbadels ist bei 0. flwnmsi writer riickwiirts gelcgen, d. b. an den JocbbOgen, hinfi'r den Orbitae. Bei 0. sam'iti ist der Unterraud des horizontalen Unterkieferastes gradliniger als bei ersterer xVrt, wo derselbe ungefalir in iler Mitte seines Verlanfs etwas konvex nach unten vurspriugt. Gebiss. P 1 snp. ist nicht nur absolnt, sondern ancb relativ breiter bei 0. tlionmsi, ebeuso breit, d. li. sich ebenso weit lingualwarts erstreckend wie m 1, wabrend p 1 von 0. saiiiati weniger weit nach innen reicht als ml. P 2 sup. ist bei ersterer Art redncierter als bei letzterer ; bei 0. samati besitzt dieser Zahn einen Innentuborkel, in Fulge dessen er nahezu die gleiclie Ausdehuung in die Quere besitzt wie p 1. L)em ji ■,' vdii O. thomasi fehlt der Innentuberkel ; p 1 ist circa ^ breiter als p 2. Es ist ausser Frage, dass der als p 2 bezeichnete Zahn letzterer Art nicht etwa als Milchzahn betrachtet werden kann, da er absolut keine Sjiuren von Abtragiiug zeigt. Endlich befiudet sich bei 0. samati zwischen p 2 sup. und p 3 sup. eiu, 0. thomasi fehlendes. Diastema vou ungefahr eiuem Millira. Ausdehuung, welches wohl kaum als iudividuelle Variation des einzigen von dieser Art vorliegenden Scbadels anzuseheu ist. 8. Chirogale milii. (Taf. 11., figs. 1, 8, 9.) 1«-M. Mo-ki iiuiii. Et. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire & Fr. Cuvier (//i</. Xal ilcs .]/iiiiim//ere«. 1'"= e'd., lH:il-4:i, t. ii., livr. xxxii. Oct. 18-JI). 1«28. Cheiroyalem miUi. Et. GeofEroj Saint-Hilaiie ( C'owr.s- i/c I'/lixl. Xal. ties Mammi/hr.f. Paris, 1829, ll'^^ le§on. (1 juin, 1828, [j. 241. 1833. Mi/spitliecus ti/jiu.i. Fr. Cuvier (Jliyf. A'.//. <lfs Mamvufiren. 2« 4d., 1833, p. 228). 1833. Chcirogaleus tyjiicus. A. Smith (" An Epitome of African Zoology." South African Quart. JouriL, vol. ii., No. 1, Part 2. Cape Town, 1833, p. 60). 1841 Lemur milii. Blaiiiville {Odteorjra/>!ne. ile.i Maiitmifkren : Primntex. Paris, I.Sll. p. 12, PI. VII.). 1843. C/ieirogaleiix tijitirtu. J. E. Gr,ay (List (if tin; Specimeiin <if .Mammalia in the Coll. rf thr Bril. Mii!>., 1843, p. 17). 1851. Cheirutjaleus milii. Is. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire (Catalogue ties Primates, 1851. p. 77). 1854. Cheirot/aleux milii. Gervais (///*(. Xat. tlea .\/ammifires. P.aris, 1854, p. 171). 1863. Cheirvgaleus milii. J. E. Gray {Proc: Zool. Sor. Lomlnn, 18113, p. 142). 18(53. Cheirogaleus tgpicus. J. E. Gray {Proc Zool. Sue. London, 1863, p. 142). ( 22 ) 1864. Miaocelnii li/piaK. Mivart (Proc. Zovl. Soc. Loudon, 18)U, p. 041). I8f>4. Cheiriigaleus milii. Mivart (Piot: Zool. Soc. London, 1S(i4, p. (U2). 18li7. Cheiroguleus milli. Mivart (/'i-w. Zool. Soc. London, 18fi7, p. 971). 1868. ChiroguluH adipkaitdalus. Grandidier {Conij>l. rend. Ac. dps Science-i, 14 dfo., 18(i8, and Ann. Sc Nat. 5, X., 1868, p. 378). te-ste A. Milne Edwards. 1870. C'lteirogalena tyj/icm. J. E. Gray {Cululoi/ue .Uonheys, Lemurs, etc., in the OdI. of the Brit. Mus., London, 1870, p. 78, nee Appendix, p. 133). 1872. Ojwlemur milii. J. E. Gray {Prvc. Zool. Soc. Lcoulon, 1872, pp. 853-4). Pro parte. 1876. Clieirogaleiu milii. SchlcgAiMonograiihie des Sinyn, 'Le\de, l«7fi, p. 324). Pro parte. 1887. Chirogaleus milii. Schlosser (We Affen, Lemuren, etc., i., Wien, 1887, p. 40). Exemplare des Britischcn Museums : — 1. No. 37. 9. 26. 7T. Trockener Balg eines nicbt vOlli": ausgewacliseneu ludividnums (mittlcre Milclipraemolareu nocli in situ). <?. Schiidelim August 1893 Leraus'zenommen ; hinten etwas tlefect. Typus von Cheirogaleas ujjncus Smitli. Madagascar. Vou Verrcaux erhalten. (2) No. 72. 8. 19. II. Skelet. Monrouudava (.Siidwestkliste Madagascars). (3) No. 86. 6. 3. 4. Trockener Balg, sammt Schiidel (Occiput fehlend, audi sonst boscliadigt). Ji'uigeres Thier : die belden hintcru Miloliprnemolaren in situ. " Ankay Forest " (Nordost-Madagascar). Vou Kobillard erhalten. (4) No. 85. 10. 8. 1. Alcobolexemplar, erwachscnes S. Schadel iiu August 1893 heransgenommeu. Madagascar. Von der Zoological Society, London. (5) No. 88. 2. 18. 3. Trockener Balg ; Scbadel im August 1893 henius- genonamen ; hinten beschadigt. Tamatave (Nordostkiiste Madagascars). Von Consul J. H. Haggard. Obdiese zuerst von Fr. Cuvier (ix., .\.\i.) bescbriebene Art ideutisch sei mit der grossten der drei von Commerson in Madagascar beobachteten nnd von seinem Zeichner skizzierteu Formen,* oder mit der mittelgrossen (Ixi.), scheint mir gauz miissig, eruiereu zu wollcn. Es wlirde auch nichts an der Sachlage iindern, wenn bei Fort Dauphin, wo wie es scheint t die Originale dieser Skizzeu gcselien wnrdeu, Chirogale milii nachgewiesen warden sollte, was bishei- nicht der Fall war. Lassen uns doch, wie Schlegel (Iv., p. 323) erinuert, die Angaben Et. Geofl'roy's im Zweifel, in welchen Proportiouen die C'ommerson'schen Zeichnungeu (xx., Taf. X.) die drei Thiere darstellen, gauz abgesehen davou, dass sicli an denselben offenbarc Ungenauigkeiten nachweisen lassen (xxii., p. 24, Anm. 1). Fr. Cuviers Bcschreibung des Typus ist nach einem lebenden, dem Jardin des Plantes vou Admiral Milius 1821 iibergebenen Miinncheu entworfen. Die Bemerkung, dass mannliche uud weibliche Exemplare mit einauder iiberein- stimmeu, konute zu der Annahme Veranlassung geben, dass damals iceniy.^tens noch ein Exem])lar in Paris vorhanden war ; sie bezieht sich aber vermuthlich auf eine Mittheilung des (iebers. Et. Geoft'roy (xxii., p. 22) erwahnt wieder nur das eine vou Milius lierriihrende Thier, dem auch der von Blainville (ii.) abgebildete Schadel angehort ; und Is. Geoifroy fuhrt 1851 ausser diesem nur noch ein 1834 von Goudot erhaltenes ? im Catalogue du Museum crHistoire Naturellc. (xxiv.) auf. Fr. (Juvier bezeichuet die Farbung der (Jberseite als " gris-lauve unil'orme," die der Unterseite als weiss ; Et. GeotFroy sagt : " gris-roux en dessus, blanc cei.dre en dessous." A. Smith (Ixi.) beschreibt an seinem Vh. fypicus die Oberseitc des Kopfes, den Nacken, die Inter-scapulargegend uud vordere Partie des Kiickens als • Heme Soientijiqiie. i.. 1, 1871, p. I08S ; und xlviii.. p. 4'.il. t Bevue Scientijique, I. Cy p. 1033, Anm. 1. ( as ) " yiale, reddish brown, moreoi- less grizzled with silvery g-rey," den Rest des Hiickeiis, die Seitengegend, die ansseren Theile der Extremitaten mid den Schwunz als "ashy brown"; die Unterseite des Korpers uml die Inneuseite der Extremitaten als wciss Oder " ashy white." Mivart constatiert (xlviii.) an den Pariser Exemplaren die Farbung des Kiickeiis als "a delicate fiiwn brown." Von den Exemjilaren des Leydener Museums beraerkt Schlegel (Iv.), die Unterseite des Korpers nnd die Innenseiten der Extremitaten seien weiss, mit leichtem Stich ins Gelbliche ; der Hest des Felle.s, " d'un gris bruuiltre lave de ronssatre, notammeut dans nos individus de la cote Quest, oil la tete prend merae nne teinte roussc assez prononcee." G. A. Shaw endlich beschreilit an einom lelienden Individanm, das von P. L. Sclater fiir Ch. milii gehalten wird (was nach der begleitenden Abbildung anch wahrschein- lich ist), die Fiirbnng als "brownish grey colour, apjiroachiug to wliite on the under parts " (Ix.). Die geringeu Abweichungen in den vorstehenden Angaben verschiedener Beobachter rechtfertigen fiir sich allein natiirlich nicht die Anuahme verschiedener Arten, da solche Variationeu sich ausserdem leicht durch die verschiedene Localitiit oder verschiedenes Alter erkliireu lassen. Schlegels Beschreibnng weicht etwas luehr ab. Der Schadel des von der Siidwestkiiste (Monroundava) stammenden Individnums des Britischen Museums stimmt indesseu mit den tibrigen, die ■/.. Th. nachweislich in den nordOstlichen Theilen der Insel gesammelt wurden, iiberein, sodass ic.h von vorne herein wenig geneigt bin, der etwas abweichenden Farbung bei den vou der Pasandava-Bai (Nordwestkiiste) herriihrendeu ludividuen des Leydener Museums besonderes Gewicht beizulegen ; ohne genanere Vergleichung, namentlich der Schadel, scheint mir indessen ein bestimmter Entscheid nicht moglich. Ausser dem Typus des von Smith beschriebenen Exemplares, besitzt das Britische Museum einen Balg (No. 88. 2. 18. 3), erhalten von dem seiner Zeit in Tamatave (Nordostkiiste) residierendeu ( Viusul Haggard ; einen forneni (No. 82. 6. 3. 4), von einem jiingeren Individuum aus " Ankay Forest" (Nordosteu) ; endlich einen vierten Balg in Alcohol (i), aus dem Garten der Zool. Soc, ohne geuaitere Angabe der Herkunf't, als " Madagascar." Wiihrend Smith's " 6'//. /i/pir//s " auch gegeuwiirtig uoch rothlich brauu zu nennen und — augenscheiuli('h durch Bleichnng— das Rothbrauu einformiger idier die Oberseite vertheilt ist, ah dies nach Smiths Beschreibnng am frischen Exemjilar der Fall war, ist der Haggard'sche Balg graubraun, mit silberglanzeuden Haarspitzeu uail weisser Schwanzspitze : und der jungere von Eobillard gesammelte Balg dnnkelmausgrau ; audi die Unterseite des letztern ist dunkler als gewOhnlich, d. h. hellgrau. Sonst aber vermag ich keine Unterschiede vom Smith'schen JiJxemplare herauszuflnden. Wie dieses, zeigen auch die iibrigen aufgetiihrten Balge an den Halsseiteu einen schriig nach hiuteu laufenden Streifeu vou der gleicheu Farbung wie die Unterseite, sowie eine mehr oder weniger ringfdrmige schwarze Umsaumung der Augen. Der Zwischenraum zwisehen den Augen ist heller gefarbt als die Oberseite des Kojiies, ohne indess ganz weiss zu sein. Sammtliche Balge zeigen anch ziemlich grosse, ovale Ohren, die von Smith als " membraneous, iirojecting beyond the fur, and with a thin sprinkling of short hair," beschriebeu werden, cine Angabe, die durchaus auch auf die iibrigeu Exemplare Anwendung findet. Bei dem Alcoholexemjilar (No. 85. 10. 8. 1), betragt die Korperliiuge nngefahr 28 Ceutim. ; die des Schwanzes ungef. 23 Centim. Bei No. 88. 2. 18. 3 : KOrperliinge nngefahr 24 Centim. : Schwanzliinge ungef. 24 Centim. ( '■ii ) Bei No. :]7. 9. 26. 77 : Korperlange uiigeliilir iij t'eiitiin. : di'r Scliwauz ist unvollstiiuJig. Der Schiidel des Chirogale milii ist bisher nnr cliirch die vein Blaiiiville in Seitenausicht gegebene Abbildang bekannt, sowie durcli die aiif das Pariser Material sich stiUzeude theilweise Beschreibniig iind Vorgleichung desselbeu niit ^^ Mirrocebus pusillus" die wir Mivart verdanken (xlviii., j). 962) ; in deisolbeu ist zu berichtigen, dass siimmtlichc Arten von ^^a■ore6lls (nnd Opoleniur) gleichfalls ein Foramen malare besitzon, Chirogale sich also nicht durch den Besitz eines solchen vor den gonannteu Gattnngen auszeichnet. Die hauptsacblichsteu Cbaraktere des Schiidcls nud Gebisses von Chirogale sind bcreits welter oben angcfiihrt wordeu, uud wir werden anf dieselbcn uoeli eiunial in einem Seliluss- paragrapheu ziiriickznkommen haben. Hiei- haudelt es sich znnachst nur nm Besjirechnng des Scbadels, soweit die Speciesfrage in Betracht koramt. Zwisc'lieii dem Rcbiidel von Smith's Tvpns und dom von Blaiiiville abgebildeteu vermag ich keinen Unterschied nachznweisen ; nnd ehenso stimmeu niir lieiden die tibrigen namhaft geuiachten Schadel des Britisc.hen Mnscums, rait einer gleich zn besprechenden Ausnahme, iibereiu. Smith's " Gh. typicua " ist ein uicht viillig ansgewachsenes ludividnum : in beiden Kiefern ist der mittlere Milchjiraemolar noch in situ, wiihreud das noeh etwas jiingere Exemplar von Hobillard (No. 86. 6. 3. 4) noch die beiden hintern Milchziihne triigt. Daruach scheint der Zahnwechsel bei Chirogale in folgeuder Heihenfolge vor sich zu geheu : znerst erscheiut der vorderste Praemolar (]) 3), hierauf der hinterste (p 1), und schliesslich der mittlere (p 2). Der hinterste obere Milchpraeniolar besitzt, abgeseheu vou etwas geringern Dimensioncn, durohaus den 15au der Molaren, d. h. zwei Ausseohocker uud eiuen Inneuhocker. An dem znletzt erwahnten Schadel ist der letzte oberc Molar (m 'A) viel kleiner als in den andern Sehadela : er erscheint auch soust verktimmert, so zwar, dass rechtseitig (vgl. Taf. II., Hg. 9«) nur ein Anssenhiicker vorhauden ist, waiirend sich an dem linkseitigeu Zahn (Taf. II., fig. 9c) die Aussenwand riickwarts etwas mehr ausdehnt als bei ersterem, sodass man hier allenfalls uoch von einem Rudi- ment eines hiuteru Aussenhockers sprecheu kaun. Schon diese Asymmetric erweckt den Verdacht, dass wir es hier nur mit eiuer individuellen Variation zu thun haben, die allerdings im Laui'e der Zeit zur volligen Uuterdriickung von ni :5 suj). fllhren konnte. Grosscnunterschiede dieses Zahns fiuden sich auch bei deu ubrigen Scbfideln : m 3 sup. ist am Excmjilar vou Mouroundava, ira Vergleich mit den beiden vordern Molareu, kleiner als in den Exemplaren No. 85. 10. 8. 1 und No. 37. 9. 26. 77, obwol die Reduction bei vveitem uicht den Grad erreicht, wic bei dem zuerst besprochenen (No. 86. 6. 3. 4). Bei letzteremist m 3 inf. gleichfalls etwas reduciert. Chirogale milii scheint auf Madagascar weit verbreitet zu seiu. tjber die genanere Hcrkuuft der altern Esoraplare vou Paris uud London ist nichts bekannt. Grandidier citiert die Art vou der Ostkiiste (xxix.). Nach deu Exeinjilarcn des Britischeu Museums kommt dieselbe sowohl iui Nordosten (Tamatave ; AuUav Forest), als im Siidwesten (Mouroundava) vor, uud von letzterer Localitiit stanimeu ancb mehrere der Le)-deuer Exemplare. Wenu sich A. Milne Edwards' Ansicht, dass Chirogale. adipicamlatiis Grandid. (xxxi.) ideutisch ist mit Ch. milii, bestatigt, so erstreckt sich diese Art liiugs der Westkiiste noch viel weiter siidlich als Mouroundava, niimlich bis Tullear. Eudlich scheinen nach den Augaben von G. A. Shaw (Ix.) auch die niedrigeren Waldregionen des ostlichen Betsileo, also Central- Madagascar, von dieser Art bewohut zu seiu. ( 25 ) 0. Chirogale melanotis sp. nov. (Tafel II., tig. 10.) 1870. LJicinnjiileux typkus. J. E Gray {Caltih>)iir nf Jlrmkn/s, Lrmiirs, etc., 187il. App , p. 133). 1872. Cliiiiryaleiis lypicus. J. E. Gray [Pmc. Znul. Soc. Lniidon, 1872, p- Sii'i). Pro parte; PI. LXXI., pro parte ; fig. 3, p. 8.56. Wahrend Opolemar ^itmati von Gray Op. milti gfuanut winl. cr (li'Dscllx'ii also fiiv ideutisch halt uiit Et. Geoffroy's Cliriroyaleus milii, vereiiiigt er (xx.wi., xx.wii.) mit " Gh.eirogdli-iis ti/piciis" Smith, zwei Exemplare, "adult and younger," von Vohima (Nordostkuste), die durch Orossley an das Briti.scbe Museum kameu (No. TO. 5. 5. 25 uud 20 ; dazu gehorige Scbadel, No. 1542 u mid h). Beide Thiere siud abgebildet auf der kolorierteu Taf. LXXI. (xxxvii.) ; der Scliadel des jiingeni in tig. 2, p. 855 (xxxvii.) ; der des altera tig. 3, p. 850 (ib.). Wie schon aus einer antiuerksameu Botrachtuug der Figur 2 hervorgeht, iiat das jiingere Individuum mit dev iins lieschiiftigenden Gruppe absolnt uichts zu sehatien ; es gehort zur Gattnng Lejih/oleiinir, sodass wir uus bier nicht weiter mit demselben zu befasseu haben. Das zweite Exem{)lar (No. 70. 5. 6. 25), ist nahezu erwachsen : beide mittlern Milchpraemolaren (d 2) des Unterkiefers und der rechte des Ober- kiefers sind noch iu situ, wahrend der eutsprecheude Praemolar (p 2) des liukeu Oberkiefers noch uicht vollstandig ans dem Kiefer getreteu ist. Die Schadelform mid der Ban der Molaren lassen in diesem Falle sofort erkenuen, dass wir eiuen Chirogale vor uus habeu : immerhiii fiiiden sich so erhebliche Abweichungen von Ch. milii, auch in den ausseru (,'harakteren, dass ich mieh veranlasst selie, das Exemjilar Grosslcy's miter eiiiem neuen Namen zu besubreiben. In der Farbung des Balges fiiidet sich kein neuneuswerther Uuterscbied von ('It. milii ; die der Oberseite ist hellbraunlicbgrau, beinahe rothlicbgiau, die Oberseite des Scbwanzes dunkler. Die Spitzeu der Haare sind silberscbiiumerud, aber iu goringerm Grade als bei jeuem. Der Zwischeuraum zwiscben den Augeu ist uicht heller gefarbt als die Oberseite des Kopfes und der Riioken ; dagogen findet sich au deu Halsseiteu der gleiche weissliche Streifen wie bei ('li. milii. Die Unterseito ist grauweiss. Das Fell siebt nnd fiiblt sicb weuiger wollig au als bei letztgenauuter Art, es ware eber seideubaarig zu neuuen ; namentlich I'eblt ihm auch die charak- teristiscbe wellige Beschaffeubeit, die Fr. Cuvier a. a. 0. mit dem Ausdruck gauj'ri- bezeicbuet. Wabreud die Ohren vou Ch. milii membranos und mit uur spiirlicheu Haareu besetzt sind, ist bei Ch. mdanoti.^ die Inueuseite und obere Halfte der abgerundeten ziemlich grossen Uhren dicbt mit brauuscbwarzen Haaren bedeckt, welcbe Farbung gegen die Basis der Aussenseite in die des Pelzes iibergebt ; bei Ch. milii sind die Ohren eitormig uud langer (bober) als bei der ueneu Art, bei welcber sie mebr in borizoutalcr Hicbtung ausgedebut sind. Ebenfalls von braun- scbwarzer Farbung siud die Haare, die riugfOrmig die Orbitae umsiiumeu und auch bier dicbter steben als bei Ch. milii. Von dem montierten Balge von Ch. meluuotiis konnen nur anniibernde Maasse gegeben werden : die Kcirperlange betriigt uiigefiibr 20 Centimeter, die des Schwauzes uugefiibr 22 Centim. Der Schddel von Ch. melanotis zeigt gleichfalls einige Besonderlieiten. \\'ie erwiihnt, ist das Thier nicht vollig ausgewacbsen, obwohl es von Gray als solciies bezeichnet wird ; wir babeu deu Scbiidel daher in erster Linie mit dem des Typus von " t7«. tt/zjicus" z,n vergleicben, der im gleichen Alter stebt, da seine mittleru Milchpraemolaren noch nicht gewecbselt siud. Den Dimensionen des ludividuums (26 ) entsprecheml ist ilcr Schadel von Chirog. melanotis vor AIlciii kluiiiei- : lunu'V weniger breit, schhinker, zierliclier ; dor Facialtbeil etwas mclir verlitiigort niul iiach vorn niolir zngcsjiit/.t ; die Xasenbeine voni niul hiiiteii breiter ; die ]\laxill()iiiisal- sntur besclireibt in Folge dessen eiueii nach einwiirts kimvexeren Bngen als bei Ck. milii. Die Frontalia, in der Mittellinie bei let/.terer Art kiirzer als bei alien iibrigcu Gliedern der Grappa, siud bei CA. melanotis relativ langer nnd vorne breiter, ihre Orbitalriiiider weniger anfgeworf'en. Die Orbitae und Jochbogen treten weniger nac'li aiissen vor, die Proeessi postorbitales senken sicli dalier audi rasclier nacli abwiirts, was namentlich in der Ansicht von hintcn dentlich ist. Die liiutere Um- randnng des knoelievnen Ganmens springt mit spitzereiu Winkel naeli vorne vor ; die Foramina ])alatina j)Ostcriora sind so gut vorlianden wie bei Cli. milii, obwohl sie ill der Unteransielit dor (iray'sebeii Figur niclit dargestellt sind. Die Bullae osseae sind rundlicher nnd sainmt den Meatus auditor, extern, sowie dem Ansatz des Proc. malaris Squamosi mebr nacli vorn geriickt, sodass die Iiiiifer dcu erwahnten Tbeilen gelegene Scbadelpartie bei Cli. melanotis absolut langer ist. Die Unterkieferliiilften sind weniger gespreizt als bei Ch. milii, was selbverstiindlicb mit der versehiedenen Breite der beiderseitigen Schadel znsammcnliangt ; sogar das jungere Individuum von Ch. milii (No. 82. 6. 3. 4), dessen ScLiidcl kiirzer ist als der von Cli. melanotis, zeigt bereits einen gespreiztereu Unterkicfer. Der horizontale Unterkielerast letz- terer Art ist niedriger. In Bezng auf das Gcbiss von Ch. melanotis ist, abgesclion von dm gcrijigeru Dimensionen siimmtliclier Zahne, hervorzuheben, dass ji 1 sup. sicli weniger weit nach innen erstreckt, indem sein Inuenhocker viel scUwaeher eutwiclcelt ist als bei Ch. milii. Das hintere Basalhockerclien der obern nnd untern Canineu ist starker bei Ch. tiielanotis ausgebildet. Der dritte untere Molar (m 3) zeigt bei letzterem einen dentlich ausgebildeten SchlusshOcker (Talon) nuJ erscheint daber mebr in die Lange ausgezogen. Eine von Grandidier (xxxii.) als Ghirogalus crosslei/i besclirieliene nene Art bat nacb der sebr knrzen weiter unten wiedergegebenen Bescbreibuug einige Abiilicbkeit mit Ch. melanotis, indem beide Tliiere in der Farbung des Balges sowie in der dnnkeln Bebaarung der Ohren iibereinzustiramen scheinen. Dagcgen ist Grandidiers nene Art erbeblicb kleiner nnd durch die Kiirze des Scbwanzcs anflallig ; die " tete (5norme et arrondie" von Ch. ensslei/i bildet ziendicb das Gegcnstiick zu Ch. melanotis ; ntid endlicb stimmen aiich die kleineu Ohren des ersteren nicht mit letzterem. ANHA^Ti. lit. "Chirogaleus trichotis " Giiniher. 1875. Cliiroticileux tricholis. (iuiither {Pi-nc. Zool. Soc. London, 1875, pp. 78, 7'.l, PI. XV. [color. Tafel], fig,s. 1 and 2, p. 7',l [Hand und Fuss, vergr.]). Der Typus und zugleioh das einzige bekannte Exemiijar {S) ist im ]5rit. Museum : No. T;"). ]. 29. 2, ein trockcner Balg, dessen Scliiidel erst kUrzlicb beraus- geuominen wurdc Letzterer ist in der Gegcnd des Hioterbauptsloclies beschadigt, sodass verseiiiedene Maasse uicbt abgenommcn werden koiiiuMi. Von A. ('rossloy anf seiner Reise von Tamatave nacb Mouroundava gt'sanunrlt, obne genauere Aagabe der Localitiit (Tamatave liegt an der Nordost-, MoumuiKhiva an der Siidwestkiiste I). ( 27 ) Die aussern Charaktere sind von Giinther ano-egeben worden. Die Nilgel der librigen hier beliandelten Arten sind iu der Regel elienso scliarf ziigcspitzt wie Giinther sie bei " CA. trichotis " beschreibt und abbildet ; nur bei Opolemur scheinen sie stumpier, das l^onnte aber anch individnell sein. Obwiihl <lieser Lemuride einige Gebiss- und Si;hailelmerlvmii]e mit M. j'dicifer theilt, in geringerm Maasse durch letztere auch an Opolemur erinncrt, ist deunocli der Scbadel so merlcwlirdig, dass das Tliier wohl einen besonderen Gattungsnamen verdieute ; abgesehen vom Ban der Molaren, worin dasselbe am moisten mit Microce.biis ilbereinstinimt, weicht es mehr von Cliiroyale, Opolemur und Microi-ehus ab, als letztere unter sicli. GlcicLies gilt fiir mehrere der iinsseru (Uiaractere. Der Schadel ist niedrig und miissig abgeplattet, jedocb in der oberen Profillinie weniger gradlinig als bei (Ipolrnnir. Was ihn besonders auszeicbnet, ist die Breite der Gehirnkapsel, namcntlicb hinteu ; so zwar, dass die grosste Breite derselbeu nicht an den Parietalia liegt, sondern hinter denselben, riickwiirts vom iinssern Gehorgang ; die Ursac.he ist die starke blasige Auftreibung der Mastoidregion und eines Theiles des Squamosum. Diese Auftreibnng erreicht uicbt ganz den Grad wie beim afrikanischen <ialrt(ji)^ und findet sicb auch sonst bei malas-assisehen Lemuriden, uamentlieh bei Li'iiiilolnnur, wo sie von Mivart nachgewiesen wurde ; sie ist indessen bei " Ch. trirliotis " ansgesprochener als bei letzterer Gattung, und namentlich als bei Opolemur oder gar als bei Mirrocchus ; bei ChirO'iale fanden wir keine 8pnr derselben. Der postorbitale Schadel ist ausserdem auflfallend kurz, und ebenso dem ent- spvechend die bintere Abtbeilung des Jochbogens. Ein Interparietale ist vorhanden : dasselbe ist dreieckig, mit nach vorn gerichteter Spitze, ahnlich gestaltet wie liei Opolemur, nur etwas mehr in die Breite gezogen. Die Parietalleisten stehen ziemlich weit von der Sagittalsutur ab (Maximum : sieben Millim.), uud enden nicht, wie gewohnlich, am Interparietale, sondern, in Folge der geringen Querausdehnnug des letzteru, nach aussen von demselben, an der Lambdanabt. Ein kleines Foramen malare ist vorhanden. Die Frontalia sind in ihrer hintern Hiilfte breit ; die starkste Eiuscliuiirnng derselben zwischen den Orbitae betvagt ungetahr J von derjenigen an der ( 'oronalnaht. Sammtliche an dem Facialschadel sicb betheiligenden Knochen Bind stark verlangert ; ebenso die Palatiua, welche sich hinter den letzten Molaren weit nach riickwiirts erstrecken ; die Gaumenliicken sind kaum sichtbar, die hintern Foramina palatina miissig gross. Der knocherue Gaumen ist schmal und lang: die obern Zahnreihen vorlaufen uahezn ])arallel, im Gegensatz zu der nach vorn kon- vergierenden Eichtung, welche ilinen bei Cliiroyale, Opolemur und Microeehus eigen ist ; M.farcifer allein niihert sich in diesem Puncte einigermaassen der vorliegenden Art. Der horizontale Unterkiefevasf ist niedrig ; der Coronoidfortsatz steigt steiler an als bei Microcel)us. Trotz des laugeu Gaumens sind die Molaren und Praemolaren, mit Ausnahme von p 3 sup. und inf., auflfallend klein ; die Liinge der Backzahnreihe (m 3 — p 2) ist gleich der von ilieroe. minor, dessen Schiidel erheblich kleiner ist ; und gcringer als bei ,1/. smitki. Ban der Molaren wie bei den Microcebi. P 1 und p "2 su]). sind einander sebr iihnlich, indem der lunenhOcker des erstern, in Abweichung von dem Verhalten bei den iibrigen liier besprochenen Lemuriden, sebr wenig nach inaeu vortritt. P 2 hat eine vertical etwas langere Spitze als p 1. Beide unterscheiden sich uoch weiterhiu von Ghiroyale, Ojiolemur, uud der Mehrzahl tier Microcebi, durch einen kriiftig entwickelten hintern Basalhocker ; nur \f. furcifer bietet auch hier wieder einisje Ahnlichkeit. Das Cingnlum am Aussenrand von obern und (28 ) mitcrn Praemolaren uud I^Iolaren ist, wie bei Microcebiis (nameutlich .1/. furcifer) kral'tig ausgebildet uud es kommt aucli wieder an der Vorduraussenseite luiterer Molareu beinahe zur Bildnng eines supplementaren, vom Oingulum ausgehenden Hoikerchcns. Dcr dt'ni obern Caninen zunaclist steliendc, vonlerstc Praemolar hat ahulidieii Ban wie ersterer, uud nahezii gleiche Starke, also iiluilicli wie bei M. furcifer ; wie bei dieser Art ermangelt aucli der Canine von " Cli. trichotis " des hintern Basalbockerchens. Hiuter dem erwiibriten vordersten Praemolar ist recbts ein kurzes Diastema im Oberkiefer ; links befindet sich an dieser Stelle eiii anscbeineud einwur/.liger Zahu, soda?s wir auf dieser Seite vier Piacinolareu habeu, das eiuzige nieines Wisscns bekannte Beispiel von vier Praeuiolareu bei eiuem recenten Lemnriden. Der betreftende Zahn ist iibrigeus iui Ver^'leich uiit seiueu Nachbarn so stark abgekaut, dass der Verdacbt cntsteht, es mochte sich urn eiuen stehen gebliebeueu Milehzahn haudelu, um so mchr da seliou sein einseitiges Vorkoniiueu auf eiue Auomalie schlicssen lasst. D :i sup. von }ficrof:ebu.f (bei M. smitlii beobachtet) ist ebenfolls eiuwiirzlig ; der vorderste Milchpraemolar von Opolemur und GInrogale ist mir bisher nicht zu Gesieht gekommeu. Sollte es sich SCHADELMAASSE 1. Microcebus Microcebus Microcebus MicrocebuB Microcebus Microcebtie Microcebus coqiiereli. stuithi. innithi stuithi. smitbi. miour. minor. ! <? ■? i Br. M. Br. M. Br. M. Br. M. Br. M. Br. M. Br. M. 70.1.28.3. 37.il.2li.78. 55.12.2li.281. 91.U.S0.6. (Skelet). 37.9.211.79. .55.12.24.49. !. Basallangc: vom vonJ. od. unt. Kande j des Fur.i!n. mngn. bis zur Vorder- 1 spitze der Pracmaxillae . . . 1 42 27 27,8 26,8 24 26 25 2. Laoge zwi.scheu deni hintern Ende der \ Crista sngitt. bis zur Nasenspitze . SO 34,2 31 33 30 32 31 3 Lange dci- Nasenbcinnaht . 17 11.5 11 10 9 9.2 9.2 4. Lange der Stirubeinuaht 20 13.5 11,9 12,8 12 12,5 , 11.5 .5. Liinge der Scbeitelbpinn.iht 13 10 12 12 11,5 10,5 9,5 «. Liinge des Interparietale in der Mittel- linie (j 4 2,5 2,5 2 2 2,7 3 7. Lange des Sehnauzentlieits (vom Hinterrand des Foramen sulMibiiale — Vorderrand der Praemaxillae) 8,5 9 8,3 8,2 7.2 7 6,3 f . Liinge der Vorhindun'jsnaht der bciden Unterkieferhiilften 5,4 3.8 3,5 4 0. Griisstc Brcite des Schiidels (zwischen den iiusscrsten Punktender Orbitae) — 22 22,0 22 18,8 20,5 19,6 10. Breite des Schiidels zwischen den Procc. postauditor. des Squamosum 23,B 17,2 1 7,2 17 15,8 17 16 11. Grosste Brcite des Schiidels an den Scheitelbcinen .... 2.1.7 13 18 17,2 16,8 16,5 16,2 12. Breite des Schiidels liinter dem Ab- gaiig der Procc. postorijit. der Stirid)eine 1.S.7 14.4 14 13 12 11,5 12 13. Ceiingstc Breite zwischen den Orbitae (; 3.5 3.9 3,5 3 3.2 3 U. Breite zwischen der Ilinteraussenbas^a der obern Caninen .... '.1.3 5,3 5.2 5,3 4.3 ;, 4.8 1;?. Liinge der obern Zahnreilie (vom Hinteiausscnrande des m 3 bis zur vord. Basis des f'.aninen . IS 11.6 12 11,2 in 10 1(1 16. Liinge der drei obern Molaren (au.sscn; 7.8 5.5 fi.7 5,4 4,7 i,~ 17. Liinge der drei obern Pracmclareii (aussen) •',5 4 4 1 3,5 3,7 3,5 18. Liinge der unt cm Zahnreibe (vom Hinterrande des m 3 bis zur vordern Basis von p 3 15 10 9.8 8,9 9,2 19. Liinge der drei untern Molaren (in der Mittelb'nie) 8,5 C n 5 6 20. Liinge der drei untern Praemolaren . i;,5 4,3 3,8 — — 3,5 4 * In diesem einzigen Kalle ist die grosste Breite des ( ^9 ) heransstellen, class der in Frage stehende Zalm von " C/i. trirhotis " dennoch ein Praemolar ist, so hiitten wir die Furnicl iler oliern Praemiilaren lebcnder Lemuriden uicht \) 1, p 2, p 3, sondern ji 1, p -!, [) 4 /,n sclircil)i'i]. Ini Uuterkiefer sind nur ie drci Praenidlareu vorLiaiicleu ; aher es findft sicli jedersoits einc Zabnliicke zwischen dem mittlern nnd vordern Praemolar. Von den beiden obcrn Incisiven, die uicht dicht zusammenschliessen und von deneu der anssere auch von dem Caninen durch sine Liieke getrennt ist, ist der iunere langer und etwas starker als seiu Nachbar. Die unteru Incisiven nnd Caninen sind nngewohnlich lang, was auch wieder, sammt der Lange der Unter- kiefersymphyse, au das gleiche Verhalten bei M. farci/cr erinnert, und mit der ungewohnlichen Verlaugeruug des untern Theils der Praemaxillae im Zusammeuhang steht. Der untere vordere Praemolar (p 3) ist hocli und ziemlich vertical gestellt ; trotzdem aber ein schwacher ZaUn, wie auch sein Nachbar (p 2), obwol derselbe an Hohe den liintersten Praemolar (p 1) erlieblich iiberragt : letzterer ist comprimierter als der gleiche Zahn der in diescr Arbeit besprochenen drei Gattungen, und besitzt eiueu, im Verhaltniss zu seinen Dimensionen, ausehnlichen hintern Basalhocker. (Absolute Maassb in Millimetern.) Microcebus Microcebus Microcebus minor. minor. myo.^m\i3. ¥ 6 Br. M. Br. M. Tnnc 91.11.30.7. 'J2.11.l''.2. Museum. 28 27,3 27 33.-5 33,2 .33,8 '.l,S 0.3 10 13 12.r, 11,2 11 10 11 2,7 3,5 2,3 8,3 4,2 21,5 1G,4 16.3 12,8 3,5 5.3 11,2 5 4,2 10,2 5,8 4,3 7 4 21,7 17.8 17,3 11,5 3,0 10,4 4,8 11,2 5,5 3,7 21,7 17.7 17,9 13 +,2 11.2 10 5.8 4,3 Opolemiir thumasi. ? Br. M. 91.11.30.4. Opolemur samati. Br. M. 72.S.19..S. 3S 44,8 13,8 15,9 12,8 11 6,3 29,2(*) 21 20,0 12.5 6 9.4 1.-..3 7,2 5,5 13.3 8 5,4 35,8 42 13,7 14,5 11,6 10 5,5 27 21 21 12,2 5,8 6,8 5,7 Chirogale nielanotJ.s. Br. M. 70.5..^25. 41 13 6 31,2 16,.-. 8,5 18,6 'J 6,8 9,5 6,5 Chirogale niilii Br. M, 37.9. 2(1.77. 5+ 19.6 16,6 16 13.6 8,3 34.2 25 25,8 16 8 10 21.3 10 19 11 Chirogale I Chiroyale Cbirogale iiiilii. niilii. \ milii. (junior.) ^ Br. M. Br. M. Br. M. 7'.!.S.19.a. S2.6.3.4. S5.10.S.1. 49 55,8 19,2 18 17.4 5,8 14,5 8 36 27 26,8 15 8 17,8 10 17 16 16,5 13 7,5 31,7 25,5 15 7,2 9,7 19.3 9 18 11 50 56,3 19 18 18.8 14 8,8 38,3 27.3 28 15,7 8,6 12,4 22,6 10,9 8,4 19,5 11 ' Chirogale trichotis." Br. M. 75.1.29.2. 37 1. 2. 9,8 3. l.i,2 4. 9.3 5. 1,8 «. 9,6 7. 23,5 20 19,3 13,3 5 6.8 12.7 5,2 s. 6 {,1. 4,7) 10 5.6 4,4 18. Schadels am Jochbogen hinter den Orbitae gelegen. (30) Der bereits erwahnte " Chirogalits crosslei/i" Grandidiers ist nns eiiistweiliMi nnr durcli die folgende Beschreibung (xxxii.) bekanut : " Parties sup6rienres ronssatres, surtout sur la tete, parties inf6rienres blanchatres. T6te euorme, aiTondic. Cercle noir aiitour des yeiix. L'intfirieur des oreilles est reconvert de poil liran foiioe, et leur sominet est borde de noir. Queue courte et tris founiie. Oreilles petites. Lougueur dn corps, 20 centiin. ; de la quoue, 12 centim. ; des membres ant6rieurs, "centim.; des meinbres posterieurs, 10 centim.; des oreilles, 1 centim. Hab. forets est d'Antsiauak." Die Vergleicliung dieser Besclireibuug mit der vou " C'/i. tricliotis '" uud deni Tvpus des let/.tereii, ergiebt die naheu Beziehungen beider Tliiere ; maassgebend sin<l dabei der als eiiorm bezeichneto Kopf, sowie die kleinen, an ihrer Innenseite mit Haaren besetzten Ohren. Aucii •lie Farbung des Balges stimrat bei beiden iiberein : sowie der vollhaarige Schwanz, der bei dem Individunm des Britisoheu Museums glciclif'alls hinter der Kiirperliiiige znrucksteht (152 : 149), obwolil der Unterscliied iiiciit so bedentend ist wie bei Cli. crosslei/i. Dagegeu siud die Haarbiischel au der Innenseite der Ohren bei " C/i. trickotis " keineswegs dnnkelbrauu, sonderu gelblichgrau, uud ebenso wenig ist der Obcrrand der Ohren schwarz umsaumt. Ich vermuthc, dass es sich uni zwei nahe verwandte Arten haudelt ; sollte sich dies bestatigen, namentlich auch der Schiidel von Grandidiers Art die gleicheu eigenthtimlichen Merkmale aufweisen, so wiirde sich die Anfstellung einer neueu, beide umfasseuden Gattung rechtfcrtigen lassen, wovon ich jedoch vorlaufig, vmd so lange als nicht reicheres Material vorliegt, abstehe. SCHADELMAASSE II. Miciocebus Microcebus MicrocebuB MicrocebHS Microcebus M icrocebiis cwiiiereli. siintbi. smitbi. smitbi. smitfai. minor. S Br. M. Br. M. Br. M. Br. M. Br. M. Br. M. 70.1.2S.S. 37.1'.26.78. 55.12.26.2S1. 9I.ll.30.li. (Skelet). 37.11.20.7(1, 1. Basallange : vom vorfern oder nntern Kande des Foramen magnum bis zur Vordersjjitzc der Praemaxillae . 100 100 100 100 100 100 2. Lange zwischen dem hintern Ende d. Crista sa{,'itt. bis z. Naseiisjiitze 119 12fi.7 122.3 123,1 125 123.1 .S. Lange der Nasenbeinnaht . 40,6 42.6 39,5 37.3 37,5 35.4 4. Liiiige der Stimbciniiidit 47,fi no 42,8 47,8 .■)0 48,1 5. Ljinge der Scheitelbeinnaht 30,9 37 43,2 44,8 47,;i 40,4 6. Liinge des Inlerparietaleinder Mittel- linie 14,3 14,8 9 9,3 9,1 10,4 7. Liinge des Sclinauzentheils . 20,2 33,3 29,9 30,6 30 26,9 8. Lange der Vcrbindungsuaht der beiden Unlerlcieferbiilften .... 12,9 14,1 12.fi 15,4 9. GrSsste Brcite des Schiidcls . — 81, .5 81,3 82,1 78,3 78,8 ID. Breite des Schjidels zwiscben den Proeess. poslauditorii des Squa- mosum a(!,2 f.3,7 (il,ft 63,4 66.8 65,4 11. Grbsste Breite des Schiidels an den Scheitclbeinen .... 61,2 70,4 64,7 61,2 70 63,5 12. Breite dea Schiidels binter dcm Ab- gang der Proc. i}ostorbit. der Stirn- iieine 44,.-. .53.3 50.4 48.5 50 44.2 13. Geringste Breite zwischen den Orbitae 14,3 13 14 13,1 12,5 12,3 14. Breite zwiscben der Hinterausaenba-sis der obern Canincn .... 22,1 19,6 18,7 19,8 18 lO.-J l.">. Liinge der obern Zalinreihe 42, S5 43 43.2 41,8 41,7 3S,5 Hi. Liinge der drei obern Molaren IS, (J 20,4 20.6 20,2 20.8 18.1 17. Liinge der drei obern Pracmoiaren IS,.-) 14.8 14,4 14.9 11,6 1-1,2 18. Liinge der nntern Zabnreiiie 33,7 37 3.-),3 34,2 19. Liinge der drei untem Molaren . 20,2 22.2 21,6 19,2 20. Liinge *'er drei untem Praemolaren . 1.5,fi \h,9 13,7 — 13,5 ( 31 ) RUCKBLICK UND AUSBLICKE. Neben sj'stematischen Zwecken wurden im VerUuif dieser Arbeit auch synthe- tische Gesichtspnnkte im Auge beUalteu. Letztere solloii im Folgeuden nocli einmal im Zusammenhang besprochen und besonders betont werdeo, wobei uns jedoch wegen des eiigen Rahmens der bebaudclten Formeu uotbweudige Sclirankeu auierlegt siiid, obwol wir mis eiiiige weitere Ansblicke nicbt versagen koniien. Die nahe Znsammeagehorigkcit mi«erer kleiuen Lemiiridengnippe mit dem afrikauischeii Genus Gulago bat ibreii Ausdnick diircb Versetziing beider in erne Uiiterfamilie, die der Galaginap, gefiuideu. Als Ausgaugspuukt fiir das Folgende mid zum bessevii Verstiiiidniss desselben wird es darnui am Pkitz seiii, wenigsteiis das Gebiss imd den Sfhiidel von G((lago mit unsern malagassischen Furmen in Klirze vergleichend zu besprecben. Was das Gebiss der im Vorbergebenden betrachteten Arten betrifFt, so stellt Cliirogale im Ban der Molaren zweifeilos eine Eiidform in dieser Reihe dar, wiihrend Microcebas minor seinen Platz am Anfang der kleineu Reihe einnimmt. Bei jenem fanden wir eine erbebliche Riickbildung in der Form sowobl als in der Zabl der den Siingetbiermolar constituirenden Hiiekor, wabreud sich dieselben bei diesem nocb ziemlicb selbstandig erhalten haben. Die Mittelglieder sind in iustrnctiver Weise, eiuerseits dnrcb verscbiedene Arten von Micrixvbus, andererseits, gegen Gkirogale bin, diircb Opolemur gegeben. Galago gebt weiter iiber Microcebus binaus. Als ein auszeicbneuder Character (Reductionstabelle : Basallange = 100.) Microcebus Microcebus Microcebus Microcebus Opolemur Opolemur Chirogale Cl.irngale Chiro^pile minor. minor. minor. myoxiiius. thomasi. samati. meIano:is. iiiiiii. milii. s $ s. P 3 Br. M. Br. M. Br. M. Triug I Br. M. Br. M. Br. M. Br. M. Br. M. 55.12.24.49. 91.11.30.7. 92.11.6.2. Museum. 91 11.30.4. 72,8.19.8. 70.5.5.25. .72..S.19.11. 85.10.8.1. 101) 100 100 mo 100 lOO 100 100 loo 1. 121 ii9,r. 121,6 12,5,2 117,9 117,3 113.9 112.6 2. 3G.S 35 34,1 37 36.3 38.3 40,9 39,2 38 3. 4G 4H.4 45,8 .52,6 41,8 40,5 38,6 36,7 36 4. 3S 39,3 36,6 40,7 33,7 32,1 — 35,5 37,(; 5. 12 9,e 12,8 8,5 13,2 14 _ 11,8 9.G 6. 25,2 29,G 25.6 26,7 2S,;i 27,0 29.5 2^*, 6 2S' 7. — 15 14.7 )4,8 16,6 15,4 13,1; 16,3 17.G 8. 7S4 76,8 79,5 80.4 76,8 75,4 71 73,5 76,6 !1. i;4 58,6 65,2 G5.5 55,3 58,7 — 55,1 54.6 10. Gl,8 58,2 63.4 6G,3 53,9 58,7 — 54,7 56 11. 48 45,7 42,1 48,1 32,9 34,1 37.5 30,6 31,4 12. 12 12,5 13,2 15,5 15,8 16,2 19,3 1G,3 17,2 13. ia.2 18,9 19,4 23 21,7 23,7 20,9 23.5 24.8 14. 40 40 38.1 41,5 40,3 41,9 42,3 42,8 45,2 15. 1S.8 17.9 17,6 19.3 18,95 19 20,4 18,4 21,8 16. 14 15 11 14,8 14,0 15,9 15,4 16,3 16,8 17. 3li,S 3G,4 33,7 37 35 3G.3 36,4 36,3 39 18. 20 20,7 20,15 21,5 21,1 19,6 21,6 20,4 22 19. 16 16,3 13,5 15,9 14,2 16,8 14.8 17 20. ( 32 ) (ler afrikanisrhen Gattnng wird die molarahnlicbe romplikation des hintorn oborn Praomolars liezeichnet ; cs ist dies nnr oiii, mid zwav das am meisten in die Augeu fallende Glied einer ganzen Reihe in die gleiche Kategorie gehoriger Merkmalc der Backziilmc von Galago, welclio wir an einem vou der Usnr nocli versclionten Gebiss des Gahigo nenogalennis niUier imtersucheii wolleii. Die Backziihne von Gnloqo habeu den allgenieineu Chanietpr grossererKWiftigkeit vor denen der malagassiscben Arten vorans ; ihre sammtlicben Hiicker sind spitzer und schiirfer als selbst bei Miri-ocebns minor. Die oberen Molaren haben einen kleinen.dem Cingnhini aufsitzeuden Vordei-aiissenlioc.ker ; derselbe ist etwas starker ausgebildct an p 1, welclier Zahn bekanntlidi bei Gnhiijo Molargestait annimmt. Ferner besitzen die obern Molaren von Galago einen Vorderzwischenliocker, den icb, sammt deni vorigen, bei sammtlicben V^ertretern iinserer malagassiscben Grnj)pe vermisse. Der Hinterrand der t)bern Molaren zeigt in seiner Mitte sine tiefe Einbnchtnng nach voru, witlirend die Hinterseiteder Molari'ii vou Ghirngale kauni, und die vou Ojjo/emur und MicrocchuK nnr wenig eiugebuclitet ist. Dies hiingt mit dem verschiedenen Verbalten des Cingnlnm an der Hinterseiteder Molaren zusammeu. Bei den malagassiscben Formen ransanmt das Ciugulum den ganzeu Hinterrand, um dann bei Microi-i'hus innen zn dem Hiuterinueubocker anzuschwelleu. Bei Galaqo ist die Hiuterseite nicbt von einem koutiuuierlicb vevlaufcudcn Ciugulum umsaumt ; von der Hinteraussenecke ausgebeud begiuut dasselbe iu scliriiger Ricbtung uacli innen zu ziehea, vereinigt sicb aber sehr rascb mit eiuer iiim vdui Vorderiunenlibcker entgegenko'nmcnden Leiste (welcbe letztere bei }ncrofi://us iu Verbiudung stelit mit dem binteru Anssenhocker, wiibreud dieser bei Galago vou der erwiihnteu Leiste umgangeu wird). Die Inueuhalfte des Hinterrandes ist von eiuem baucbig nach hinten vorspriugenden Cingulnm eingeuommen, das aber keine Verbiudung mit dem znvor erwiibuten iinssern eiugebt, souderu unabhiingig vou demselben nugcfiihr iu der Mitte des Hinterrandes eudet, sodass dadurch die starke, Ubrigeus von vorue uacb hinten (von p I — m 3) an Tiefe abuelimcude Eiid)uciitnug des Hinterrandes zu Stande kommt. Der Hinteriunenhoi^ker ist kraftiger ausgebildet als bei Microcehus ; und die luueuseite des Vorderinuenbockers eutbohrt des Ciugulum bei Galago. P 2 sup. von letzterem besitzt einen starkeru luuenboeker als irgeud eiu Microcehus. Die Uutersuchnug des Uuterkiefergebisses vou Galago liet'ert glciclie Rosnltate ; dasselbe zeigt, Microcehus gegeniiber, grossere Komplication der Molaren und des hintereu Praemolars (p 1). Letzterer besitzt vier deutlich eutwiokelte Hocker und unterscbeidet sicb vou den Molaren lediglicb durcli Verschraiileruug seiner vordern Partie, die spitz uach voru vorspriugt. An den Blolareu ist vor Allem das vordere Hockerpaar dem hintern gleichwerthiger an Laugsausdehuuug ; sammtliche Hocker siud selbstiiudiger nls selbst bei Microcehus minor, nud uameutlicb auch die iunereu kraftiger eutwickelt. M :5 besitzt einen sehr starkeu Schlussbucker, der ubrigeus ebeuialls an iutacteu vordern Molaren uacbweisliar ist, allerdings etwas rndimeutar und dem binteru luuenboeker angescbmiegt. Das Gemeiusame im Baujdan der Backzaline vou Galagn, den malagassisclicu Formen gegeuuber, ist denuiach eine uocli grossere Komi)licatiou der Molaren nud binteru Praemolaren als bei Microcehus ; es siud generellere Formen. Die (iriiude fiir die Bercchtigrmg, eine derartig kompliciertere Molarform als den primitiveren Znstaud, die einfacberc als eiue Specialisieruug zn betrachten, babe icb an eiuem andern Orte eutwickelt.* In nnserem besonderen Falle werdeu, deuke idi, se'bst • L. 8. c. ( 33 ) (lie Vertreter der Tritaberculartheorie Bedenken tragen, die C'/t/roi/ale-molaren als eiiie primitive Form zu lietnw^liton, soadevn die Riickbilduug derselb<Ti zugeben ; daun aber ergiebt sich von selbst die weitere Folgeruiig i'tir die iilirigeu Formeu. Morphologisch nnd zeitlich biuter Galago liegt sine Molarform, wie sie etwa der obereocane Mierochoerus eriiMceus (xvi. p. 697, fig. 33ii B) darbietet, d. h. mit grosscrer Selbstandigkeit der nocb iiicht zu Mi verbundenen Hocker, die an Zalil grosser sind und nuter sich glcicbmassigere Dimensionen aufweisen. Von der Molarform des Mierochoerus ist es nur einen Schritt weiter zur longitudiDalen Anordn ling der Hocker {Tinotuxie), der meincr Auffassuug gemiiss primitivcn Form des Saugetliiermolars. Eine abnliche, der vorigen im Gauzon parallele Reihe ergiebt sich, wenn wir die Sckddelform ins Ange fassen. Im Vergleich mit Microcebus fanden wir bei Ckirogale und in hoherm Grade bei Opolemur, einen flachen, niedrigen und nament- lich inseinem vordern Theil schmalen Gehirnschiidel, der hinten das Foramen magnum so vvenig iiberwolbt, dass dasselbe nahezu vertical steht. Bei MieroreliUf: smit/ii, welcher in dieser Beziehung das Extrem unter den Microeehi darstelit, konstatierten wir bedeutendes tJl)erwiegeu des Gehirnschiidels liber den Facialschiidel ; ersterer ist hoch, breit, und in beiden Richtungen starker gewijlbt als bei Chiroijale und Opolemur ; bereits die hintere Halfte des Frontale ist bei M. smithi, im Vergleich mit jeuen, sehr breit und beu'inut sich zu wolben ; am Hinterhaupt iiberragt die Geliirnkapsel dermaassen das Foramen magnum, dass dasselbe beinahe vollstandig an der Schadelbasis zu liegen kommt. In all diesen Pnnkten gehen die kleineren Galago noch einen Schritt weiter. Der Schadel eines ausgewachsenen G. senegalensis hat einen guten Theil jugoud- lichcr Charaktere (jugendlic)i im ontogenetischen nnd phylogenetischen Sinne gefiisst) beibehalten. Die Orbitae zeigen weit grossere Ausdehnung als bei den mala- gassischen Formen, in verticaler sowohl als in horizoutaler Richtung. Der knocherne Gaumen nud der Facialschiidel sind relativ kurz ; die Praemaxillae uameutlich sind sehr reduciert. Durch seine umfangreiche, hohe, breite und rnnde Gehirnkapsel, die bereits in der verbreiterten hintern Frontalregion gewolbt ist, nnd dermaassen das Hinterhauptslochiiberdacht, dass dasselbe horizontal in der Schadel- basis liegt, erinnert selbst der erwachsene Galagoschadel noch auflallend an Cebiden. Diese Ahnlichkeit wird nocli iiberraschonder, wenn wie juuge Schadel in Vergleich zielien. Das Gleicho gilt aber auch in hohem Maasse flir Schadel junger Thiere unserer Gruppe, und, soweit ich dies beurtheilen kann, fiir' jugendliche Schadel malagassischer Lemuriden im Allgemeinen. Bei einem naliezu reifen Foetus von Projiithecus e.dwai-dsi fand A. Milue Edwards, dass das Kleinliirn in ergiebigerer Weise von den Hemisphiiren des Grosshirns bedeckt wird als beim erwacliseneu Individunm, so dass ersteres in dieser Beziehung afFenahnlicher ist als letzteres.* Es ist daher der Schluss nahe gelegt, dass die Lemuriden durch hochgradige Specialisierung riickgebildet sind aus Formen, die den aracrikanischen Aften niclit uuiihnlich waren, und dass die afrikaiiischeu Gnlm/os dieser Riick- bildnng in geringcrem Maasse anheim gefallen sind, als die malagassischen Glieder der Uuterfamilie. Mivart war seiner Zeit (xlviii., ]). 974) geneigt anzuiielimen, Afrika liabe seine Lemuriden von Osten her erhalten ; diesellien waren dieser Aimahme zufolge anf * " Le cervclet est moias decouvert qu'il ne le sera plus tard." (A. Miliio Edwards, in Grandidier, Hist. Physique, IfatureUe ct Polit. de Madagascar. Vol. vs., tome i. Teste. Taris, 187S, p. 209 ; vol. ix., tome iv. Atlas I., PL LXXXVII., fig. 1. 3 ( 34 ) Madagascar alter als auf deiu bcnachbarten (!ontineiito. (irandidiur seinerseits scheint die Bezieluuij^eu Mada^ascars mit Afrika sehr gering anznsclilagen.* Heutzutaget haben wir giite Grliude fiir die Annaliine, dass bis etwa zuiu Mitteltertiiir Afrika slidlich vou der Sahara und Madagascar geineiusame Schick- sale geliabt haben, d. h. dass eine Laudverbinduug zwischeu beiden bestand ; dass ferner die grusse Versdiiedeuheit iu der heutigen S'ingethierfauua beider Regiouen in erster Linie zumckznfiilireu ist anf eiiie Invasion des afrikanisclien Continentes dnrch die Tvpen der Pikermi- und Sivalikfanua, deren Fehlen in Madagascar die krJiftigste biiitze fiir die Annahme liefert, im spiiteren Tertiar, auf jeden Fall znr Zeit des oberen Pliocan, sei der Zusamnienbang Madagascars mit Africa bereits aufgehoben gewesen. Nun fehlen aber iiltere Saugethiertypen, d. h. solche, die nicht anf eine s|»lt- tertiare Einwanderung ans dem Norden oder Nordosten znriickzufiihren sind, kcines- wegs auf dem afrikanischen (Joutinent, und zu diesen altern Tvpen gehoreu .vor alien die afrikanischen Lemnriden, die dort mit eben so gntem Hi^clit als alteinbeimisch r.n betrachten sinJ, wie auf Madagascar. Aus der Vergleichnng von Scliadel- und Gebissmerkmalen ergab sich, dass die kleineren afrikanisclien Gnlngos dem primi- tiven Typns uiiher steheu, als die malagassiscbeu Gnlagirm' (von den iibrigen Lemnriden Madagascars miissen wir hier absehen), welch Ictztere mehr specialisiert sind, und zwar theilweise in einseitiger Weise specialisiert, niimlich mehr oder weniger riickgebildet. Diese einseitige Diflferenzierung ist iiberhaupt die Signatnr der fUr Madagascar charakteristischsten Siiugethiere. Das eigenthlimliche Gebiss von Chiromyi haben schon Cope \ nnd spater Leche § als Riickbildnng gedeutet. Der von mir an einem andern Orte** vorliinfig besprochene subfossile Lcmnroide Mcyaladapis bietet im Gebiss, weit mehr aber noch im Ban seiner Gehirukapsel, ein Extrem von Riick- bildnng, fur das unter recenten Placentaliern eine Parallele hochstens dnrch Cenmes ecaudatus, Mitglied der malagassischen Insectivorenfamilie Centetidae, geboten wird. Letztere gehoren mit nichten zn den primitivsten und damit zu den altesten aller Sangethiere, wie angenommen worden ist ; wie ich denn auch die Vereinignng aller Insectivoren mit V-formigen obern Molaren nur als eine kiinstliche Grnppiorung betrachten kann. Die Form der Molaren, sowie die Verklimmernng des Jochbogens bei Centetiden sind nebst andern Schadelmerk- malen derselbeutt Resultate von Ruckbildung, die unabluingig von einander verschiedene, wenig mit einander verwandte Familien erworben haben kbnnen. Eiipleres endlich ist anf dem Wege, sich zn einem Insectivoren zn degradieren, soweit dies iiberhaupt einem Viverriden noch miiglich ist.lt * " C'est bien certainemcnt un pays qui a eu son existence proprc, sa vie in'Wpendante, et il no me semble pas douteux qu'i I'^poquc secondaire 11 formait un continent s'6tendant au loin vera Test." {Revtte Scirntijiijlir, I., i., Ib71, p. lOSo.) t Vcrgl. die neueren Erorterungen bei A. E. Wallace, Idaiid Life, 2ud edition, 1892; sowie \V. T. Blanford, Addnxs delirired at the Anniversary Meeting of the Geological Society of Lomloii, on the 2lxt of February, 1890. ♦ E. D. Coiie, "On the Evolution of the Vcrtebrata, Progressive and Retrogressive" (Anuriraii Natnralist, 1883, p. 333). § W. Leche, '• Studien iiber die Entwicklung des Zahnsystems bei den Siiugethieren " <_ Moyjihol. Jahrbuch, xix., 1892, pp. 543, 544). •• I'roc. Hoy. Sm:. London, vol. liv., 1893, pp. 176—179. +t Auf diesc Verhiiltnissc kann hiev natiirlich nicht naher eingegangen werden ; den Verpflichtungen, die mir .aus obigen, ein beliebtes Dogma bekiimpfenden Siitzen crwachsen, werdc ich an einem andern Orte nachkommen. IJ Es ist von vorn herein zu erwarten, dass in der Ubiigen Wirbelthiertaana Madagascars sich ( 35 ) Allenlings lehrt die hentige Schule, angeblioh anf Griind tlieils ontogeuetischer theils phylogenetischer Erfahruug, dass kleine, schmale Hirakapsel, niedriger Schadcl, grades Profil, hinge Sclinauze niid lauge Nasenbeiue characteristische Eigeu- thiimliehkeiten des priiiiitiveii Zustaudes eiaes Saugethierschiidels seien. Was zunachst die Anrufung outogeuetischer Erfahruug fiir diese vermutbete ])rimitive Form des Saugethierschadels anlangt, so ist es ja doch wi)bl eiiie allgemein bekaimte, obscbou ia ihrer Bedeutnug wenig gcwurdigte Thatsacbe, dass der jugend- licbe Scbiidel aller Saiigethierorduniigen (bis directe Gegenstuck jenes hypotbetiscben primitiveu Zustaudes ist ; wessbalb icb z. B. denn audi Scbbjsser (Ivii. p. 9) uicbt beistimmeu kanu, dass der Scbiidel des GorilLi " im Vergleicb zn dem des Menscben nncb am ])rimitivsteu uuter aUeu Aul:brojM)m<iriiIieu ersebeint." Weuu mau seiue Jugeudfonu erwagt, wird mau zur tJlierzeuguug gelaugeu miisseu, dass der Scbadel des erwacbsenen mauulichen Gorilla der degeuerierteste, oder sagen wir, der am meisten diflfereuzierte unter deu Autbropomorpben ist. Ware Scblosser's Aunahme die ricbtige, so biesse das soviel als der junge Gorillascbadel ist differenziert, der erwacbsene primitiv I Sodann lebrt einsfvveileu die Erfahruug bei einigermaasseu belcauuteu jiliyle- tischen Formeurcilien, ilass je wciter riickwarts wir geheu, um so mebr der Gesichtsschadel im Vergleich zur Gehirnkapsel znriiektritt. Mau vergleiebe in dieser Beziehung H^/rarotkerhim oder Phcn'Voilns mit Ei/hus. Bei der Aufstelluug obigen Schema's des primitiveu Saugethierschiidels schwebt vermuthlich eiu Reptilscbiidel vor. Welche Grlinde haben wir aber, eine seiche Form als primitiv beim Rejitil zu betrachten ; oder besser, mit welcher Bereehtigung dlirfeu wir den Saugethierschadel von einer so differeuzierteu Form des Re])tilschadels ableiteu ? Weuu wir deu Geliiruumfaug tertiarer Siiugethiere mit demjenigen ihrer recenten Anverwandten vergleichen, dlirfeu wir dabei nicht vergessen, dass letztere als Regel grtissere Dimeusiouen besitzeu als erstere ; uud dass erfahrungsgemass kleiuere Thiere aller Orduuugeu oberflachlicbere uud weuiger zablreiche Gebirawiuduugen aufweiseu als die grijssereu Vertreter der gieichen Ordnungen, ohue dass diese Eigenscbaft an uud fiir sich jene zu uiedereru Formeu stempelt. Lartet, der solcbe vergleichenden Untersuchuugeu aubahnte,* hat letztereu Puuct uicbt geuugeud beriicksichtigt. Ausserdem fiudeu sich nuter den von Lartet augeflihrteu Beispielen solelie, dereu geuaue Bestimmuug zu wuusehen tibrig liisst ; so die " T7(vr;-a antiqua " des untern Miocans, die Lartet mit der lebenden Vici-rrn genetta iu Bezng anf L'mfiiiUg uud Form des Gehirus verglicheu bat.-f Am meisteu anfeclitbar aber scheinen mir die aus der bekaunteu Gehiriifunu der Ainhhjjjoda abgeleiteten Folgeruugeu. Schou die riesigeu Proportioneu und weiterbiu die meisteu ihrer (Jharaktere bezeugeu, dass wir es mit eiuer ausserordentlicb fruhzcitig und iu ausserordeutlichem Maasse differeuzierteu Unterordnuug zu thun Parallelcn zu dou t^augetUieren finden werdeii ; in dioser Beziehung i^cniigt, und ist cs bcinahe iiberfliissig, den Namen AcpyoniU zu erwiihnen. * Ed. I.artet, ' Do quelques cas dc progression organiquu vurifiables dans la succession des temps g^ologiques sur des Mammiferes de meme famille et de memo genre ' (Ct'mjtt. Rt-nd. Acad. S:, Ixvi., 18GS, pp. 1119 — 1122). — Ferner sind zu vergleichen: O. C. Marsh, Iiitroductuin and Succesxion of Vertebrate Life in America. An Address delivered I)eforc the American Association for the Advancement of Science, at Naslivillc, Tcnn., Aug. 30, 1877, pp. 54-5.5. — Id., Ditwcerata, a Monfujraph of an KHinct Order of Gi^antie Mammals (Monographs of the United States Geological Survey, vol. x.). Washington, 1886, p. 5.'* fnlgg. t In BetrcfE der Virerra an'irjiia vergl. Schlosser (Ivii., 3, 1890, pp. 19, 20). ( 36 ) baben, sodass es sehr gewagt erscheint, ihr winziges Geliirn uls primitiv betrachten zu wolleu. tJbrigens hat schon Cope den Nachweis geliefert, dass es sii'li iiu vnr- liegenden Falle urn eine Regression handelt.* Bei Fragen, wie die bier berlilirten, werdeu mit der Zeit oline Zweit'el audi die vergiUigliclicn primitiven Farchen nnd Whxinnijen, die sick am (Joliirn des mensclilicheu Foetus zwischen dem drittcn nnd fiinften Monat zeigen, zn bcriii-k- sichtigen sein,t sowie die von Beer f beschricbenen Microgyri. Vorderhand konnen wir Loclistens vernintLen, dass diesen Bildnngen in dev Pliylogenese nnscrer Species ein weniger eplicmeres Dasein bescbiodeu war, als dies gegenwiirtig der Kail ist. Ans den vorstebenden Erorternngen ergiebt sicb einerseits, dass niedrige Formen nicht notbwendiger Weise zngleich ancb primitive sind, sondern dass ibre Inferioritat ein durcb Degradation erworbener Znstand sein kann. Sowie anderer- seits, dass der Gang der progressiven Evolution von niedern zn bobern Formen selbst inncihalb ein und dessclben P/ii/li/tns nicbt immer ein regelmiissiger gewcsen sein kanu, sondern mnthmaasslicb sowobl dnri.'h Ilaltepuiikte, als ancli durcb gelesentliche Riickscbritte nnterbrocben wurde. BiBLIOGKAPHIE. I. 1798. AuDEBERT, I. B., Histoire Natiirelle des Singes et rfes Malcis. Paris. An huitifeme, pp. 18, 19, PI. Til., VIII. II. 18-11. Bl.\ixvii.LE, H. M. Ducrotay DE, Osthrjmphie dfs Mammiferes ; I'rimittes. Paris, 1841, p. 12, PI. YIl. (-'Maki de Milius, L. mUii <J ; L. furcifer"), PI. XI. (" L. murinus."; III. 1785. BoiiDAERT, P., Eknchiis Atiimalium, Yo\. I. Sistens Qnadrupedia bucusque nota, eorumque varietatcs. Rotterodami, 1785, p. 6G. lY. 177li. Brown, Petp;r, Nrw Illuatratimia <if Zooluijij, containing fifty coloured plates of new, curiou.s, and non-descript Birds, with a few Quadrupeds, Reptilesi and Insects. Together with a short and scientific description of the same, London, 177G, p. 108, PI. XLIV. (Text Englisch und Franziisisch.) BuFFON, Histoire Naturelh generale el particulihe, t. xiii., Paris, 17G5, p. 177. Id., ib., p. 202 [Daubenton). Id., ib., Supplement, t. iii. Paris, 177(i, p. 149, PI. XX. Id., ib., Supplement, t. vii. Paris, 1789, pp. 121 -.3, PI. XXXIV., XXXV. Ccviek, Fk. (cf. (Jeoffkoy Saixt-Hii.aire et Fr. Cuvier). Cuvier, Fr., Histoire Naturdle des Mammi/eres, 2" ^d., 4". Paris, 1833, p. 228. Daubextox (cf. BuFFON, vi.) DB(>MAREST, a. G., Mammahgie, ou Description des Especes de Mamnii/eres. Prem. partie. Paris, 1820, p. 10.3. (.Encyclnpblie Melhodique.) 1829-30. Fischer, J. B., Hijnopsis Mammulium. Stuttgart, 1829. Addenda, 1830. Fischer, Gottiiei.f, Anutomie der Maki taid der ihnen rerirandten Tliiere- Erster Band enthalt die Naturgeschichte und den Knochenbau der Maki, mit xxiv Kupfertafeln und zwci Vignetten. Frankfurt a/M., 1804. V. 1765. VI. 17(i.5. VII. 1776. VIII. 1789. IX. 1821. X. 18.33. XI. 1765. XU. 1820. XIII. 1829-31 XIV. 1804. * " But one retrogressive line in this respect is known, viz., that of the order Amhlypodu, where the brain has become relatively smaller with the pass^eof time." E. D. Cope, 1. s. c American Xaturalut, April 1885, p. 351. Vgl. auch. ib. p. 55, t Vergl. Kollikcr, JCntwicklungsgcHchwlite (Ics Mtnachen nnd der hoheren T/iirrr. 2. Aufl., 1879, p. 659, fig. 316 (p. 515). J Jtmrnal Anat. Phi/s., xxiv. London and Edinburgh, 18U0, ])p. x, xi. Prof. Howes, der mich auf die Notiz von Beer aufmerksam gemacht hat, verdanko ich auch den Hinweis auf ein in sc-iiicm Namon von Beddard (Proc. Zmd. Soc. London., 1892, p. 612, fig. 7) bcschriebcne.s Kaninchcngebim, dc.ss.;ii Obci'fiiiche von einem Furchennetz iiberzogcn ist. Demselben diirfte eher die Bedeutung eines mcmorativeu Tjpus zukonimen als die eines prophetischen, wie Bedilard anzunehmeu gencigt seheint ("if the fuiTows are an accidental expression of the possibilities of modification in the brain-surface, it is noteworthy that the Rabbit departs very widely from the Simplicidcntati ") da die Nager kaum — Du|ilieidentati so wenig als Simplicidcntati — zu einer progressiven Differenzierung in dieser Richtung berufcn sind. ( 37 ) XV. XVI. XVII. XIX. I812. XX. 181-2. XXI. 1821. XXII. 18-28. XXIII. 1850. Ii'ilU. VixcoVRT, riistu/re de la ;;mn(lc tdii ^^ll/hlf|llscltl■, composec par le SlEUii I)E Fr..\couUT, Directeur rJc'ne'ral de la Compaguie Francoise de rOrieiit, et Commandant pour sa Majeste dans la dite Lsle et es Isles adjaceutes. Avec une Relation de ce qui s'est passe' es anne'es 1055-6 et li)57, non encor veue par la premiere Impression. Paris, 1 6l'i 1 (chap, xxxviii., " Des Animaux terrestres et des Insectes," pp. 151-9). Die erste Auflage ist von 1IJ58. 1891. Fldwek, W. H., and Lydekkek, Rich., An Introduction to the Stud;/ nf Mammals, Liriiiij and Extinct. London, 1891, pp. C89-90. 1795. GeoI'-froy Saint-Hil.\ike,Etienne, Observations sur une pftite esjiece de Maki {Lemur Linn.) ; par le C. Geiieeroy, du Musi5um d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris. Flor&l, Prairial, Messidor et Thermidur, an 3. {liidl. des Sciences, par la Soclete Philomatique d' Paris, tome i. Paris : De juill. 1791 ii Ventose, an 7.) XVIII. 179G. Geoffkoy S.\INT-HlI..iIItE, Etienne, Mi-moire sur les liiqiimrts Natnrels tics Maids, Letaur, L., et Description d'unc csjjice nouxvlle de Manunifere, par le citoyen Geoefroy, Prof, de Zoologie au Museum d'Hisloire Naturelle. [Magasin Encyclopcdiiiae, ou Journal des Sciences, des Lettres ct des ArtSy rtSdige par A. L. Millin, t. i. Paris, 179(3, p. 48.) Geoffroy S.\int-Hii..iU!E, Etienne, "Tableau des Quadrumane?" {Snite). {Ann. du Mus. d'lJist. Nat., t. xix. Paris, 1812, p. W\.) Geoffroy S-VINT-Hil.vike, Etienne. " Note sur trois dessius de Commer(,ori, reprusentant des Quadrumanes d'un genre inconnu." {Annales du Mus. d'Bist. Nat., t. xix. Paris, 1812, pp. 171-5, PI. X.) Geoffroy Saint-Hil.\ike et Fu. Cuvier, [Tistoirc Naturelle des Mammifires, 1"= ed. Paris, fol., 1821-42 (t. ii., Livr. xxxii., Oct. 1821). Geoffroy' Saint-Hii.aire, Etienne. Onus de I'Histoire Naturelle des Mammifires. Paris, 1829 (11' le^on. 0 juin 1828). Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore, "Note sur plusieurs especes nouvelles de Mammiferes, de rOrdre des Primates.'' {Com pi. rend. Acad, ties Sciences, t. xxxi., pp. 873-6. de'c. 1850.) XXIV. 1851. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore, Calaloi/ue des Primates (Musiium d'Histoire Naturelle de Paris). Catalogue Mctlwdiqne de la Collection des Mammifires, de la Collection des Oiseaux ct des Cedlections anneres, par le Professeur-Administrateur M.Isidore Geoffroy Sain-i-Hii.aire, et les Aides-Naturalistes MM. Florent, Pri5vost, et Pi'CIIERAN. Paris, 1851. Preni. pMiie— Mam m if ires. Catalogue des Primates, par M. Isidore Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, pp. 70-9. XXV. 18f,4. Gi-,KV.\l>i,J'.\Vh, TTistoire Naturelle des Mammifires . . . Primatss.Clieiroptires, lusectirores ct Rongeurs. Paris, 1854, pp. 170-73. 185 5. (JiEREL, 0. G., Die Sciugethicre . . . Leipzig, 18.56, pp. 1013, 1(114, 1017, 1018. 1788. Gmelin (cf. LiNNi). 18(37. Grandidier, Alf., "Mammiferes et Oiseaux nouvcaux decouverts a Jlada- gascar." {Rev. et Mag. de Zoo/., xix., 1807, pp. 84-8.) XXIX. 1807. Gkaniiiiuer, Alf., "Notes sur les Mammiferes et les Oiseaux oUservfe h, Madagascar." (ff-i-. ,7 Mag. de Zool, xix., 1867, pp. 313-18, 353-00, 385-U2, 417-20.) XXX. 18G8. Grandidier, Alf., "Description d'une nouvelle espece de Cliirogale, de'- couverte sur la cote ouest de Madagascar." {Rer. et .Mag. de Zool., xx., 1868, p. 49.) XXXI. 1808. Grandidier, Alf., " Sur les Drcouvertes zoologiiiues faites ;\ Madagascar." {Comptes rend. Acad, des Sciences, 14 d<Sc., 1808, und Ann. des Sciencfs Natur., 5" Serie, Zoologie, x., Paris, 1808, pp. 375-8.) XXXII. 1870. Grandidier, Alp., "Descriptions de quelques animaux nouvcaux decouverts a Madagascar, en novembre 1809." (iJ»i'. et Mag. de Zool., xxii., 1870, p. 49.) 1842. Gray, J. E., " Descriptions of some new Genera and fifty unrecorded Species of Mammalia." {Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, 1842, vol. x., pp. 255-07.) 1843. Gray, .1. E., List of the Specimens of Mammalia in the Collection of the British i]fuseum, London, 1843, p 17. 1803. Gray, J. E., "Revision of the Species of Lemuroid Animals, with the De- scription of some new Species.'' {Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 180.3. pp. 129-a2.) XXVI. xxvn. XXVIII. XXXIII. XXXIV. XXXV. ( 38 ; XXXVI. 1870. XXXVII. 1872. XXXVIII. 1875. XXXIX 179-.>. XL. 178 XLI. XLII 1891. 18.%. XUII. 1777 XLIT. 17^0. XLT. 1871. XLVI. 1873. XLvn. 1864. XLVUI. 18iJ7, XLIX. 1873. L. 1771. LI. 1781. Ln. 1799. LIII. 1852. LIV. 1844. LV. LVI. 1876. 1868. LVII. 1887, Gkat, J. E., Catttlogiie of Mtmhet/s, Lemurs, and Fruit-mtimj Bats in the Colleclion of lite British Museum. London, 1870, p. 78. Appeudix, p. 131 u. folgg. Gbay, J. E., "Notes on Propithecus, Indris, and other Lemurs (Lemurina) in the British Museum." (I'roc. Zoot. Sue. Lomlon, 1872, pp. 846-611). GuNTUER, A., "Notes on some Mammals from Sladagascar." (Pruc. Zuol. Soc. Loiidim, 1875, p. 78, PI. XV.). , Kerb, Eoiseut, The Animal Kingdom ; or, Zoological System of the celebrated Sir Cii.vHi.KS Linn.eus. Class I., " Mammalia " . . . being a translation of that part of the Si/st(ma Xaturae, as lately published, with great improvements, by PRdl'ESSOB GjIEI.IN, of Gottiiigeu ; together with numerous additions from more recent zoological writers, and illustrated with copper plates. London, 1792. LiNNif;, Cahoi.i rt Si/ntema Xalnrae, t. i. Kd. decima tcrtia cura Jo. Frid. Gmelin. Lipsiae, 1788, p. 44, No. 7. Lydekkeb, Rich. (s. Flower, xv.). Martin, " Notes of the Dissection of a Specimen of the small Nocturnal Lemur, Mierocebus murmus Geoffr., which lately died at the Society's Gardens" {Proc. Zool. Soc. London, iii., 1835, Sept. 8th, pp. 125-7.) Miller, John Fred.. Various Subjects of Xatural l/istory, wherein are delineated Birds, Animals, and many curious Plants, with the parts of fructification of each Plant, all of which are drawn and coloured from Nature, Fol. T.ib. xiii., London, 1785. (Datum der Beondigung. Das Werk wurde in Lieferungen publiciert : jcde Tafel triigt den Jalir- gang der Publication.) Miller, J. Fred., Cimelia rh;/sica. Figures of rare and curious (Quadrupeds, Birds . . . together with several of the most elegant Plants. Engraved and coloured from the subjects themselves by J. F. Miller. With descriptions by GEoRiiE Shaw. London, 1796, Tab. xiii., A. B., p. 25. Mn.NE EnwARD.% A., "L'ordre des Lcmuriens. " {Herue Scitntifique, 2 sept., 1871, pp. 221-7). Milne Edwards, A. (cf. .S7. Gtin-ye Mirart, .\lviii., p. 491.) MiVART, St. George-S, " Notes on the Crania and Dentition of the Lemuridae." (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1864, pp. 611-48.) MiVABT, St. Georges, " Additional Notes on the Osteology of the Lemuridae." (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1867, pp. 960- 7o.) MiVART, St. Georges, "On Li'pUemur and Cheirogaleus, and on the Zoological Rank of the Lemuroidea." {Proc. Zuol. Soc. London, 1873, pp. 484-510.) Pennant, Thomas, Synopsis of tjuudrujxds. Chester, 1771. Pennant, Thomas, Histori/ of Qiwdru/nds, vol. i. Loudon, 1781, p. 217. Pennant, Thomas, Allgemeine Uebersicht der rierfiissigen Thiere. Aus dem Englischen ubersetzt und mit Anmerkungen und Zusiitzen versehen von JoHANN Mattuaus Bechstein. Erster Band, Weimar 1799. (tjbers. nach d. dritten Ausgabe vom .J. 1793 : Th. P., History of Qn(ulruj>eds. The third edition. London, 1793.) Peters, Wilhelm C. H., A'atnrwisseitschaftlicke Ilcisc nach .Mossatnbiqne auf Befehl seiner MajeslUt des Kiinigs Friedrich Wilhelm IV. in den Jahren 1842 bis 1848 ausgefiihrt. Zoologie : I. Saugethiere. Berlin, 1852, pp. 13-20. Taf. IV., fig. 6-9. ScuiNZ, Heinr., Systematisches Veivichniss aller bis jetzt bekannlen SUugethiere, I. Solothurn, 1844. SiHLEGEL, H., Monographic des Singes. Leide, 1876, pp. 315-27. Sculegel, H., et Pollen, Francois P. L., liecherchet sur la Faune de Madagascar et de ses Depcndunces, d'ajires tes dccouvrtes de Francois P. L. Pollen et D. C. Van Dam. 2"" Partie, Mammifferes et Oiseaux, par H. StiiLEGEL et Francois P. L. Pollen. Leyde, 1868, pp. 8-10, 12, 13 ; PI. v., VI., VII. Schlosser, Max, -Die Affeu, Lemuren, Cbiropteren, Insectivoren, Marsu- plalier, Creodonten und Carnivoren des europaeischeu Tertiaers, und deren Beziehungen zn' ihren debenden und fossilen aussereuropaeischen Ver- wandten." I.,Wien, 1887, p. 40. {Beilrage zur Palaeonfologie Oesterreich- Ungarns, Bd. vi.) NoVITATES-ZO0i;OGIC^.VoL.I.1894. PlII ^•skK* * f7%^ "^K ^-^v. ^•^•■a. Ji^n ^'mi ^8®iSS% J. -2- */ e>V^. //r^ ■>w, ^.v, .T^^ /^/ Ag >iaJ cX«//. •)**j '•**^ ■*>*> i> ^■/■?4 ^^ -^y//^ A ""/ ""i "^3 XM <^.<£/! ( 39 ) LVIII. 1796. Shaw, George (cf. Milker, xliii.). LIX. 1800. Shaw, Georce, General Znnlnfn/, or S)/«leiiiatii; yalunil Flistori/. With Plates. Vol. i. Part 1 : Mammalia. London, 1800. LX. 1879. Shaw, George A., " A few Notes upon four Species of Lemurs," specimens of which were brought alive to England in 1878. {Proc. Zonl. Soc. Loiuhm, 1879, pp. 132-36). LXI. 1833. Smith, A., " An Epitome of African Zoology ; or, A Concise Description of the Objects of the Animal Kingdom inhalnting Africa, its Islands and Seas." (South African Ijuarturlii Journal, vol. ii. , Cape Town, 1835, p. .511.) [Wurde zuer.st iu monatlichen Lieferungen publiciert : No. I., Part 1 (auf Seite 18 die Beschreibung CVie/jw/a/f it.s tijpieus enthaltend), im November 1833.] LXII. 1840. Wai;ner, Jhhaxn Andr., Die. Sdugthiere in AbhilJunr/en nacli eler Xatur, mil Besclireibunyen run D. JoH. Christ. Daniel von Schreber. Fortgesetzt von D. Johann Andre.\s Wagner. Supplementband I. Leipzig, 1840, pp. 273-8. LXIII. 1855. Wagner, Johann Andr., 76., Supplementband V. Leip/.ig, 1855, pp. 147-50, 153-56, 159-60. LXIV. 1838. Waterhocse, G. R., Catalogue of the Maminalia preferred in the .Uuscum of the Zoological Society of London. 2nd ed. London, 1838, p. 12, No. 89, 90. Ekklaki'ng der Tafeln. T,af. I. (J. Sinit del. and lith ) Fig. 1. Opoleinur thinnasi n. sp. Fig. 2. Microcebus minor (Gray). Beide Figuren in j der nat. Gr. Taf. IL (Gez. v. H. Gronvold.) Sjimmtliche Schiidelansichten in nat. Gr. — Gebisse circa dreimal vergr. Fig. 1 (/, b. Chirogale milii Et. Geoffr. J (Br. Mus., No. 37. 9. 26. 77). Schildel von oben und von der Seite. Fig. 2 n. b, c. Opolernur thomaai n. sp. 9 (Br. Mus., No. 91. 11. 30. 4). Schiidel von oben, von der Seite, von unten. Fig. 3 </, b. Microcebus smilhi (Gray) (Br. Mus., No. 37. 9. 26. 78). Schiidel von der Seite und von oben. Fig. 4 a, b. Microcebus siuithi (Gray) (Br. Mus., No. 55. 12. 26. 281). Schiidel von der Seite, von oben, von unten. Fig. 5 a, /). Microcebus minor (Gray), + (Br. Mus., No. 91. U. 30. 7). Schiidel von der Seite und von oben. Fig. 6 o, b. Microcebus }iiinor (Gray), (J (Br. Mus., No. 92. U. 6. 2). Schiidel von der Seite und von oben. Fig. 7. Microcebus minor (Gray), (J (Br. Mus., No. 37. 9. 26. 79). Schiidel von oben. Fig. 8 a, b. Chirogale uiilii Et. Geoffr. (Schiidel, fig. 1). Rechte obere (a) ued uuterc (i) Zahnreihe. (Molaren und hinterster Praemolir.) Fig. 9 a, b,c. Chirogale milii Et. Geoffr. (Br. Mus., No. 82. 6. 8. 4). Rechte obere («) und untere (J>) Zahnreihe (Molaren und hinterster Milchpraemolar) ^c : letzter oberer Molar der linken Seite. Fig. 10 <(. b. Chirogale iiwlunotis n. sp. (Brit. Mus., No. 1542a). Rechte obere (a) und untere ( 6) Zahnreihe (Molaren und hinterster Praemolar). Fig. 11 a, b. Opoltmur thunmsi n. sp. (Schiidel, fig. 2). Rechte obere (n) und untere (b) Zahnreihe (Molaren und hinterster Praemolar). Fig. 12 a. b. Miirocebus smitlii (Gray) (Schadel, fig. 3). Wie vor. Fig. 13 a, b. Microcebus sniithi (Gray) (Schiidel, fig. 4). Wie vor. Fig. 14 a, b. Microcebus minor (Gray) (Schiidel, fig. 5). Wie vor. Fig. 15 a, b. Microcebus minor (Gray) (Schiidel, fig. 7). Wie vor. ( 40 ) LEPUS NIGBONUGHALIS sp. not. By ERNST ILAETEET. Similis Lep. hi-asilientsi Liun., sed differt couspicna stria lata lininnescentc uigra al) occipite ad intra Lumeros vergente. THE fur is similar to that of other bares. Colour above brown, merging into pale asliy above the tail and on the thighs, irregularly marked with brownish black, the hairs being greyish white at base, brownish black at tip, and having a broad buffy white subterminal ring. Underfur woolly and of a pale brownish grey colour. Underside of the head, a narrow line round the nose, the whole breast and belly as well as the inside of the legs white, tinged witii buff on the fore-legs. Neck greyish buff below, ashy white on the sides ; from the beginning of the occijuit to between the shoulders extends a broad brownish black band, an inch wide at beginning, gradually becoming narrower. Length about 14 inches, tail about 1 inch; ears 2|, whitish at base, brownish in the middle, darker on the tip, and with a narrow white fringe all round. Iris brown. The single specimen which I brought home, a male, seems to be full grown, although the skull shows that it is a somewhat young individual. Unfortunately the skull is partly destroyed by the shot, and I have not a skull of Lepus brasiliensis to compare ; therefore comparative descriptions of the skulls of L. nigronuckalis and L. braHtliemis will be given later, when I hoj)e to have additional material. My type of X. nlgronuchalis is in the Tring Museum. 1 shot it ou the island of Aruba, on the north coast of Venezuela, where it is apparently not very rare, though by no means numerons. Probably the same hare inhabits the island of Cnraeao, where I saw it several times, but always at such unf'urtuuate moments that I was not able to shoot one. The Dutch residents on Aruba and Curasao call it a rabbit, but it does not burrow like rablnts. It lives in the scrub and among the rocks, resting during the daytime in its form, like the European hare. ON TUBTUROENA SHABPEI Salvad. AND 08M0TBEB0N EVEBETTI Hv. nov. By TJIE HON. WALTER ROTHSCHILD. (PI. III.) CiOUNT SALVADORI described Turturoeim skarjici very venturously from u ; head and neck only in the British Museum (Gat. B., .\xi. p. 329 [1893]). I now find among some birds collected by the late Emin Pasha a complete skin of this species, which confirms ('onnt Salvadori's opinion. I therefore have much pleasure in completing his description and giving a jjlate of the bird. IIOVITATES ZOOLOGIC^ V'oL I. 1894. Pl.III. ,i.r, i\f.. c.\. jii-n Mfr-.tem Hroa imp. TURTURCENA SHARPEI, Salvad. ( 41 ) Turturoena sharpei Salvad. cJinl. Foreheiul ash}' grey ; licad, liiinl-neck, and sides of the neck bright metallic green, with a violet gloss in some lights. Interscapnlary region white, as well as the tips of some of the green feathers of the hjwer hind-neck. Back and wing-coverts coppery-brown, with green and purple reflections on the edges of the feathers. Lower back, rnmp and upper tail-coverts deep blackish grey, with the same green and purj)le reflections on the edges of the feathers. Tail greyish black, with slight olive green reflections and a narrow slaty grey border. Wings blackish brown. Throat dark grey ; underside of neck and breast deep slaty grey, each feather with a broad greenish pui'ple border. Lower breast and abdomen deep vinaceous purj>le, fading into ashy grey towards the vent. Under tail-coverts and flanks dark slate-grey. Total length about 121 inches, wing (i-(i, tail damaged, tarsus 0-8, bill 0-66. Hub. Nguru, East Equatorial Africa, between Ugogo and Uuinmwesi, collected by the late Emin Paslia (Salvadori's tyjie, Mt. Elgon, .Jackson coll.). (To the synonymy must be added : Turturoena ddegorguei Hartl. [nee Deleg.] Ahh. nattiriv. Ver. Bremen, xii., p. :5~, 1801, in 4. Beitr. z. Orn. ostl. iirjuatorial. Land, und iistl. Ktistengeb. Afr.) Osmotreron everetti sp. nov. In the British Museum there are twenty-two specimens of Osmotreron axillaris from various localities in the Philippine Archipelago, while there was up to three months ago only one single bird from the Sulu Islands. It is not, therefore, suriH'ising that Count Salvadori did not recoguise the latter as being specifically distinct. Within the last three months, however, a number of specimens have reached this country from Mr. A. Everett, collected on the islands of Bongao and Sibutu, the southernruost islands of the Sulu group, of which I have in my collection two males and a female. In addition to these I have two specimens, S and j , from Sulu Island, collected by Mr. H. Guillemard, during the vo3-age of the Marchesa, in 1883, and I find that all the specimens from the Sulu archipelago present constant and easily recognised differences from the Philippine birds, and therefore describe it under the above name. Osmotreron everetti resembles 0. a.cillaris from the Philippines, but is alto- gether a larger bird ; the jmrplish chestnut mantle is bordered above by a very conspicuous interscapnlary band of lavender-grey, of the same colour as the crown ; this colour is of a lighter shade than in 0. axillaris, and the interscapnlary band is much less distinct and not so pure grey in the latter. In O. everetti the green of the neck and breast is a shade lighter and more tinged with yellow, the abdomen paler and more greyish along the middle. I have no female of true 0. axillaris to compare, but the female of O. everetti seems to be larger, and the mantle much darker olive. Total length of my 0. everetti about 1 1 inches. Wing 6-35 to 6-.5 ( j 0-4 to O'o), tail 3-6 to 3-65, bill 0-75, tarsus 09. " Iris greenish silvery " (A. Everett) ; " iris l)early-green, bill red at base, blue at tip, feet pale slate " (H. Guillemard). Total length of my 0. axillaris from Mindanao about 10 inches, wing o-ii to 6 inches, tail 3-4, bill 0-6.5, tarsus 0-8. " Iris light blue, bill at base reddish brown, feet light greenish-grey" (Dr. C. Platen). Habitat of 0. everetti : Sulu Archipelago, Sulu, Jlcimliun, Sibutu, and Bongao Islands ; of 0. axillaris : Pliilijipines, from Lu/.on to Mindanao (? and Basilan). ( 42 ) ON A DESERT FOEM OF TURTUR TURTUR (L.). By ERNST HARTEET. AJIONG a number of birdskins from Fao, on the Persian Gulf, recently sent to the Tring Musenm, I was surprised to find an extremely pale turtledove. It is distinguished from the English turtledove by a paler ashy crown, much paler and move sandy-colonred back and rump, lighter breast and abdomen, and especially by the very much paler colour of the cinnamon edges to the 8ca]iulars and wing- coverts. With only a number of English specimens of the turtledove to compare, I would have ventured to distinguish the Fao bird specifically, but after having com- pared it with the grand series in the British Museum, it became evident to me that I could only consider the Fao bird a paler subspecies. It seems that Eastern sjicci- meus of Turttir tiirtur arc paler as a rule. The specimens from Fao in the British Mnseum are entirely similar to the one in tlie Tring Museum, but the difi'erences are perhaps not so obvious as in the latter, because they are in a less good condition. The specimens from the Persian hill countries, from the Kerkhaud River, and from Shiraz, are paler than European T. turttir, and somewhat intermediate between T. turttir and the Fao bird. The skin from Turkestan (Prjevalski) is much like the Fao bird, and but a little more vivid in colour ; again, those from Yarkand are diiferent from the European bird, and brighter cinnamon on the back, scapulars, and upper wing-coverts. I name the Fao bird Turtur turtur arenicola subsp. nov., and I believe the birds from Yarkand might also be distinguished subspecifically. The dimensions of the type of Turtur turtur arenicola in tiie Tring Museum are as follows :— Total length about 11 in., wing (5-4o, tail 4"4, culiiicn 0-68, tarsxis 0'8. English turtledoves have the wing longer. ON A SPECIMEN OF CAPRIMULGUS EXIMIUS Temm By ERNST HAETERT. WHEN 1 wrote about this rare bird in I/jis, 1892, p. 2'U, and Cat. B., xvi., ]). .jO:}, I knew of three specimens only — two in the Frankfort Museum and one at Leyden. The Tring Musenm has since acquired a good sjiecimen, among some other birds of the private collection of the late Herr Schutt of Freiburg, collected by the African travellers Schimper and Baron von Miiller. The specimen is labelled " Xnbia." It is probably a younger /iiri/e, having large white sjiots, tinge(l with buif, to the lateral rectrices. The^outermost primary has a white patch on tlie inner web only, the second and third a white patch on both webs, the fourth a buff patch. Wing 7 in., tail 4-5, tarsus 0-8, cnlmen 0-5. There are no other specimens recorded, to my knowledge, but there are probably some more placed in Continental museums, and I should be very glad to receive notes about them. ( 43 ) ON A COLLECTION OF HUMMING-BIRDS FEOM ECUADOR AND MEXICO. By ERNST AND GL. HARTERT. (PI. IV.) IN the summer of 1893 the Triug Museum received the most heautiful collection of Humming-Birds that ever reached Europe. They were collected by Mr. 0. T. Baron, mostly in Ecuador, and partly in Mexico and California. The most remarkable character of this collection is their preservation, for they are all stuffed />w« the flesh in the most lifelike positions, as they were observed by the collector, who shot and stuffed them all himself. They surpass in beauty everything we have ever seen of Humming-birds. As will become obvious from onr remarks, the collection — besides its external beauty — contains some species of great scientific interest, and even unknown forms. The collection was accompanied by a number of nests and eggs, and by valuable notes of the collector — which, however, we sh(rald have liked more detailed and more complete, as Mr. Baron's experience must have unveiled to him many unrecorded facts of the life-history of the beauteous daylight-stars of the Andes. In our arrangement of the species represented in this collection we have followed the standard work of Mr. Osbert Salvin in the Catalogue, of Birds, vol. xvi., but we must cimfess that this is merely done for the sake of con- venience of our readers and ourselves, and that— without presuming to criticise Mr. Salvin's arrangement of this very difficult grou]) — we do not consider the divisions made according to the presence or absence of serrations on the sheath of the maxilla a very fortunate step, especially as between the sections with the serrate tomia and with the smooth tomia a great number of intermediate forms (Trochili iiUermeilii) had to be placed. I. FRO M E ( : U A D 0 R. 1. Heliothrix auritus (Gm.). A male and a female from Zamora, on the east side of the Andes, shot on May Kith and in June. v;. Heliothrix barroti (Bourc). West of the Andes, on the Rio Pescado, near Naranjal; shot on February 18th. Also seen there in March and April. 3. Schistes geofiroyi (Bonrc. & Muls.). A tine group collected at Rio Negro Hacienda, on the Rio Pastassa, east of the Andes, in the month of August, when they were in good plumage. 4. Schistes albogiilaris (Jonkl. Two specimens with the white throat iu poor plumage, both marked " female," shot at Gualaquiza, Ecuador, at an elevation of 4000 feet. ( 44 ) o. Hemistephania ludoviciae rectirostris (Gould). Dory/era recti rost rig Gonld. Intr. Mo/t. Troc/t., p. 06 (Ecuador). Hemi- stephania rectirostris, Elliot, Syn. Troch., j). 81 ; Tacz. tf- Berl. P. Z. S., 1885, !>. 102 (Mapoto, Ecuador); Salvia, Cat. B , xvi., p. 39 (ls<92). Ten adult speoiraons from Zamora and IJio Pastassa, collected in July. They were in good plumage from May to September. There seems, indeed, to be nothing to distinguish the Ecuadorian form from the common H. ludocieiae from Colombia, except the longer bill. Were the ditfercnce constantly as big as given by Jlr. Salvin (/. c.) — i.e., 0-3 in., we should be ])repared to keep the two forms specifically distinct, but as the length is not always quite the same, and the difference often much smaller, as the measurements show, wc think these intermediate forms make it necessary to degrade the Ecuadorian bird to the rank of a subsjiecics. The ten Ecuadorian sj)ecimens in the Baron collection have the exposed culmi'U : 1-4: in., 1-45, 1-5, 1-48, 1-45, 1-45, 1-45, 1-4, 1-45, 1-4. Nine Colombian specimens before us (Bogota collections) have the exposed culmen: 1-28 in., 1-35, 1-2, 1-35, 1-25, Mil, 1-26, 1-23, 1-34. 0. Chlorostilbon prasinus (T.rss.). A small but beautiful series collected in May at Gnalaijuiza, Ecuador. T. Thalurania hjrpochlora Gould. Uio Pescado, near Naranjal, Ecuador. 8. Thalurania nigrofasciata (Gould). Zamora and Oualaipiiza, Ecuador. The Tring ]\Iuseum has received, in exchange, from ("ouut Bcrlejiscli a skin from Santa Cruz, Bolixna, labelled as Tiudtirania jelskii Tacz. It is closely allied to Th. nigrofa.fciata, but the abdomen is distinctly more violet and the green throat and upper breast are slightly tinged with bluish, instead of a more golden tinge in Th. niyrofatsciata. There is also, perliai)s, a small difference in size. (See Salvin, Cat. B., xvi., J). 84.) 9. Chalybura intermedia sji. nov. Diagn. : Chalybura supra vii-idis, gutture aureo-viridi, ahdomine caerulescente vel beryllino, cauda ckalybaea, nwndilndn ad basin carncu. Hah. Ecuador. Above shining green with a metallic gloss, darker on the liead and ui)per tail-coverts. Tail deep steel-liliie, without the slightest wash of bronzy green. Wings purplish black, wiug-eoverts like the back. Throat and upper breast shining golilen green, abdomen greenish blue, beryl-green, or a little more bluish (see Uitlgw., Xomend. Col., PI. X., fig. 14). All the featliers of the uuder parts very narrowly bordered with brownish grey, flanks washed with brownish grey. Under tail-coverts white. Upper niaudiblo black, under nwuidilile flesh-colour for about two-thirds of its length, tip blackish. This new species differs from Chalybura caeruleogastcr (Reich.) from Bogotil, Colombia, in the colour of the abdomen (which is of a rich deep blue in Ch. caeruleogastcr and in the light colour of the under mandible. Besides the white ( 45 ) niidcr tail-coverts, which liave the well-known fluffy character of the genns Chahj- hurri or Hyiiui-Djitilfi, seem to be a little shorter than in Gh. caendeoqa-'itcr and Ch. huffoni. It differs from Ch. Hrocliri/srn, with which it agrees ia the colour of the under mandible, in the deep steel-blue colour of the tail and the bluish abdomen. Total length about 4i inches. Dimensions of Chdbjhird intermedia. Wing. CULMEN. Tail. in. in. ID. 2-85 1 17 2-75 0-98 1-7 2-7 0-97 ir,s 2-75 1 1-7 2-7 M 1-7 28 105 1-8 2-7 098 1-7.0 2-75 0-95 1-77 Eight fine specimens, all alike, apparently all males, were shot in July, on the road from Guayaquil to Loja, between Pogio and Santa Rosa, in hot country on Bananas. The generic terms Hijpuroptila (Gould, Mon. TrocML, II., PL LXXXIX. and text) and Ghalybura (Reichenb., Aiifz. Colihri.'i, p. 10) were both introduced in the year 1854, and it is probably not jiossible to say which one was published earlier. However, the name of Chalylmra, has been in general use for nearly all of the s]iecies of the genus, and therefore it is preferalde not to alter it ; but see Salvin, Cat. B., xvi., p. 87. After the addition of this new species, the key to the species of the genus Chihihura, as given by Salvin, /. r., must be altered, or rather completed, as follows : — A. Mandible quite black ; under tail-coverts generally longer. a. Under surface green : Ch. buff'oni. h. Under surface blue : Ch. meruleog aster. A. Mandible flesh-colour at base ; under tail-coverts generally shorter. c. Under tail-coverts white. a}. Under surface entirely green : Ch. Krochr)/.%ea. a"-. Under surface not entirely green. «^ Throat and chest tinted with blue : Ch. isaurac. b^. Throat golden green, abdomen greenish blue: Ch. inter- media. (I. Under tail-coverts purple-black : Ch. melanorrhoa. I'l. Petasophora iolata (tonld. Mr. Baron found this well-known species all over the highlands of Ecuador, from Riobamba to Loja. They were in good plumage in March and April. Nests were found in April and May. One nest, containing two eggs, is a very thick-walled cup, built of moss, lichen, soft vegetable wool, and a few hairs ; inside lined with soft woolly seeds. ( 46 ) The two eggs measure ir, x 9 millimitrcs, and are white without gloss, like all known hummiug-binls' eggs. The nest measures ^ i-entimitres across outside, the cup 3i. The depth is not at all great, hut the bottom very thick. In the birds there is a very remarkable difVereuce in size between the sexes, the males being much larger, with the wing more than a centimetre longer, and the bill much longer and stouter. 11. Petasophora cyanotis (Bourc. & Muls.). Pogio, road from Lojn tn Saiit;i Riis;i,, Kcuailor ; July, good i)lumage. The female differs remarkably from the male, being smaller, with the wing much shorter, and having a strong, glossy, copjjery wash all over the iijiper jtarts. 12. Petasophora delphinae (Less.;. In good plumage in July near Zuniiir:i and I'ogio, Ecuador. 13. Pterophanes temmincki (Boiss.). A number collected on the summit close to Sigsig, near L'neuca, in llav and June, when they were in beantifnl plumage. 14. Diphlogaena iris ("Gould). Count Berlepsch (7i/.s-, l^^:, p. :,".i.j) distiuguished the Ecuadorian bird sub- specifieally under the name of D. ir/'s hurkleiji : but, as Mr. Salvin justly remarks {Cat. B., xvi., p. 122), the difl'erences stated there are not borne out by the series in the British Museum. Mr. Baron collected a fine series in good plumage between 8au Lucas and Loja, Ecuador, at elevations of 0000 feet. They were always seen in dark canons, generally over water and under overhanging rocks. Nest with eggs found not very high above water in the month of December. The nest is built entirely of soft greenish moss, lined insjde with the extremely soft rufous hairs of a kind of fern {Osmuiiila't). It is outside 2J inches high aud 2i inches thick, the cuj) 1 iucli deep and 1| broad. The two eggs measure 17 x 10 millimetres. Ki. Diphlogaena hesperus (jould. On the road from Naranjal to Cuenca, at elevations of 10,000 feet. In gmid j)lumage from October to December. Ki. Helianthea lutetiae (Delnttrc & Muls.). Seven line specimens m good plumage, shut in May between Loja aud Zamura, Ecuador, at 10,000 feet. Met with on both sides of the Andes, generally at high elevations between nooO and 12,oo0 feet. 17. Bourcieria fulgidigula <ii>ul(l. From the west side of the xVihIcs, iK'ar .Mullituni, Ecuador, shot in December at an elevation of 8000 feet. In beautiful plumage. Seen at elevations of from GOOO to 12,0011 feet. Is. Bourcieria torquata (Boiss.). Shot on tlu' Kio Pastassa, easi (if the Andes, in July, then being in Hue plumage. Not distinguishable from specimens fnmi Bogota, Colombia. ( 4: ) 10. Lampropygia wilsoni (Del. & Boarc). A flue series from Rio Pescadu, at elevations of from 50<( to 3UU0 feet. In good plumage from Jauuiiry to February. The difference in size between the males and females is most remarkable, the wing measuring 2'8 to 2'9 inches in the former, and only 2-4 fo 2-or) in the latter. 20. Lampropygia columbiana Elliot. Rio Negro Hacienda and Hio Pastassa, east of the Andes, at elevations of from 3500 to 4t)(J(;) feet. As in L. wilso?ii, the se.xes are very uneijual in size, the wing of the males measuring 2"95 to 3 inches, that of the females only 2-6 to 2' 7 (measured lo males and 7 females). 21. Cyanolesbia coelestis (Gould). (Salvin, Cat. B.. .wi., p. 139.) ("ollected on the west side of the Andes, on the road from Loja and Xaranjal to Cuenca, at elevations of from 2000 to (iOOO feet, mostly at 500(1 feet above the sea. In good plumage in A]iril. This species is closely allied to Ci/amhsbia gonjo (Reichb.), from Bogottl, but the longer bill, the much browner, somewhat bronzy colour of the underjiarts, and perhaps larger size in general, serve to distinguish the males, while in the females there is ajjparently always much white on the breast, which is not the case in the females of the Colombian C. gorgo. As these characters seem to be quite constant, there is no reason why they should not justify a specific separation of the Ecuadorian bird. 22. Cyanolesbia mocoa (Del. k Bourc). East from Banos, on the Rio Pastassa, east side of the Andes, at elevations of about 1000 feet. Evidently in good plumage about October. The glittering green tail distinguishes this species from C. coidestis, from the west side of the Andes of Ecuador, but it is closely allied to the greeu-tailed Colombian form, C. emmae Berl. {J./. 0., 1892, pp. 453 and 454), which, however, has no blue spot on the throat, and a longer bill. The females have less white on the underparts than those of C. coelestis, and agree in this respect with the females of C. gorgo. C. emmae Berl. might better be treated as a subspecies, as there seem to be specimens intermediate between C. gorgo and C. emmae. The following species and subspecies of the genus Cyanolesbia seem to be recognisable as far as our present knowledge goes (see Salvin, Cat. B., xvi., pp. 137 to 141 ; Berl., J./. 0., 1892, i)p. 452 to 454 ; Tacz., Orn. de Pcrou, i., p. 334). A. Outer rectrices green. a. Blue gular spot. a\ Under surface ])ale cinereous, feathers of gular spot white at liaso C. griseiventris (Peru). i'. Under surface dull metallic green, feathers of gular spot dark at base. a-. Tail longer, gular spot sap]ihirc-blue : C. mocoa (Ecuador). b-. Tail shorter, gular spot greenish blue : C. tiiocoa smarag- <Una (Bolivia). b. No blue gular spot G. emmae (Colombia). ( 48 ) B. Outer rectrices blue. c. Blue gnlar spot, tail shorter. rt'. Under surface dull green, bill shorter. 0°. Outer and inner rectrices deeji blue : C. gorgo (Colombia). Ir. Outer rectrices blue, inner greenish : C. gorgo margrirethae (Caribbean hill-ranges, Venezuela). b\ Under surface greenish brown, bill longer : C. coekstis (Ecuador). d. No blue gular spot, tail longer : G. caudatn (Andes of Venezuela). 23. Lesbia victoriae (Bourc. k Muls.). (See Salvin, Cat. B., xvi., p. 140.) At high elevations east and west of the Andes. A few were shot near Cuenca. Very plentiful near Kiobamba, and at the foot of the Chimborazo. The}- are in good plumage from May to December. Nests and eggs were found in April and May. The nest consists of dark-coloured moss and roots, and is covered with a thin roof of fern leaves and moss. It is lined inside with deep, rufous, soft, silky hairs taken from a mouutain-fern (Osimenda ?). The two eggs arc small, measuring 14-4 x 9 millimetres. The female sits on the nest with the tail doubled up, so that the tij) of the tail is visible close to the head looldng out of the entrance-hole. 24. Lesbia gouldi gracilis ((ionld). All Bogota specimens before us have the under tail-coverts much greener than any of those from Ecuador, which have them dull buft" with a metallic green spot in the middk'. This character seems to be rather constant, and the birds from Bogota have also, on an average, the bill slightly shorter. It is therefore desirable to keep the two forms distinct, at least subspecifically, as there seem to be intermediate specimens in the British Museum. The nest is a loose structure of dry twigs, moss, and lichen, nearly (juite covered at the top. The tail of the female, wlien sitting on the eggs, is doubled np beside the body. The nest was found at Loja in Ajiril, and contains no eggs. Tiie birds were shot in April at Loja and Cuenca, at elevations of from OOUO to 12,i)0(J feet. 2.">. Metallura tyrianthina quitensis (Gould). Met with east and west at diiferent altitudes, but chiefly at elevations of from 8000 to 12,000 feet. Gouhl (Iiitrod. Mon. Troch., p. 77) ami Heine (././'. ( )., IsOU, p. 210) declared emphatically tliat the Ecuadorian birds were quite dirt'erent from those from Bogota, Colombia, while Salvin {Cat. B., .\vi., p. 153) says they are similar. We have 15 specimens from Bogota and IT from Ecuador before us, and we must say that we cannot find any difference in colour, but that there certainly is a difFerence in size. Tiie wing of all the Ecuadorian birds is about O'l inch, or more, longer than that of the Bogota birds, and the bill is about 001 in. longer. The type of J/, tyria.rithina {Trochilus tyiiantkinus Lodd., P. Z. S., 1832, p. fi) came from Popayan. Before Popayan specimens are actually compared with others, it is, in our opinion, not quite settled wliether they belong to the form of iJogota or to that of Ecuador, because tlie ornis of Popayan seems partly to NoviTATEs ZooLOGiC/E. .Vol.1. 1894. ?L.N. 'J \ tl G K(r.ilen\a.T\3 tlcl hL lilK. Mmtom Broa . imp . l,2,<r& ? METALLURA ATRIGULARIS, Salvm. 3,4 „ „ „ BARON 1 , ( 49 ) agree as much witli that of Ecnador as with that of Bogotd, Colombia. The name of Ornismya allardi (Bourc, Rev. Zool., 1839, p. So;")) applies strictly to the Bogota bird, ami that of M. rjuitensis to the Ecuadorian form. 2f5. Metallura baroni Salvin. (PI. IV., figs. 3, 4.) Salvin, Di//L B. 0. C, i., p. xlix. (Diagii.) ; reprinted Ibis, 1893, p. 449. Adult mule. Above dark metallic olive with a greeu tint. Wings deep purple brown. Small coverts on the carpo-metacarpal joint pale rufous. Tail like the back if \newed from above, shining violet purple if viewed from behind. Tail beneath shining metallic green. Under surface like the back, but feathers of the lower flanks and under tail-coverts bordered with dark buff, and the entire chin and throat shining violet purjile, like " dahlia pui-ple," (Rldgw., Nomencl. Col., PI. VIII., fig. 2,) but lighter, this colour reaching to the sides of the neck. Under wing-coverts bronz}' green. Adult f email'. Resembles the male, but all the feathers of the under parts with greeu discal spots and witli buff subtermiual bars. Feathers of the throat with shining violet-purple discal spots and also with buff subterminal bars. Measurements of Metallura haroni. Wing. TaU. BUI. Wing. Tail. Bill. Inches. Inches. Inches. Inches. Inches. Inches. ^ 2-3 1-6 0-.53 rT 2-2fi l-o6 0-5a ^ 2-4 1-.55 0-53 ^ 2-3 1-5 0-51 2-3 1-6 0-5G ? 2-2 1-5 0-51 (J 2-26 1-6 0-53 ? 21 1-6 0-5 (J 2-26 1-5 0-5-2 ? 215 1-49 0-51 fT 2-32 1-56 0-53 ? 2-16 1-48 0-52 A 2-2G 1-5 0-55 ? •i-19 1-48 0-5 S 2-32 1-6 0-58 Hills near Cuenca at altitudes of 12,000 feet. A nest with egg was found in April. It is a big structure with the wall elevated behind, somewhat of the form of a clumsy slipi)er without heel. It consists of moss, twigs, wool, and other similar materials. At the back it is about oj inches long, and in front not quite 3|, outside across 'i\, the cup 1^ across and li dee]i. The egg measures 14"0 x 8'6 mm. 27. Metallura atrigularis Calvin. (PI. IV., tigs, l, 2.) Salvin, Bull. B. O. ('., i., ji. .xlix. (Diagn.) : reprinted Ibis, 1893, p. 449. Adult male. Above shining bronzy greeu, with a faint metallic blue tinge if viewed from behind. Wings deep purple brown. Small coverts on the carpo-metacarpal joint rufous. Tail dark shining bronzy green, changing iuto purplish steel blue if viewed from behind, bright metallic green below. Below shining bronzy green, glittering on the tliroat and upper breast. Middle of the throat with a big, deep velvety black patch. These feathers are greyish at base, before the black tip a chestnut bull' bar, and between this and the black tip a narrow iridescent metallic line. Under wing coverts bronze greeu. Adult female. Resembles the male, but has no black on the throat, the feathers there having glittering golden greeu discal spots and a bright buff ( so ) snbtprmiual bav. Feathers of the abdoraeu and under tail-coverts bordered witli bnff. Lateral rectrices tipped with pale bnft". Measurements oj Metallura, atrigitlaris. WinR. TaU. Bill. Winp. Tail. Kill. 1 - lD0h«6. ■ [nchM. iQcbes. I chos. Inches. ^ 2-35 1-6 0-5 ^ 2-32 IIU 0-54 g •2-35 1-55 0-5 r? 2-27 1-56 0-51 rT 2-35 1-55 0.52 ? 2-2 1-52 0-52 2-2ti 1-55 Or)2 ? 2-15 1-45 0-55 jj 2-3 1-63 0-5 ? 214 1-42 0-.=i5 jj 2-4 1-55 0-55 ? 214 1-48 Oo 2-36 1-6 0-55 « 2-2 1-6 0-55 From tiie bills near Sigsig, sonth-east of Cnenca, at altitudes nf about 12,0i)ii ft. 2s. Heliangelus laticlavius Salvin. Salvin. dt. B.. xvi.. p. IfiO. PL V., fi^. 1 (1892). Thirl eeii wonderful specimens of this rare l)ird were collected near Loja, in Southern Ecuador, at 900i) feet in Ajiril, when they were in good plumage. Adi/lf nude. Above shining green with a slight bronze hue, more distinct on the rnm]3. Head and neck blackish when viewed from in front. A small frontal spot glittering bluisli grass green when viewed from in front, blackisli green when viewed from above or behind. (!hiu blackish. Throat glittering purplish rosy red, shading into bluish purple towards the chin. A broad white pectoral band, slightly tinged with buff on the edges. Lower breast and sides of abdomen shining green, middle of abdomen dull bnii". Under tail-coverts dusky brown, bi-oadly bordered with white. Rectrices purplish black, two or three outer pairs with very small bnffy white tips, central j)air dark shining grass green. Wings deep ])urplis]i brown. Bill and feet black. One specimen marked •\fcmale " is smaller, and has the glittering sjiot on flic throat smaller and surrounded with ochraceous bufl". Total length about 4 inches, wing 2-55 to 2"08, tail l-(55 to 1-79, central pair of tail-feathers O-lo shorter, exposed culmen 0-6 to 0-67. The female is distinctly smaller : total length :5-7 inches, wing 2-2, tail 1-uo, culmen O-Oo. 29. Heliotrypha viola ("Gould). Found on the west and east sides of the Andes of Ecuador at elevations of SOOO to 10,000 feet. A nest with one egg was found in April. It is a soft sti'uctnre chiefly con- sisting of moss, outside ornamented with some lichens and very softly lined with fine wool. It was attached to the top of a branch, is about 2 inches high and measures li in. inside across. The egg is elliptical and measures n-on x ii-3(i. :5it. Heliotrypha micraster ((ionld). The name should be spelt as abov.-, not mirr/i.'.tar. :is s|)cll by {■'Jjidi and Salvin. A fine series, collected near TiOJa, at elevations of '.nioii |(, In. i {\■^^\. In brilliant jilnmage in June. ( 51 ) The adnlt female iif similar to the male, but sniiiller, loss dark auij o'reeuer on the head and n])])er tail-coverts, the ijlitteriug spot on the throat smaller, the feathers of the chin white, blackish at base, only a patch in the middle of the abdomen buif. Salvin's description of the female in Cat. B., xvi., p. 166, seems to be that of an immature l)ir(l. Wing in the males 2'5 to 2'6 inches, in tiie females 2-27 to 2-3 ; tail in the former l-()5 to 1-75, in the latter Too. This species shows that the genera Hflinnr/elus and Hi'liotrjfphd are very closely allied, as it somewhat connects them. 31. Urosticte benjamini (Bourc). One specimen from Rio Pescado, Ecuador. 32. Urosticte ruficrissa Lawr. An admirable series from the Rio Pastassii, collected in Antriist, when they were in good plumage. 33. Adelomyia melanogenys (Fraser) and 34. Adelomyia maculata Gonld. There are generally, and also recently in the Gatidoyue of Birds, xvi., pp. 169, 170, two different forms united under the name of Adelomt/ia melanogenifs, one the true A. melanogem/s (described from Bogota by Fraser, P. Z. S., 1840, p. 18, type in the Liverpool Museum), of which ^4. sabinne (Bourc. & Muls.) is a synonym, and A. mcictdata (described from Ecuador by Gould, Mon. Trocli., iii., pi. 199). Mr. Salviu {Cat. B., xvi., p. 17t)) is, no donbt, right in saying that the larger size and longer bill, which are said to distinguish A. maculata, are not constantly distinct, bat there are other characters that serve to separate the two species. In A. melunogi'nys the pale basal portion of the rectrices is small, restricted to the paxt of the tail which is hidden by the under tail-coverts, and brownish bntf of colour. Ill A. maculata, the pale portion is lighter and of a real buff colour, and extends far beyond the tail-coverts and over half or more than half the length of the rectrices. In A. maeulat'i tiie Imti' tips to the rectrices are larger, in .-1. inelanoyeni/s they are smaller. As a rule A. nwlanogi'ni/s is deep green above, while A. maculata is distinctly golden green or bronzy green above. This character, however, seems to vary occasionally in A. nuiruUitn, but all A. mehtnoijciiiji^ from Bogota s(!em to have the upper parts dark green. Our figures on p. 56 will illustrate the differences. They are most accurately done from specimens sent by Mr. Baron. This gentleman collected A. melanoqi'iiijs on the Kio Pastassa, cast of the Andes, at elevations of from 5U0iJ to 7UUt) feet, while he found A. maculata west of the Andes, on the road from Lqja to Santa Rosa and Guayaquil, at elevations of from 5000 to 7nOii feet. He further assured ns that tlic two species had different call-notes. 35. Phlogophilus hemileucurus Gould. A single specimen with a dark outer edging to the white tip of the lateral rectrices, not sexed, from Ecuador. ( 52 ) 3(i. Agyrtria viridiceps (Gould). A series in jfood j)lumage, collected ou the Rio Poscado, on the west side of tlie Andes, iu .Jannarv. 37. Agyrtria fluviatilis ((jould). A fine series in good plimiajre. collected in .liily and August on tiie Rio Pastassa, and at Zamora and Gnalaqiiiza, Ecuador. They are all marked " cJ," except two marked " ? '" by the collector, which liave tlie wing only 2 inches, instead of at least 2-2 in the males, the feathers on the throat and breast distinctly margined wirli w^hitisli, and distinct greyish tips to the outer rectrices. 38. Amazilia alticola Gould. In fair numbers at Loja, Ecn.idor. in .March and Ajiril. The middle of the breast is pure white, the bases of the feathers blackish ; the sides of the breast glittering golden green, this colour making an attemjjt to meet across the middle of the uiider surface. This is very conspicuous iu all the lifelike stuffed specimens lieforc us, but less distinct in poor skins, and it is ueitiier clearly shown in Gould's figure (Mon. Trocli., v., pi. 304), nor described in .Salvin's descrip- tion {Cat. B., -xvi., p. 206). The under tail-coverts are white, washed in tlic centre witli ])ale chestnut, often with the exception of the longest ones. 3'.». Amazilia dumerili (Less.). In fair plumage in February, near N'aranjal and San Martin, W. Ecuador. The breast is white, almost encircled by glittering golden green feathers, the abdomen chestnut. Under tail-coverts white, only some of the upper ones washed with pale chestnut in the middle (cf. Gould, Mon. TrocL, v., \A. 305 ; Salvin, Cat. B., xvi., p. 207). The female is not quite similar to the male. The wing of the male is 2-3 in. long, that of the female 2-1 in., and the abdomen is very pale chestnut in the female while it is rich chestnut in the male. The quite chestnut abdomen of the male is anotlier character to distinguish A. dumerili from A. alticola, the latter having the abdomen white iu the middle and only chestnut near the flanks. 4u. Amazilia rieflferi (Bourc). San Martin, near Naranjal, Ecuador, April. 41. Floricola albicrissa (Gould). Met with in the hot belt on tlie west side of the Andes, in Ecuador. A series iu good plumage ('ollected from May to August between Ambocas and Loja. 42. Damophila juliae (Bourc). Naranjal, Ecuador, at low elevations near to the level of the sea. In good plumage in February. 43. Polyerata amabilis ((iould). Three sjjecimens from tlie Rio Pescado, near Naranjal, Ecuador, west of the Andes. Shot in March. (lood plumage. 44. Chrysuronia oenone (Less.). ( 'ommon on September 2'Jth, near Zamora, Ecuador. ( -^3 ) THE GENUS EUTOXERES. ^\'heu looking over Mr. Barou's collection from Ecuador, we were struck b\' fiiiJiiig- in it, three different species of Eutoxerc.s of the aquila group. Tliey were already put down as three different species by the collector, who believed that one was E. Iicterura, and that the two others were probably new species. We found that one was Eittoxeres aquila (Bourc), the second E. heterura Gould, and the third, in our opinion, a new species, which we called E. baroni, after the collector. The former {E. aijiiila) was procured east of the Andes, the two others west of the Andes. The peculiar E. com/dminii (Bourc.) was not met with by Mr. Baron. 4.1. Eutoxeres aquila (Bourc). Wc received a series in fine plumage, collected in July aud August, on the Rio Pastassa, east of the Andes. They agree entirely with a good number of skins from Bogotd, Colombia, that we compared. Their rectrices have (as Mr. Salvin justly described in Cat. B., .xvi., p. ".^61) the shafts white for about half their distal ends, the web adjoining gradually becoming more broadhj white towards the tip. One adult male has one of the rectrices abnormally entirely white, while the corresponding one on the other side is normally marked. 40. Eutoxeres heterura Gould. This species was originally described by Gould in Ann. and Mag. 2\. H., 1868, i., pp. 4.0.0-7. Gould mentioned the " great variability in the markings of the tail-feathers,'" and, in our opinion, confounded two different forms under his name, as all subsequent ornithologists also did — namely, one with a dark greenish-brown tail and with large white tips to the outer rectrices, wliich on the outer web have the white colour terminated by a transverse edge ; and another species with an olive-grey tail, and with very small white tips to the rectrices, if any. Both these forms were received and described originally by Gould, and both are among his types in the British Museum. Therefore it l.ieoomes — as no single specimen was marked as " type " by the author— difficult and arbitrary to those who distinguish these two forms which of them should be regarded as tj'pical E. heterura Gould. We think that the form with the dark greenish-brown tail, aud with the large white tips transversely edged on the outer web of the outer pair of rectrices, is by far the commoner in collections ; and in most collections only this one is repre- sented as E. heterura. Moreover, Gould first of all mentioned, I. c., p. 455, the form with the big white tips. We therefore think we cannot be blamed if we choose to restrict the name of E. heterura Gould to this species. This, then, is distinguislied from E. aquila (from (Jolombia and the east side of the Andes in Ecuador) by the shafts of the rectrices being white for less than half of their distal ends, and the white on the outer webs of the lateral rectrices being defined transverseig. Besides, it must be mentioned that the tail-feathers are more attenuated towards the ends, a character only visible in younger individuals in the two allied species, but ajiparently always pronounced in E. heterura. .Several authors stated tliat the central spots to the feathers of the under surface are buff, while they are white in E. aquila. This seems to be wrong, as we have seen specimens of E. aquila with ii distinct buff colour on the breast-feathers, and specimens of E. heterura that had them as white as any iudividnals of E. aquila. ( 54 ) With this trne E. hetcniru, in our resti-icted sense, seems the Central American E. salxiui to be identical. At least, one of us, who most carefully examined the specimens in the British Museum, was not able to make out the slightest differences between the two. Mr. Salviu (Cat. B., xvi., p. 262) is fully rigiit in saying that E. salvini cannot be confounded with E. aquila, but is nearer to E. heterura. He, however, says that tlie colour of tlie central spots to the abdnminal feathers is different, being buff in E. hetcrara and white in E. aalcini-, but one of the birds from Calovevora, Panama, in the British Museum, seems to be the bnffest of all. and tliis character is, we believe, variable, and perha])s due to age. Our figures, which we have drawn with the greatest care and without any exaggeration, will, we trust, better explain the differences of the three species than our descriptions can. The habitat of E. heterum is somewhat puzzling, for the specimens in the British Museum are said to be from Quito and Sarayai-u, on the east side of the Andes, while Mr. Baron found K. luiuila on the east side of the Andes, and recorded E. heterura from the Rio Pescado near Naraujal, west of the Andes. He adds, " In good plumage from March to July. A^esting approximately April and May." 47. Eutoxeres baroni sp. nov. Easily distinguished from the two allied species by its olive-grey tail, with a faint greenish metallic hue only, if any, and with small white tips to the rectrices, sometimes restricted to the central fiair and sometimes altogether absent. Mr. Baron sent these also from tlie Rio Pescailo, near Naranjal. and noticed that they were in good ]ilnmage from March to July, and that their nesting season was April and May. We may mention that the Hon. Walter Rothschild, who took much interest in the collection and our work on it, tjnite agrees with us, that these three species are distinct. 4"^. Threnetes cervinicauda Gould. Guala([uiza, Rio Pastassa, east of the Andes, July. 4'.i. Phaethornis yaruqui (Bourc). A series from the Rio Pescado, near Naranjal, collected in July. Provided Mr. Baron has not wrongly dissected the specimens, the female is not similar to th(? young male, but closely resembles the adult male, only differing in a slightly more distinct gular strii)c. oil. Phaethornis guyi emiliae (Bourc. A: .Muls.). This form is only distinguishable from P. (juyi in fully adult sjiecimens by a blue tinge, instead of a green one, on the upper tail-coverts and the base oi the rectrices, but sometimes specimens seem to be hardly distinguishable. They l)robably grade into each other, and it is therefore, perhaps, wise to follow Grat Berlepsch, who considers them only subsj)ecifically distinct. (See Salvin, Cat. B., xvi., p. 2()'.J ; Berl., ././. O., 1887, p. :}U.) Berlepsch has an unmistakable true specimen of Phaethornis yuyi (Less.), undistinguishable from specimens from Trinidad and Venezuela, in his collection, which came from Bogota. -^'■: f / :\^ \ \w .' ^:0:^ 7/ 4 ^ 1. Tail of Kutoxerrs aquiUi from aliovu. ■>. , „ .. heterura ,. ,. 3. „ II M baroni 4. „ „ Adelomyia maculata from below- 6. ,. „ ,, luelanogenys „ „ ( 56 ) The female of tliis species resprables the yonug male (which is iip))arently eutirely similar to the yonug female) in colour, having the broad biitf or even ferruginous postocular and malar stripes, a paler grey breast, and the lower abdomen l)roader and more pronounced ferruginous buff, but in the narrow-pointed shape of the rectrices it agrees with the adult male, the young birds having the central rectrices much longer and much broader. Mr. Baron collected a series of adult auel immatuie specimens, near Zamora in Ecuador, during the month of May. He also found a nest. The nest consists of black dry roots and moss, is not lined, and sparsely ornamented with light coloured lichens on the outside. It is thin and transjiarent on many places. 51. Phaethornis syrmatophorus (iduld, and 52. Phaethoruis beiiepschi .•<p. uov. There are, in our opinion, from Gould up to the present time, two different species united under the name of Pharthornis sijrmatophorua Gould. One is slightly larger, has the middle of the abdomen pure white, the flanks rich but!', the rump and upper tail-coverts deep tawny ochraceous. This is no donbt, according to the figure and original description of Gould (Ooiitr. Orn., 1851, p. 129, and Mon. Trocli., i., pi. 20, 1852), the typical P. synnatoplinrus, although among the specimens of the Gould collection in the British Museum, there are also specimens of the second species. The latter is slightly smaller, has the middle of the abdomen not distinctl}- white, the rump like the back and the upper tail-coverts of a rich ochraceous buff (but neither this nor the true P. si/rmatophorus has them fawn colour as Salvin described them, Cat. B., xvi.. p. 274), and the tips to the lateral rectrices are pulcr, passing into whitish on the pair next to the elongated central i)air. In this species all the feathers of the upi)er parts are much more dictinctly margined with bufj' than it is the ease in P. syrmatophorus. AVe name it after our esteemed friend, the well-known Trochilidist, Graf Hans von Berlepsch. In P. syrmatopliorus proper the wing measures 2'35 to 2'4 inches, the tail 2-7 to 2-U, the exposed cidmen 1-6 to lOs, while in P. berkpschi the wing is 2-2 to 2-4 inches, the tail 2-7 to 28, the culnien 1-5 to 1-6 (6 specimens of each species measured). P. syrmatophorus was collected in .Inly and August (in the most perfect plumage) two days of travel east of Bafios, on the Rio Pastassa, m.s? side of the Andes. P. berlepschi was found in .January on the Rio Pescado, west of the Andes. In The Humminff Bird, i., p. 17 (1891J, Mr. Roucard described a supjiosed new species of Phaethornis under the name of P. eolambiamis. This name was given witli a query as a synonym to P. syrmatophorus in Salvin's Gat. B.. xvi., p. 274. There was, from the description, a susi)icion that Boucard's species migiit be our P. berlepschi ; but the author, to whom we are much obliged for it, willingly lent us his type for comparison, and we found it to be an undoubted, though somewhat immature, specimen of the true P. syrmatophorus, with the deep tawny ocliraceous rump and upper tail-coverts. Voung P. .syrmatophorus have the throat and breast dusky and the feathers of the upper })arts fringed with buff, but the rumj) and tail- coverts are as deep coloured as in adult specimens. Mr. Boucard wrote us that he does no longer consider his P. columbianus a valid species. His bird is one of the well-known trade-skins from Bogota, which, for tlie most part, are collected in the valleys north of that town. ( 57) M. Phaethornis superciliosus (Liim.) (?). Tliere is oue siugip specimen shot in May at Naranjal, near tiie Kio Pesi'ado, which seems tu belong to this species. We will speak of this bird again, if comparison of further material should alter onr opinion about it. 54. Pygmornis griseigularis ((ionld). A fine series, shot in May near Zamora, licuador. This species can always easily be distingnished from P. stiiigularis by its rufmis under surface. o5. Pygmornis striigularis (Gould). Kio PescaJo, near Naranjal, Ecuador, Jaunary. This s])ccies can always easily be distinguished from P. i/riseigtdaris by its much more greyish breast and abdomen, and by the under tail-coverts being ihdl whitish instead of rufous, as in P. yriseiyularis. SCj. Campylopterus villavicencio (Bourc). Oue male and two females, in good plumage, shot at Zauiora, Ecuador, in May. The females have the wing niue millimetres shorter than the male. 57. Aphantochroa hyposticta (iould. Zamora, (lualaijuiza, Kio Negro Hacienda, Kio Pastassa, -luly and August. The female is entirely sinjilar to the male. 58. Urochroa bougueri (Bourc). Ou the Rio Pastassa, east of the Andes, at elevations of 4iiii(i feet, duly -.'21111 to July 3(lth in good plumage. The series contains two adult males and si.\ adult females, all sexed liy the collector. The males agree with .Salviu's description (Gat. B., .\vi., p. :5i)l); the females have a chestnut patch on either side of the gape, but otherwise they are similar to the male. The extent of the black on the outei- rectrices varies in the males as well as in the females. If UrochrOK Iciicara of Lawrence {Auii. Li/c. N. )'., viii., p. 45) is a distinct species, all these specimens would belong to it, but according to Elliot and Salviu the names of U. botu/ueri and U. leacura refer to one species. 59. Docimastes ensiferus (Boiss.). A small scries was collected between October and December, when they were . found to be in perfect plumage. They were observed on both sides oi' tlic .-Viidcs :i.i elevations of from 8000 to 12,000 feet. Heine {J./. 0., 1803, p. 215) first distinguislied tiie Ecuadiirian bird as /'vci- mnstes schliephacki, and Berlejisch and Taczanuwski degraded it to the subspecific rank. The difference seems to lay only in the longer beak of the Ecuadorian bird, but this cliaracter now seems to us not at all constant, although the majority of the Ecuador birds may have a longer beak. ()i). Heliodoxa leadbeateri (Bourc. k. Muls.j. East slopes of tin- .\ndes in Ecuador, Zatnora, Gualaqiuza, Rio Negro, near Rio Pastassa. In good plumage from Maj- to fjeptember. ( 58 ) 'il. Heliodoxa jamesoni (Bonrc). West slopes of tlic Andes iu Ecuador, l^io Pi-scado, N'iuanjal. Sail Martin. In fair plumage in January. 02. Phaeolaema aequatorialis (iould. San Martin, near Mollctnvo. Ecuador. In good [)lumage in .laiiuaiy and February. 'i3. Lafresnaya gayi (Bourc. & Mnls.). On the road from Xaianjal In I!;iiiii> and (,'uenca, on both sides of the Andes, at elevations of from lU,i)OU to 12,0U0 feet. The whole series belongs to typical L. gai/i, and not one to tb(^ donlitfnl form L. saulae. (Cf. Gat. B., xvi., p. 328.) 114. Oreotrochilus pichincha (Boure. & Muls.). From the mountains near Cuenea to the Cliimborazo, at elevations of from l2,UtiU to lT,t)iH) feet. In good plumage iu November. Mr. F. C. Lebmauu, of Popayau, when visiting the Tring Museum, confirmed Mr. Baron's statement as to the distribution of O. pichinrka. He lias collected it in the same country as Mr. Baron, and found them there as common as on the Picbincha. '')5. Oreotrochilus chimborazo (Dclattre k Bourc). Chimhorazo, at rlcvatious of from 12,o()i) to 17,U0U feet. In fine plumage in November. In moult in June and August. Tlie nest is 4 inches long, but very thick at the bottom, so that the cup is only \\ inch deep. Outside measure across 2f inches, inside If inch. The two eggs measure 17 x 11 millimetres. The nest is built of moss, wool, and a tine sliort grass, and not ver}" strongly woven together. <iii. Rhamphomicron stanleyi (Bnuiv. it Muls.). From t'uenca to the Chimborazo, at >di'\ations ol' from li),(iiiO to 1(),0UM feet. Collected iu good plumage in April ami .September. A nest was found in April. It was placed in the fork of a branch, and is built of moss and roots, and lined inside with cotton. It is about 2 inches high, and just as wide ; the cup is J inch dee]), and 1^ inch wide. The egg measures l.'i'.'i x li>'5 millimetres. <'>T. Rhamphomicron herraui ( Delattre A: Hourc). An admirable series from tlie liills at Sigsig, south-east of ('nenca, at elevations of 12,000 feet. In fine jilumage in May. 'i^. Rhamphomicron ruficeps (Oould). A single very fine atlnlt mahj from Loja. Ecuador. It is entirely similar to males from Bolivia in the British Museum. We believe it has not yet been recorded from Ecuador. •')'.'. Patagona gigas ( Vieill.). A series of sexed adult specimens shot at Hiubamba, Ecuador, in May and June, and one yonng male shot in tlie middle of .June, all at elevations of from 8000 to 10,000 feet. ( 59) The sexes are similar, but the young male is uniform deep rufous beneath, with only some ver}' narrow whitish e<lges to the feathers. Above it has a streak of white along the back and rump, while most of the feathers are edged with white, those of tlie head with rufous. TO. Ag'laeactis cupreipennis (itninc. & Muls.). A good series collected near the summit of the Andes, between Cnenea and Loja, in the month of February, when they were in good jdumage. The Ecuador bird has been separated from the Colombia bird under the name of .1. (({'(juntonaUs (Cab. k Heine, Mm. Hciii, iii., \\. Tli [isnu]). The differences seem not to be constant. Some specimens from Bogota, Coh>mbia, have th(> under parts and throat just as dark as those from Ecitador ; there is no difTerenee in the tails ; the length of the bill and wing varies in both the Colombia and Ecuador bird; and some specimens from Bogota have the wing longer tluin must uf iinr Ecuador birds. A nest was found in April. It is a beautiful roundish structure, consisting nf very fine rufous and black moss and fibres, sparsely ornamented with light-coloured small leaves and lichens, lined with a wonderfully soft and elastic rufous-coloured material, apparently the hairs of some Osmunda or another fern. It measures above (lutside across 2i inches, the cup 1-^ incli, and neaidy as deep. Tl. Klais guimeti (Bourc. & Muls.). Seven sjjecimens shot in May near Zamora, east of the iVndes. T2. Eriocnemis smaragdinipectus (Gould). A number of males anil femnles, ccdlected near Loja and t.^uenca, at elevations of from OOUD to 10,000 feet. In good pluiuage in Blay and June. 73. Eriocnemis evelinae sp. nov. Similis ? E. godini (Bourc. ),sed rostro breviore, maudibuhi ad basin carnea. caudae tectricibus splendidioribus, pectore obscnriore. One single specimen, marked f . from the Rio Pastassa. We huA-e carefully compared it with the specimens of all allied species in the British Museum and at Tring, as well as with all descriptions and figures, and find that it agrees most with the female of E. godhii, but differs in its shorter bill, in the basal half of the mandible being flesh colour, \\w\ in the more brilliant glittering green colour of the upper tail-coverts. Above shining grass green with a slight bronzy hue, more distinct on the neck. Ujiper tail-coverts and a few of the hist feiithers of the lower back brilliant glittering, even much more brilliant than in the adult males in the British Museum. Tail deep steel l)lue. Wings ]uirplish Ldack. A tiny white spot behind the eye. k short buff streak froi.n the loral re.uion downwards. Thront and breast dark brownisli green, each feather being dark at base, bulf towards the tip, anil having a dark shining green discal spot at tip. Abdomen and flanks glittering green, the feathers dark grey at base. Tibial tufts snow wliite. Under tail-covert violet blue, slightly glittering, more bluish under a certain light, fringed with greyish buff. Total length nearly 4 inches, wing 'i-'^b, lateral rectrices l-<), central \•^l^i, bill 1-59. Named in honour of the sister of the owner of the Tring .Museum. (60 ) T4. Eriocnemis luciani (Bonrc). A fine series from Gimsi Guaico, near C'uenca, Ecuador, where tliey were found at elevations of 1U,UU0 and l:.',i)iiu feet. Besides these birds we Lave before ns nine specimens collected by Buckley in Ecuador, but in only one of all of them we can perceive a slight bronzy tinge on the central rectrices, as mentioned liy Salviii, Cut. B., xvi., p. 3fi6. To. Eriocnemis lugens (Gould). Synonym E. sgitamata Gould, 1860. A fine series collected on the Rio Pastassa (east of the Andes), in July and August, i)rove that Eriocnemis lugens ((iould, 1851) is tlie female of E. squamata (Gonld, 1860). Mr. Baron always saw the two supposed species together, and pairing. While the male i^E. squamnta) has the tibial tufts partly white and partly pale chestnut, the female (E. lugi'.ns) has the tibial tufts pure white. Besides the latter has the wing two or three millimetres shorter, and jiorhaps tlie coppery gloss less bright. The name of E. lugens, although given to the female, must stand, as it has niui' years' priority. T6. Panoplites matthewsi (Bonrc). Collected in April, when they were in very good )ilumage, at Loja and C'uenca, Ecuador. 77. Spathura melananthera Jard. In the hot and in the warm bolts of the western slopes of the Andes of Ecuador, at elevations of from "^."ioo to .jOim feet. Pogio near Loja, Kio Pescado. In good plumage from June to Sei)tember. 78. Spathura solstitialis (iouhl. East slo])es of the Andes in Ecuador. Zamora, Sabanilla. cm the mad fmin Loja to Zamora, Gnala(|uiza. Rio Pastassa, always in tlie warm region, (.'ollected in May and June. In good plumage until October. 7'.i. Calliphlox amethystina (Gm.). Zamora, Ecuador. A number collected in September, in fairly good ])lumage. "^0. Acestrui'a heliodori (Bourc). Rio Pastassa, Ecuador. Collected August 30th. Good plumage. «1. Acestrura mnlsanti (Boiu-c). Near Pogio, ou the roads from Santa Rosa to Loja, and Loja to Riobamba, at elevations of from iSO(>() to l:i,0(lO feet. In good jilumage from April to September. 8!i. Chaetocercus bombus (iould. Rio Pescado and Pogio. A number collected in July, but none of them in perfect plumage. 83. Myrtis fanny (Less.). Near Loja and Cuenca, at elevations of from 800n to liiiDlj feet. In good plumage from Ajiril to Sejitember. A nest with two youug birds was tonnd on the 1st of Ajiril. It is a conical structure attached to some upright twigs, and consists ( fi] ) of fine vegetable wool, ornamented ontside with light-colon rod lichens. The nestlings are already feathered, and resemble tlio adult female, but tlie featiiers above have rnfous buff edsfes, and the under parts are more rufous buH'. 84. Lophornis stictolophus Salv. & Ellint. A nnmber, collected near Zamora, Ecuador, in September, wlien they were in good plumage. This species is known from Venezuehi and Colombia, and Boncard (Gfiii. Hum. B., p. 38) recorded it from Ecuador. The sjiecimens agree entirely with skins IVom Colombia. 85. Popelairia popelairii (Du Bus.). Prymnacantha popelairii Salvin, Gat. B., xvi., p. 42s. A fine series from the east slopes of tlie Andes in Ecuador, shot at Zamora, Gualaquiza, Rio Pastassa, in tlie warm region. In good plumage from May to C)ctober. SO. Popelairia conversi fBourc. & Mnls.). Pnjmnacantha eonvcrsi ( i3ourc. tt Muls.) tSalviu, Cat. B., xvi., ]). 43iJ. Naranjal, Ecuador. February in perfect plumage. Berlepsch and Taczauowski (P. Z. S., 1883, p. 507) distinguished the Ecuadorian bird tinder the name of Ooii.ldiu fonversi aequatorialis, but it cannot be separated ; and Count Berlepsch kindly wrote us that he himself does no longer consider it a distinct subspecies. 11. FROM MEXICO AND CALIFORNIA. 1. Chlorostilbon auriceps (Gould). Near Chilpancingo, state of (luerrero, Me.Kico. A nest was found in October. It is a thin-walled pan, constructed of ver\- thin grasses and hairs, lined inside witli a silky kind of cotton, evidently from an Eriodejulron tree. Outside it is ornamented with large leaves and pieces of bark. From bottom to top it measures only 3i centimetres and 5i across. The cup measures 2i across. The two eggs are very tiny, and measure Yl x 7-5 millimetres.. 2. Jache nitida Salv. & Godm. In fair plumage in June at Dos Arroyos, near Acapulco, Guerrero, Mexico. See Salvin's remarks on the species, Cat. B., xvi., pp. 62 and 03. In /iiol. Vent/: Amei: the same author called the species .7. ilonhleditiii (Rourc), tlius uniting J. doublerlayi and ./. nitidn. 3. Phaeoptila sordida (Gould). Zumbaugo del Rio and Chilpaiiciiii;o, state of Guerrero, Me.xico, January. 4. Eupherusa poliocerca Elliot. Chilpancingo, Mexico, at elevations ot 50U0 to 7000 feet. The female (unknown according to Vat. B., xvi., p. 74) differs much from the male. It is above shining grass-green with a golden gloss. Sides of the breast shining grass-green. Chin, throat, breast, abdomen, and under tail-coverts dusky white. Wings deep purplisli brown, secondaries dull chestnut, wing-coverts like (62) tho liack, exce])t the i>riinan-covci-ts which arc hlaek with a metallic srloss. Outer tail-feathers pure white, with shininsr greeu honlers on the outer webs, very small and almost obsolete on the outermost pair, becoming: gradually broader towards the middle ; third pair from outside with a big mark of shiuing green on both webs, central pair metallic green, next pair to the central ]>air metallic green with a white I)atch and a jmrtion of the shaft white near the base and tipped with wlute. Culmeu U-S in., wing 23, tail 1-3.5. Three females all alike. The nest was found in Uctober. It is a marvellous round structure of moss, outside ornamented with lichens, mostly of a whitish colour, inside lined witli the very soft rufous liairs of a fern {(hmmidn ?). It is I i inch higii and nearly 'Z inches wide, the cup nearly 1 inch wide and just as deep. The two eggs measure 12-5 x 9 millimetres. •"'. Petasophora thalassina (Sw.). Mr. Baron found this species conimdu in the Cliilpancingo Jlonntains in Mexico, at elevations of from r>i)00 to 8000 feet from June to December. Nests were found from October to November. One nest sent is built of fine brown moss, and outside ornamented with leaves hanging long down from the walls of the tiny nest. The two eggs measure 14 x 9 millimetres. The sexes differ greatly in size, the male liaving the wing abont o to (i millimetres longer. The female has also more of a golden wash above and below, and the bill and the tail shorter. f). Cyanomyia viridifrons Elliot. This very distinct species was collected in numbers at Zumpango del Rio and nrar Chilpancingo, State of Guerrero, Mexico. T. Amazilia cinnamomea (Less.). A fine series iu good plumage, collected in June at Dos Arroyos near Aca]nilco, Guerrero, Mexico. ^. Amazilia beryllina (Licht.). A series from Chilpuncingo, Mexico, found at elevations of from ouOu to TOUU leet in January-, when they were in good plumage. A nest was found in October. It was placed on a thick branch, is 14 inch high and just as wide, but the cup is very sliallow. The structure is very strong, and consists chiefly of fine grass and fil)res, but is covered outside entirely with "light- coloured lichens, and lined inside with the soft silky cotton and seeds of some composite joZaw/. The two eggs measure 13 x 8-3 millimfetres. 9. Floricola longirostris pallidiceps (Oduldj. A fine series from Ohiljiancingo, state of Guerrero, Mexico, at elevations of 40(_)0 feet. Compared with a great number of skins from Colombia and Venezuela tlie birds from Mexico have not only the crown paler green and less bluish, but also the throat a little more rosy and less of a violet tinge in it. It is, therefore, advisable to keei) the Mexican bird distinct, and as tliere is, according to .Salvin (Cat. B., xvi., ji. 230), ji transition between the two forms, it is best named subspecifically. ( 63 ) in. Basilinna leucotis (VieilL). (..^hilpanciugo, Mexico, at elevatious of 0(.iO0 and SOOii feet, (.'ollecrted from October to December, when they were in jiood plumage. A nest with nestlings, wliich resemble the female, was found in January. The nest is very soft and weak, and consists of coiiwelis, nisy-cnloured cotton- wool, moss, and other very soft materials, forming a shallow cuji of httle more than 'Z inches diann'ter. 11. Phaethornis longirostris (Less. & Del.). Four adult biixls from Dos Arroyos, uuur Chilpancingo, state of (Jucrrero, Mexico. They have the tips of the lateral rectrices all pure white. S])ei'imens from Santa Marta, N. Colombia, have the same tips all buff. 12. Campylopterus hemileucurus (Liclit.). From June to November, in good plumage, near ( !hilpanciugo, Mexico. i:^. Eugenes fulgens (Sw.). A series from Chilpancingo, Fresno, Mexico, collected at an elevation of OUUO feet, in the month of October, when they were in good jdnmage. 14. Coeligena clemenciae (Less.). ( 'hiljianciiigo, Mexico, at elevations of from odiin to Ti.Hid fccr. In best plumage in Octol)er. Ih. Delattria margarethae Sal v. ct (iodm. Chilpancingo, Mexico, at elevations of from 6<iii0 to SonO feet. In best iiliimage in October. It). Lamprolaema rhami (Less.). Chilpancingo, Mexico, at elevations of from (iOiKi to >'iioii feet. In good plumage in October. IT. Tilmatura duponti (Less.). From Chilpancingo, Mexico, in goml |ilnm:ige from August to Decenilit-r. 1">. Selasphorus rafus (Gm.). A series of adult males from California, March to September. Nests and eggs were found in April and May. The nest is a wonderful soft structure of green moss, interwoven and lined with the softest vegetable wool. Outside it is IJ inch high and H inch broad. The cup is f inch deep and 1 inch across. The two eggs are rather short, and measure ll'T x TS millimetres. 19. Selasphorus alleni Henshaw. A fine series from California. This distinct species was first mentioned by Aud., 0/s. Dor., \.,\\. l:!3, I'l. LXll, as the young of " Le Sasin " (Sdasji/wrns rufiia), but Lesson figured it in the Hist. Xat. Oig.-Mouclics, pis. lu; and 07, and gave it the name of OrnisiMi/a sasin (pp. 190 (18:^9), XXX. (1831), and also figured females and young birds iu Snppl. Pis. 11, 12, 13.) This is the syuonomy as accepted by Salvin, Cat. B., xvi., p. 394, and as Lesson distinctly described the back as •' vert dore," there can be no fault found with this view. If this is right, the bird in tpiestion must be called ( 64 ) Selasphorus sasin (Less.) without doubt. There is, however, a possibility, that Lossou ilisiiilii'd an immature specimen of S. ra/us ; aud we therefore h'ave it to others to decide this ijuestiou, and at present accept Henshaw's name. The female of Selasphorus alleni Hensh. has the rectrices broadly tipped with metallic green, the lateral pairs with white ; the throat is white with rows of spots of a dull shiniucf jrreeii, all the feathers being white with a large subtermiiuil spot of dull shining green ; on the lower part of the throat is a small spot of glittering red. These specimens are all alike, and tlierefore we cannot think that they are yonng males ; besides, they are shot with full-jilumaged old males. A nest with young was found in April. The nestling resembles the above- described supposed female, but is more brownish above and below and lias no glittering feathers. The nest is lined with the softest vegetabb' wool, outside ornamented with leaves, lichens, and fibres of the loofah. 2ii. Trochilus colubris Mnn. Collected in October aud December, near t'hilpanciugo, Mexico, at elevations of 5000 feet. 21. Trochilus alexandri Bourc. & Mnls. A fine series, in good plumage, collected in California between April ;iud August. Nest and eggs in May. The nest is a curious longish structure. It is 60 millimetres long, attached to a perjjendicular twig, at the tojj 34 mm. broad, atteunatiug towards the end, where it is only 10 mm. broad. The cup measures 20 mm. across, and is 19 deep. The nest consists of a fine and soft yellow kind of wool, and is at the lower end ornamented with some leaves. The eggs measure 13x8 and 13-6 x 8-5 mm. 22. Calypte costae (Bourc). A wonderful series from California. Nest and eggs found on the first of June. The nest is a rounded deep cup, densely woven together, of cobwebs, hairs, soft wool, and feathers, very sparsely ornamented with moss and lichens. It is outside 24 mm. high, 32 broad : the cuji is 2ii mm. wide across and IT dec]). The egg measures 13x8 mm. 23. Calypte anna (Less.). A fine series from California, wliere they were observed all the year round. Nest and eggs were found from February to June. The nest has the form of a chaffinch's nest, aud is 40 mm. long, 46 bro.id, 20 inside across. It is built of the soft wo(d of the silk-cotton-tree, moss, roots, feathers, etc. It is covered outside With, lichens, lined inside with cotton-wool and feathers. The eggs measure 13x9 mm. ^Oto'^ 24. Atthis heloisae (Less. & Delattre). Near Cliilpaiicingo. Mexico, at elevations of 7000 feet, from July to November, when they were in e.Ncelleut plumage. 2o. Stellula calliope (Gould). A series of this lovely bird was collected on flie Sierra Nevada of California in Julv. ( fi5 ) NOTES ON SPHINGIDAE, WITH DESCEIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. By the HON. WALTER ROTHSCHILD. (PI. v., VI., VII.) HAVING just completed aiTang'ing the Sjihinf/iflae in the Tring Museum, in which arraugement I emjiloycil Mr. Kirl)y's catalogue o^ IL'trrorera, I find I have the following notes to make, and 77 (seventy-seven) new species to describe. Mr. Kirby ennmerates 913 species in his catalogue. Of many of these I can give no opinion, not having seen specimens, but out of these 913 species :yZ (tifty- two) are certainly either bad species or only local subspecies, so that .Slil species are left, which, together with the 77 (seventy-seven) new ones I am des(u-ibiug, makes a total of 938 species. The collection at Tring contains 623 sjiecios, rcjiresented by about 4oo0 specimens, and in addition to the tyjies of the species described in this paper, possesses the types of the following : — Cephonodes veuata (Feld.). „ woodfordi Butl. Hemaris pelasgus (Cram.) = synonym of H. thysbe (Fabr.). Macroglossa pylene Feld. „ melvus Feld. = synonym of M. milvus (Boisd.). Macroglossa rectifascia Feld. Stenolophia tenebrosa Feld. = synonym of S. restituta (Walk.). Pachygonia magna (Feld.). Amphion nessus (Cram.). Lophuron pusillum (Feld). Cornipalpus succinctus Feld. = synonym of Unzela j.apix (Cram.). Triptogon danum (Cram.) = synonym of T ocypete (Linn.). Triptogon fegeus (Cr.am.). „ camertus (Cram.). „ lyctus (Cram.). Tylognathus scriptor Feld. = synonym of Alcnron prominens (Walk.). Aleuron smerinthoides (Feld.). ,, philampeloides (Feld.). Hemeroplanes triptolemus (Cram.). ,, oiclus (Cram.). Theretra aeson (Cram.). ,, cajus (Cram.). ,, drancus (Cram.). Theretra anubus (Cram.), hystrix (Feld.). Metopsilus fusimacula (Feld.). Ampelophaga dolichoides (Feld,). Deilephila daiicus (Cram. ) = synonym of D. lineata (Fabr.). Pholus crantor (Cram.) = .synonym of Pb. achemon (Drury). Argeus phorbas (Cram.). Daphnis .angustans (Feld.). „ protrudens (Feld.). Ereryx myron (Cram.). ,, choerilus (Cram.). Ambulyx tigrina Feld. ,, subocellata Feld. „ eurysthenes Feld. Nyceryx hyposticta (Feld.). Eurypteryx molucca (Feld.). Nephele morpheus (Cram.) = synonym of X. didyma Fabr. Cijcytius medor (Stcll) = synonym of C. hydaspus (Cram.). Cocytius chientiuB (Cram.i. Phlegethontius bannibal (StoU). Sphinx Lanceolata Feld. Gargantua gordius (Stoll). Phryxus caicus (Cram.). Leucophlebia heuglini (Feld.). MA CROGWSSIXAE. In the genus Hemaris, 11. /ji/ram».i (Boisd.) sinks as a synonym of //. n/Jicauf/i.s (Kirby), for on comparing specimens and the two descriptions carefully 1 find they agree almost exactly. 5 C 66 ) In Ceplianodes, I am forced to reduce C. apus (Boisd.), <^- virescens (Wallengr.), and r. cnnfinis (Boisd.) to the rank of subspecies only, for not only do they agree with C. hylas (Linn.) in having white legs, palpi, and under surface of thorax, but there occur in different parts of Africa all the intonncdiate grades between these three forms, as well as between them and C. hylafi (Liuu.), which itself also occurs on the mainland of Africa. Cephanodes lifuensis sj). nov. Stands exactly intermediate between C. woodjordi Butl. and (7. hiichhindi Rut!., but is much smaller. U7?jy.s- similar to those of C hucMnndi But!., while the markings of the head, thorax, and abdomen are exactly like in ('. woodjordi Bntl., only with the addition of a white band on the second abd^niinal segment. Under- side of head, thorax, legs, and ])alj)i, lemon yellow ; underside of abdomen, uniibrm maroon red. Expanse, 2-25 inches = 57-3 millim. Hab. Lifu, Loyalty Islands. Cephanodes simplex sp. nov. (PI. v., fig. 1.) Winxis identical with those of C. hylas (Liuu.). Head and thorax dark olive green ; abdomen, russet orange, anal tuft black with orange centre. Whole under surface oihead., thorax, and ahdonwn deep orange yellow, as are also the legs and palpi. Expanse, 2 inches = 51 millim. Hah. Lifu, Loyalty Islands. This species is not closely allied to any other of the genus. In the genus Macroglossa M. melvus Feld. (in coll.) is a synonym of M. mihus Boisd. Mr. Kirby has no mention of M. melms Feld., either as a synonym or as a species. The extreme variation to be found in M. errn/is Walk, is very remark- able. In a series I have just received from Mackay, Queensland, (54 in number, no two are alike ; iu some the transverse bands are wanting, in others broken up into spots, and lastly in some these bands are nearly double the usual width. Macroglossa kiushiuensis sp. nov. This magnificent sjiecies is nearly allied to ,1A rectifascia (Feld.) and .lA .%ngrn Butl., but is larger and more distinctly marked. Fo7-ewings blackish grey with a large subcostal patch of lighter grey, running back from the apex to about ope-third the length and about two-tliirds the width of the wing. Two broad black bars cross the forewings, enclosing a band of pale grey ; the inner bar is very conspicuous and sharply defined, but the outer one is somewliat clouded and indistinct. Several thin and irregular zigzag lines cross the disc of the wiugs. Hindwings black, crossed by a baud of hriglit orange yellow from the centre of the inner margin to the anal angle. Hcud and thorax dark grey, with a central narrow black line and two large triangular black jiatches running up from the base of the wings. Abdomen dark grey, with a very large black anal tuft and four large lateral tufts of the same colour, but tipped with yellow. On each side of the first ( 07 ) abdominal segment is a small orange-colonred dot, and on botli sides of the second and third segments are large round patches of bright orange. Expanse, 2-5 inches = 63-75 millim. Hab. Kinshin, South Japan. Macroglossa loochooana -^i>. nov. Very near to ^f■ passalus (Drnryj. Foreicings deep greyish hlack instead of maroon lirown, as in that species. Basal third crossed by an <-shaped band, instead of being wholly black. Central band pale grey instead of brownish pink. Apical patch dark grey bordered with lilack instead of brown, bdrdered with a zigzag black line. Hindwings yellow, with black base, and a mneh wider and more convex black border than in M. passalus (Drnry). Head, thorax, and abdomen greyish brown, with four orange abdominal lateral spots, and a black anal tuft. Expanse, 2 inches = 51 millim. Hab. Loochoo Islands. croglossa moluccensis sp. nov. Nearest to M. Julcicaiidata Bntl., but ditfers from it in having the foreicings more uniform brown and crossed by fewer of the indistinct pale Hues so conspicuous in that species. The hindwings arc much more yellow in colour and have the black basal spot and outer border much narrower and more shar])ly defined than in M. J'ulcicaudata Butl. Also the abdominal orange lateral spots are smaller and the anal tuft is black, with a narrow orange border instead of being wholly of a fiery orange, as in M. fuUicaudata Butl. Exiwiise, 2 inches to 2-5 = 51 millim. to (53-75. Hab. New Guinea, the Moluccas, Lifu, etc. Macroglossa lifuensis sp. nov. Nearest to M. crrans ^Valk., but the ground colour of the fore/riuga is a much darker grey, and the zigzag marks are less numerous, and almost obliterated. Apical patch black. Basal third crossed by a more indistinct black curved bar, and the central silvery grey band is duller iu colour and much more contracted in the centre, which gives it an hour-glass shape, while in M. errans Walk, it forms either a straight band or two spots, and ig sometimes absent altogether. The hindwings have a much broader black border, and the head, thorax, and abdomen are almost uniform greyish black, instead of silvery grey, as. in .1/. errans Walk. Expanse, 2 inches = 61 millim. Hab. Lifu, Loyalty Islands. Macroglossa dohertyi sp. nov. (PL v., fig. 2.) This very fine insect resembles nothing I have ever seen or lieard of. Foi-ewings chocolate brown, crossed by two dirty white transverse bands, and with a brownish orange subapical round spot. Himltvings orange with a black border. ( 68) Hrn (I and thorax bron-nish dnn, or yellowish groy. Ahdnmrn brown, witb two liiteral orange spots, aud a large aual tnft of a creamy buft' colour. Expanse, 2 inches = 51 millim. Jlitlj. Amboyna (coll. W. Doherty). Macrog'lossa pseudogyrans sp. nov. (PL v., ti.-. -j;!.) This species is the nearest ally of M. g>jr(in.< Walk., but can at a glance be (Ustingni-shed from it by the absence of the conspicuons white j)atch on the sixth and seventh segments of the abdomen possessed by that species. It also is distinguished by the absence of all the faint, hair-like, zigzag, transverse lines, wliich are present on the forcwings of ^f. (H/rans Walk., the forewings in the new species being uniform dark brown, slightly marked with greyish brown regular bands. In M. gijrans Walk, the hindtcings are deep rufous, gradually shading into chocolate brown towards the margins of the wings, while in the present species the hiiulwinqs are deej) brown with a central band of olivaceous orange. In M. q)/rans Walk, the sides of the three first abdominal segments nre marked by a confluent rufons brown patch, while in M. pseAidogyram each of (he first four segments of tlie alidomen has a separate round bright orange spot on each side. Exjianse, 1-.") inches = 3T-To millim. Hab. Dili, Flores (coll. W. Doherty). Macroglossa burmanica sp. nov. (PI. v., fig. 3.) Differs from its nearest ally M. J'ervens Butl. in having only the basal half of the hindwiugs bright rnfons, the outer half gradually shading oif into deep brown to the outer margin. The foreicin()s also ditfer in being uniform greyish brown, crossed by four thin, zigzag, black lines, and in having a single black subapical dot. Head and thorax deep brown. Abdomen brown, with the sides of the first three segments orange ; last segment before the anal one white ; anal tuft very large and deep black. Expanse, 1-25 inches = 31-8 millim. Hdb. Burmah. Macroglossa siinilis sp. nov. Similar to the last, but \\'\x\iJoreu-ings without markings, and uniform brown, slightly clouded with grey. Hindirings olivaceous orange with a broad, rnfous- brown border. Abdomen without the white segment aud with two rufous patches on each side. Expanse, 1-375 inches = 35 millim. Hab. Oinainissa (coll. W. Doherty). Macroglossa inconspicua sji. nov. Similar to M. li/uensis Rothsch., but has i\iti J'oreu'ings more uniform brown, only very slightly shaded with grey. The hindwings have, moreover, a much narrower black border, aud the abdomen is very pale grey. Expanse, 'Z-'Zh inches = 57-4 millim. llab. Humboldt Bay, N. New (iuinea (coll. W. Doherty). ( 6'J ) HYPAEDALIA. At last a second si)eeies of this extraordiuaiy geiiiis lias lieeii discovercil, and even more bizarre tliau //. iiisit/nis Butl. Hypaedalia butleri sp. uov. (PI. VI., tig. 4.) Fomwings black, crossed by seven irregular, narrow, and zigzag transverse lines. Apical third, irregularly blotched witli dirty brown between the three outer transverse lines. HindwiiHis blackish chocolate. Head and thorax olive green. Abdomen olive brown. Expanse, 3 inches = T6'o millim. Hab. A1)uri, West Africa ; named iu lionour of Dr. A. G. Butler. STENOLOFHIA. Stciiolopliia is a genus founded by Felder in the Rctse der Norara Lcjj., iv., t. 82, f. 3 (1874), on a single specimen. From the drawing no one possibly could identify the insect, but I find on examination that the type is a very damaged specimen of the dark variety of Ferigonia retstiluta (Walk.), much patched and painted up. Therefore it must stand as Stenolophia restituta ( Walk.). FERIGONIA. I have to describe the following s]iecies : Perigonia jamaicensis sp. nov. Similar to /-". Itisca (Fabr. ), but has several well-marked [njiiits of diti'erence. Forewinqs crossed by a very wide and distinct dark brown bar, while in F. lunca (Fabr.) the wings are uniform greyish brown, crossed by seven faint zigzag, hairlike lines. Hindicimjs differ in having a much larger and paler grey ]iatch near the anal angle, and the yellow spot at the angle very distinct. Expanse, 'l-'Zb inches = .j7-'J millim. Hdh. Jamaica. Of the genus Ptemgon I have two new species to describe. Pterogon clementsi sp. nov. iVear to F. ohscuriu Mab., liut dillers iu its smaller size au'l mure indistinct pattern and colour. Foreicings brownish grey on basal two-thirds of the wings, crossed and marked by a large number of partly obliterated sjiots and streaks. A]iical third separated from the basal jmrtion of the forewings by an obli(jue chocolate baud. and is of a brownish ochre colour, with a bmad pinkish brown border and a snbapical round spot of chocolate brown. Hindicings reddish ochre, crossed by two darker zigzag lines and with a heavy brown border. Whole bodv brownish grey. ( 70 ) Expanse, 1"5 inches = 38-2o millim. Hab. Sierra Leone. Named in hononr of Dr. Clements, who has done so ninch I'or our knowledge of Sierra Leone entomology. Pterogon lasti sp. nov. (I'i. \'.. tiij. ;").) Forerriiif/s deep brownish grey ; basal two-thirds marked witli three or four narrow, darker, transverse linos. Apical third is separated from this basal portion by a large transverse black V-shaped mark. This apical third is pale grey, slightly clouded with darker grey. lliiithrinns orange, with a snbmarginal band of chestnut red and a heavy black border. Whole body reddish brown. Expanse, 1-5 inches = 38"25 millim. Hab. South-west Madagascar (coll. Last). Cypa olivacea sp. nov. (PI. Vll., tigs. 6?— 6ffl(?.) This species is the most distinct as well as the largest of the genus. Male. — Foretcings olive brown on the basal two-thirds of the wings, crossed by three irregular transverse bars of a dirty buff colour ; apical third dirty buff crossed by two zigzag bars of olive browu, and profusely vermiculated with a mass of tiny dots of the same colour. Uindwinijs deep olive brown, slightly flushed with rufous. Head and thorax brownish olive. Abdomen rufous. Female. — Forewiixjs uniform olivaceous buif, with only slight indications of the pattern as seen in the male ; apical third of the forewlngs profusely freckled with minute black specks. Hiitdwhu/s brown. Body rufous. Exj)ause : male, 2'5 inches = 63-7o millim. ; femile, 3-5 inches = 89-25 millim. Hab. Borneo (and Sikkim, AV/e Feld.). One of my specimens was collected by Mr. tJator in Central Xorth Borneo, and the female was in Felder's collection without a name. LOFHUROX. I have five new species of the genus Lophuron to describe. Lophuron pulcherrimum sp. nov. Foretvinys : ground colour silvery grey ; near the base a small round brown spot. The wings are crossed by two wide greyish brown transverse bands, and between them a hairlike, blackish grey line. Halfway between the outer brown band and the apex there is a large black spot just below and readiing to the costa. The outer margin is strongly scallo])ed, and there is a jiale brown patch running from the margin into tlie wing ; fringes dark brown. At the angle of the inner margin there is also a dark brown patch. Hindwings rosy salmon red, with white fringes, and an extra large grey and black obsolete ocellus at the anal ansle. ( 71 ) Head and bod// silvery grey, witli a rufous brown dorsal line down the centre. Ex]iause, 2 inches = 51 milliiu. Hdb. Namaqualand. Lophuron maculatum sp. nov. Forewings chocolate grey, with a black stigma with whitish centre in the cell. Just in front of the cell is a large dark clincolatc wedge-sliaped patch running from the costa to almost the centre of the wing. Almost touching the apex is a smaller chocolate patch, and running from the outer margin to the cell is a broad bar of pale chocolate. Across the wing run five hairlike, half-obliterated transver.se lines. HindiriiM/s greyish chocolate, with a dark grey border and a narrow, dark grey submarginal band across the wings. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark rosy grey. Expanse, 2'25 inches = 57'4 millim. Hub. Natal. Lophuron magnificum sp. nov. (PL v., fig. 7.) Foreiriiif/s pale grey, with a triangular dark olive jiateh near the centre of the wings, and running from the costa almost the entire width of the wing; in the centre of this patch is a white dot. There are two indistinct zigzag lines of deep brown crossing the forewings transversely near the base, and three oblong olive patches, more or less defined, along the inner margin. Hindwings base brilliant yellow, remainder cinnabar red, with a large grey patch at the anal angle crossed by three black bars. Underside : forewings grey, basal half-orange, and a large black blotch in cell, with a white spot in centre. Hindwings grey, with white dot in centre. Head grey, thorax greyish olive, with pale grey centre. Abdomen- grey, with three dorsal longitudinal rows of indistinct olivaceous dots. Expanse : male, TTo inches = 44"6 millim. ; female, 2-25 inches — 07-4 millim. Hub. Namaqualand. Lophuron inornatum s]). nov. (PI. v., tig. s.) Foretcimjs pinkish grey, crossed at the base by two indistinct dark grey zig/.ag lines ; inner margin blackish grey, with a white jjatch a third of the length i'rom the base. Apical patch sharply cut otf from the rest of the wing by a diagonal black streak, and the tij) of tlie wing slightly clouded. Hindwings dull rnfous cliestnut, with a dark brown border. Head and thorax rufous grey. Abdomen pale grey, freckled with black. Expanse, 1"75 inches = 44-6 millim. Hah. Namaqualand. Lophuron pseudopylas sp. nov. This species is somewhat dilKcult to describe owing to its considerable varia- bility. 1 have picked out from a large series the two extremes. ( :2 ) Spkcimkx 1. Forewint/s deep brownish grey, crossed by a nniuber of hairlike transverse lines. From the centre of the outer margin to the costa along the outer edge of the cell runs a broad black band. Beyond this, to the apex, the ground colour is much darker tliiin the rest of the wings, and is crossed by two zigzag, ill-defined Hues. Ilindtchigs : basal half bright yellow, outer half dull greyish brown, with two darker narrow lines crossing the wings, and which take their rise at the anal angle. Ihuid, thorax, and abdomen dark grey, variegated with taint browu marks. SrECIMEX 2. Forewings uniform dark brownish grey, with the transverse hairlike lines almost obliterated. The transverse bar and the apical jwrtion of the wing beyond it uniform deep brown. Hindwimjs orange j^ellow, with deep rufons bm-der, and only a sliglit indication of the inner of the two transverse lines, the outer one being entirely absent. Head and body the same as in No. 1 . Expanse, 1'75 inches = 44'6 millim. DIODOSIDA. Dr. Staudiuger has distributed, under the name of Nephelc fulla.r, a very large species of this genus. Its size can have been the only reason, for it is absolutely unlike a Nephele in structure. I do not believe it has been published, but as I am not sure, it may for the present stand as Diodosida fallax (Stand.)- I have the two followiug species to describe : — Diodosida uniforinis sp. nov. ForetcitKjs uniform greyish blaclc, clouded with a numlier of indistinct darker markings. Hindwinys dark olive brown. Head and thorax deep browuisli black. Abdomen clay brown, variegated witli dark hairs. Expanse, 2'2.t inches = 57 millim. Uab. Sierra Leone. Diodosida brunnea sj). nov. Forewiiufs rosy chocolate, powdered with grey scales, tind a large darker chocolate and wedge-shaped blotch occupj'ing from tlic costa downwards nearly the whole centre of the wing. There are also a number of nearly obliterated marks of the same colour all over the wings. HindwingH redilish chocolate, becoming greyer towanls the anal angle. Fringe of hindwiugs white. Head and thorax bright chocolate red. Abdomen gre}'. Expanse, 2 inches =: .jl millim. Hab. Namaqualand. TRIPTOGON. Here we have several things to note. T. lyctus (Cram.) is the female of his T. yorgon, and therefore must sink as a synonym. ( 73 ) Mr. Kirliy has made a l)IniKler iii uniting T. fegetis (Cram.) to T. lii/pibris (Linn). T. fei/etis (Cram.) is coiifincil to the isliunl of Jamiiica, and is a vi'r_v good s|iecies. BoisdnvaFs T. lactuosas and T. feyem appear to me to be species not yet in English collections, and on^-ht to be looked into. ALEURON. Mr. Kirbv here pnts Ti/lix/natlms xniptor Feld. as synoiiyiii under ^1. ipl/is (Walk.), while it really is a synonym of ^1. prominens (Walk.). .1. Imtleii Kirby is not an Aleuroii, but a Hcmeroplanes. CALLIOMA. I find in a large collection of Sphiugidae from Aroa, Venezuela, :i tine series of Calliomas, among which is a specimen of C lutescens Butl., described from Hayti. C. IkaMus (Stoll) is pale and washed out compared with Brazilian and Honduras specimens, but the C. parcae (Fabr.) are larger, darker, and much more variegated than usual. C. plato (Fabr.) (= G. thorafes (Ilubn.)) are ver}- bright green and gigantic in size. I have three species to describe : Callioma drucei sp. nov. Nearest to C. adalia Drnce. Foretcings bright olive green, instead of yellowish olive, as in ndnUa Druce, crossed by two curved chocolate transverse lines in the centre, instead of three straight ones, as in adalia. Near the base are also two instead of three transverse lines. Stigma in the cell white instead of black, as in ailalia. The black ])atch in adalia near the outer transvei'se line is missing in my new species, and the apex is rounded off instead of hooked, as in adalia. Hindwiiigs in adalia brownish black, with an orange patch at the anal angle, while in G. drucei Rothsch. they are plain blackish brown. Head, thorax, and abdomen bright olive, with a taint brown line down the centre of abdomen. Underside in G. adalia, basal half of Ibrewings black, rest orange freckled with red and with three transverse chestnut red lines halfway across the wings. A deep red j^atch along the outer margin and a green apical blotch. Hind- wings orange freckled with red, and with a broad red border. Across the centre of the wings is a red band. In C. dnieei basal half of forewings dark grey ; outer half green with two transverse black lines. Hindwings greenish yellow freckled with black, with a broad green border and two transverse black lines. I'nderside of body in C. adalia \n\^ ; in G. drucei yellowish green. E.'cpause, 2'26 inches = 57'4 millim. Hah. Uio Demerara, British (Juiana. Callioma grisescens sp. nov. Forewings pale lavender gre}', with a browner patch at the base. A large white stigma in the cell and a dark brown transverse band just inside it. Brown shadings all over the outer half of the wings, and a dark brown mark ill the deep-cut apical angle. ( 74) Hnulwinf/s bright chestnut red, with a bnif patch at tlic anal angle ami a big black spot running into the wing from it. Head, tJiorax, and abdomen uniform lavender grey. Exj)anse, 2"5 inches = ()3'7;j millim. Uab. f Callioma ellacombei sp. nov. Male. — Foreidngs deep brown mottled with vinaceons grey ; stigma in cell silver, and shaped like a mark of interrogation npside down, thns^. From the outer edge of the cell almost to the centre of the outer margin runs a bar of black. From the apex to the centre the outer margin is occnjiied by a large curved chocolate patch, bordered on the inside by a line of vinaccous grey. Hindwinys, basal two-thirds bright yellow, bordered with a narrow line of Hery red, very ill-defined ; outer third black, with a large chestnut patch near the apex, and a vinaceous grey streak running into the black from the anal angle. Hi'dd grey. Thorax brown with grey centre. Abdomen grey, with three small black dots on third, fourth, and fifth segments. Underside, basal half of forewings orange yellow, rest of forewings and hind- wings cinereous brown, with a number of irregular and faint transverse lines. Bod)/ grey. Femalk. — Similar, but forewings all brown except the silvery stigma and the oblique black bar ; hindwiugs have the outer third all black, and the fiery red band broader. Expanse, 2*T5 = 70-2 millim. Hab. San Domingo {fide Felder) aud Aroa, Venezuela. HEMEROPLANES. Of this genus I have nothing to say, only to describe a new species. Hemeroplanes ornatus >ii. nov. (PI. VI., fig. 9.) Very similar to H. triptolemus (Cram.). It differs from the latter in all the markings being much accentuated ; and instead of being ])icked out in two or three sober shades of brown, these markings are richly variegated with green, pink, and chocolate. The silver stigma in the cell is much shorter aud rounder than in //. triptolemux (Cram.). The two most striking differences, however, are : first, the longitudinal central dorsal stripe on the abdomen in H. ornatus is green, while in JI. triptolemus it is grey ; aud, secondly, 11. Iriptokmus has a golden ring round each abdominal segment, while in //. ornatus these rings are absent, and only rej)resented by three lateral yellow streaks on the second, third, and fourth segments. I have added on PI. VI., fig. lU, a figure of //. trijitolemiis for comparison. Exj)anse : nude, 3-25 inches = 83 millim. ; female, 4'u inches = 11 -j millim. Hab. Venezuela and other parts of South America. ( 7o ) CHOEROGA MP IN A E. THERETRA. Here I have tea new species to describe, and a nnmlier of remarks to malce. Theretra lewisii (Butl.) cannot be separated even as a snbsjjecies from T. elpeiior Linn., and must be relegated to a synonym. Of the group allied to T. thjelia (Linn.) I have a number of forms from all parts, very different in most cases ; but I dare not describe them, as I have in nearly every case all the intermediate grades. T. minor (Butl.) and 7\ major (Butl.) must sink as synonyms of T. lineosa fAValk.), for I have them and every intermediate form from one locality iu the Khasia Hills. T. jocaMa (Drnee) is a Darajisa, and not a Tlwrctra at all. T. iffiiea (Butl.) is only an aberration of T. scrqfa (Boisd.), as I have all intermediate forms. Theretra rufescens sp. uov. (PI. VI., fig. 11.) Forctciiiijs orange chestnut, with a large patch of darker chestnut in the cell ; and the ajiical third of the wing is also shaded in an ill-defined way with darker chestnut. Whole of the forewings vermicnlated all over with dark chestnut freckles. Hindioings deep black, with a small sulphur yellow tuft at the base of the wing, a large yellow V-slin-pe'l mark near the anal angle, and a yellow fringe. Head and thorax ruddy chestnut. Abdomen ruddy chestnut, with a black jiatch each side of the first segment. E.xpanse, 4 inches = 102 millim. Hab. British Guiana. Theretra obliterata sp. nov. This highly interesting species is another proof of the remarkable connection between the West African fauna and that of the Indo-Malayan region, for it is clearly very closely allied to T. clotho (Drury). Forewings dusky buff, with a small black stigma in the cell. From the apex to the inner margin runs obliquely a transverse dark grey line very much obliterated. A still more olditerated transverse line runs from the outer edge of the cell to the inner margin. Hindwings also dull bulF, but so covered with long dark grey hairs that the ground colour is almost invisible, except round the margins and at the anal angle of the hindwings. Head and thorax buflf, slightly freckled with dark grey. Abdomen buff. Expanse, 3-5 inches — 89-25 millim. Hah. Sierra Leone. Theretra catori sj). nov. Forewings huffy olive, banded and freckled with chocolate brown. A l)lack spot followed by an obliipie line at tlie a])ex. Hindwings deep brown, with a cream-coloured costal margin. In the middle of the wings is a large black patch, and from the anal angle an indistinct and clouded band of pale jiink runs \\\t into the wings. Body yellowish olive. Expanse, 4 inches = 102 millim. Hab. Central North Borneo (coll. ('at or). ( 76) Theretra staudingeri "]>. uov. This sjiecies I received from Dr. Staudiuger, under the name oi' C/inerocamjju ci/rene. However, C/ioerocampa cyrene Westwood is uii insect from Java, and closely related to T. iGhoerocavipa) clotho (Drury), and lias certainly no connection with this American species. Ghoerocampa cijrene Druce (iiec Westw.) certainly comes from Chiriijui, but is quite distinct frt)m T. staur/ingeri, the name cyrene being already preoccupied by Westwood, Mr. Kirby very rightly renamed it Theretra driicei. Forewings greyish green, costa and large patch in cell bright olive green. From the apex to the centre of the inner margin the forewings are crossed obliquely by a transverse deep green line, bordered on the iuuer side by a line of pale greenish grey and on the outer side fading away gradually into the greyish green ground colour. Hindwings black, with an olive grey central band and an olive grey outer margin. Abdominal margin buff. Head und thorax bright olive, bordered with olive grey ; centre of thorax also olive grey. Abdomen at the juncture with the thorax olive, fading gradually away into reddish buff. I'nderside deep rufous freckled with black, and all four wings edged with deep grey. Expanse, 4 inches =102 millim. Hub. Chiriqni (fide Staudinger). Theretra striata sp. nov. Forewings buffy brown, more olive near the basi' and on the costa. Wings crossed by five oblique transverse lines. Ilircdwinga black, with a yellowish buff baud startiug from the anal angle and crossing the wing almost to the apex. Head and tlwraj- dull olive, with whitish jiink borders. Abdomen brownish buff, with three somewhat darker longitudinal dorsal lines. Expanse, 3-5 inches = 89-2.J millim. Hah. Japan. This species is close to T. lineosa Walk., biU dilfeis in pattern, and is barely three-fifths the size. Theretra javanica sp. nov. Similar to the last, but much larger. Forewings grensh buff', "fnth six oblique transverse olive green bands, of which tlie one running from the apex to the centre of the inner margin is much the widest and most distinct. Hindwings black, with the anal angle and abdominal margin sti'aw yellow. Head and thorax deep grey. Abdomt'n deep grey above, pale buff on the sides, with deep brown dorsal longitudinal stripes. Expanse, 4-5 inches =115 millim. Hab. Java (coll. Webster). 1 believe this will eventually prove merely a subspecies of 7'. lineosa Walk., but 1 at present keep it distinct, because I have not seen any intermediate forms. ( 77 ) Theretra olivacea sp. nov. Oround colour oi the foreioinffs olive pink, shading into dec]) olive towards tlie costa. In the cell is a small ronnd black stigma. From the ajiex to the centre of tlie inner margin of the I'orewings rnns a broad oblique transverse line of bright olive green, and on each side of it three hair-like lines of the same colour. llindtcings black, with a broad central band of olivaceous buff. Head and thorax olive green, with centre and borders pinkish grey. Abdonii'ii pinkish grey, with darker central line and a big olive patch on each side of the first and second segments. Expanse, 3 inches = 76-.J niillim. Hub. Sao Paulo, Brazil. Theretra guianensis s|i. nov. This species is nearest to Theretra cerfifomioides (Grote and Rob.). ForeiviiK/s in T. rrratomioides buffy brown, while in the new species they are very dark chestnut brown ; but the most conspicuous ditfereuce is that the three central oblique transverse lines whidi start from near the apex and reach to the centre of the inner margin run almost perfectly straight in T. (/aianensis, while in T. cerafomioides, about a third of their length away from the inner margin, they curve sharply inwards antl then out again, enclosing a large jiale buft" area. Hindwings black, without the vermiculated brown border which is jjresent in T. Ci'ratomioides. The buff band on the hiadwings also much narrower and almost completely obliterated, and the spots near the base and at the anal angle a.re much smaller. I'liderskle : forewings much more uniform red and black, the freckles and vermiculations found in T. ceratomioides being absent. Himlwings very dark, with two distinct black longitudinal Ijands. Head, thorax, and abdomen similar to T. ceratomioides, but all markings larger and more accentuated. Expanse: T. ceratomioides 4 inches = lif2 millim. ; T. i/xianoisis 5 inches = 127-5 millim. Hub. British Guiana. Theretra perviridis sp. nov. (PI. v., fig. 12.) Forewings olive green, with the costa more tawny. Fi'om the apex to the centre of the liindmargin run several parallel oblique transverse lines of a d;irk green culour, the exterior one being broadest. Stigma in cell black. Outer margin deeply hooked at the apex. Hindwings : base pale bnfl', rest olive green, with large trianguhir sjiot in the centre. Underside pale ochre yellow, densely freckled with black linear s]iiits and crossed over both pairs of wings by two indistinct transverse lines. Head, thorax, and abdomen olive green, gradually shading off into tawny. Expanse, 2'9 inches = 74 millim. Uab. Aroa, Venezuela. ( 78 ) Theretra lifuensis sji. nov. Nearest to 7". clotho (Drary). Forewings buff, with pale olive transverse obli([uc band from the apex to the centre of the inner margin. The forewings are also much more densely powdered with black scales than in T. clotho. Uindwings: iu T. clotho the hindwings are black, with an irregular greyish-buff patch rnnniug up from the anal angle into the wing ; in T. lifuensis, on the other hand, the hindwings are bright buff, with a black ]iatch only at the base of the wings. Head and thorax dull olive, with white borders. Abdomen brownish buff. Expanse, 3 inches = 76-5 millira. Hab. Lifu, Loyalty Islands. METOPSILUS. Here I have two species to describe, and the following observations to make : — Perqesa fusimacula Feld. is a trne Mutopsilits, and not a Philampelus, as Mr. Kirby says. Philampelus dolichoidcs Feld. is undoubtedly an Ainpelophaga, and has nothing whatever to do with Metopsilus. Metopsilus albomarginatus sji. nov. Forewings : ground colour deep olive brown, fading into jmrplish grey on the outer half of the wings. On the half of the wing inside the stigma in the cell there are three irregular rows of black dots, and the apical half of tlie forewings has three transverse bands of black spots. The costa is broadly creamy white, and the outer margin has a deep reddish fringe. Hindwings black, with a yellowish buff border next to the forewings and a buff' patch at the anal angle. Head and thorax chocolate brown, with a white border. Abdomen pale brown. Expanse, 4 inches = 102 millim. Hab. Khasia Hills. Assam. Metopsilus aurantiacus sp. uov. Forewinqs pale olive brown, with darker cloudings. A inuud black stigma in the cell and an irregular brown patch extending from the cell to the inner margin. Submarginal band at the outer margin silvery grey. Hindwings black, with broad central dull orange band. Head, thorax, and abdomen olive brown. Underside : forewings, basaJ lialf olive grey, apical half orange, with a heavy silvery grey border and dotted with black. Hindwings similar. Thorax and abdomen bright pink, orange red at the sides. Ex])anse, :!•;") inches = 89-25 millim. Hab. 'i (coll. Feld.). ( 79 ) PANACRA. Here I ouly have to describe ten new species, and to reniark that I have seven P. Vupmiin Walk, from Mackay, Qneensland, almost black. Panacra natalensis kji. nov. (PI, v., fig. 13.) Foi-nvhigs : basal third blackish, variegated with grey, with a large creamy buff patch, brownish olive behind, and terminated by a blackish brown s])ot at the costa. Fonr obliqne transverse lines extend from near the apex to the base of the inner margin. They are black and cnrved near the apex, and the spaces between the two exterior ones pale bnff, the rest of the wing ontside these lines blackish, with a large irregular patch of pinkish bnff. Hindivinqs blackish brown, with some creamy Imft' markings, the front margin whitish, and two indistinct snbmarginal lines. Underside creamy buff, variegated with pale tawny and grey ; foreicinqs crossed by five lines, the centre one of which is darkest ; hindwinqs crossed bv four lines parallel to the outer margin. Bodq brown, variegated with buff, and with two dorsal longituiliaal lines on the abdomen and one on each side of it. Expanse, Ti) inches = 4s-.") millini. Hab. Natal. Panacra rosea sj). nov. I Pi. VI., fig. 14.) Forewings j)ale rose pink, with a broad black band extending obliquely from near the aj>ex of the costa to the base of the inner margin, with three fine hairlike lines running the whole of its length on tlie outside edge ; moreover, the stigma in the coll is almost joined to the base of the wing by a fine black line. Htndwings : basal half greyish brown ; apical half rose pink, with jnnkish red snbmarginal band. Underside: foreivings, basal half ])ale greyish brown, faintly marked with round darker freckles ; apical half reddish or vinaceous butf, heavily freckled with linear black dots. Hiiidwings vinaceous buti', closely frcckleil with black dots. Head, thorax, and abdomen, above rosy pink, with two darker dorsal marks ; below vinaceons brown. Expanse, 2-7 inches = (i,s-9 millini. Hab. Lifu, Loyalty Islands. Panacra lifiiensis sp. nov. Male. — Forewings pale silvery grey, with a black stigma in cell. From the apex to the centre of the inner margin extends obliipiely a transverse line of brown, bordered on the inner side by three hairlike and very flue lines of dark grey on buffy yellow ground. At the inner angle is a black jjatch of extremely variable extent, as shown by nearly thirty-live specimens I possess. Hindwings deep brownish grey, with a pale baud extending up into tlic wing from the anal angle to the apex. ( 80 ) Head and thorax pale grej'. Abdomen yellowish grey, slightly vennicnlated with darker grey. Female. — Similar to inale.hnt generally darker, and with a slight flnsh of pink all over. Expanse, 2-5 inches = 03-7o millim. Hah. Lifn, Loyalty Islands. Panacra griseola sp. nov. Somewhat similar to P. ligiiai-ia Walk. Foreicings. — Male deep grey, a wide belt of white with greyish clouding occupying two-fifths of the wing. From the apex to the inner angle extends ii blackish submargiual line ; and inside this, reaching to the centre of the inner margin, are four curved hair like dark lines. In tlie middle of the wing, behind the stigma in the cell, is a broad irregular black band, extending four-fifths the length of the wings. Jlituhvings dark grey, with a black streak running from the anal angle to the apex of the wing. Head and thorax black, with two wliite longitudinal lateral bands starting in front of the eyes and extending back to the juncture with the abdomen, and witli a number of greyish longitudinal streaks. Abdomen dark "rey, variegated with lighter marks, and with a central black dorsal line. Fem.\le.— Similar to male, but paler and much larger. Expanse : male, 2-75 inches = TU'l millim. ; female, 3-25inches=89-2o niillijn. Hub. Lifu, Loyalty Islands. Panacra pseudovigil sp. nov. This little species has a great resemblance to P. rigil (Guer.), but is barely half the size. Forewings dull whitish grey. From the base of the inner margin to the costa halfway between the cell and the apex there extends an oblique transverse brownish black band. The stigma in the cell is a very small black dot. From the apex to the centre of the inner margin two hairlike oblicine transverse lines extend. At the angle of the inner margin and at the apex are two black sj)ots or ])atches. Ilindwings dark grey. Almost to the apex there extentls from the anal angle a black submargiual band. Jlead Aud thorax deep grey, with whitish borders. Abdomen grey, freckled with white and brown sj)ecks. Female. — Similar, but larger and duller in colour. Expanse : )Mde, 1-75 inches = 4-i-6 millim. ; female, 2-25 inches = 57-4 millim. Uab. ? Panacra butleri sp. nov. Forewings fiery orange, with three llame crimson broad bands exten<ling fwin the apex to the inner margin. From the apex to the angle of the inner margin is a deep oval dark grey patch forming a border to the forewings on the outer margin, and there is a black dot (stigma) in tlie cell. Hindwbigs greyish black ; anal angle and a central band extending from it halfway to the apex of the wings, dull orange. ( 81 ) Head dull reel, bordered by two grey lines. Thorax fiery red, with a grey line down the centre. Abdomen grey, with two dorsal longitudinal red bands. Underside yellow, with two transverse oblique black baud-; across both pairs of wings. Exjjanse, 2-25 inches = oT'4 millim. Hab. ? (marked Asia Or. coll. Carstanjen). Panacra dohertyi sp. nov. This very curious species is almost exactly intermediate between the genera Panacra and Anyonyx. It has the angulated fore wings of Angonyx with the ])attern and coloration of Panacra. Forewings dark grey. A longitudinal black streak, about a quarter of an inch long, runs from the base outward to the inner edge of the cell. From the costa just before the apex five narrow black lines close together extend obliquely across the wing nearly to the base of the inner margin. There is a small black stigma in the cell. A short zigzag white streak reaches from the apex to the outside black transverse line. Hindwings greyish black, slightly freckled with grey and buff towards the outer margin. Head and thorax dark grey, with paler borders. Abdomen on the top grey, with transverse narrow bands of orange brown, on the sides reddish brown, spotted and freckled with grey. Expanse, 3 inches = 76'.5 millim. Hab. Gunong Jjau, Perak. Panacra variegata sp. nov. Nearest to P. scapularis Walk. Forewings bright rosy grey, marked at the base and along the costa with several olive and black spots. At the apex is an olive brown patch, followed by a whitish mark. Across the cell from the costa to the inner margin a broad band of olive brown crosses the forewings obliquely, and has at the inner margin two darker patches. At the angle of the inner margin is a large irregular olive brown spot, and from the outer margin a large wedge-shaped olive brown patch extends inwards into the wings. Hindwings dull grey, variegated with orange brown. Head olive brown. Thorax grey in the centre, olive brown at the sides. Abdomen yellowish grey. Female. — Similar to male, but with a more rufous tinge. Expanse, 2 inches = 51 millim. Hab. Philippine Islands. Panacra perakana sp. nov. Forewings l)rown, crossed in front of the cell by a brownish black oblique transverse band composed of three or four lines. Apical third greyish piuk, with an olive brown patch along the outer margin and two smaller round spots of olive brown near the apex. Hindwings deep brown, with a wide yellow border along the sides of the abdo- men and a yellow streak extending up into the wings from the anal angle. 6 ( 82) Head and thorax pinkish grey. Abdomen on the dorsal surface pale grey, gradually deepening into rusty chestnut ; sides pale brovrn, variegated with red and white dots. Expanse, 2-5 inches = 63-75 millim. Hub. Gunong Jjau, Perak. Panacra hamiltoni sp. nov. Upperside : J'orewings dark olive green ; basal fifth blackish grey, crossed by several indistinct black transverse lines ; median portion of the costa greenish yellow, freckled with black, and united to a transverse central band of the same colour, which is slightly mottled with grey. On the outside of this streak are three fine hair-like oblique and transverse lines extending from the centre of the inner margin to near the aj)ex, where they are curved in towards the costa. A whitish buff marginal patch close to the inner angle at the outside of the exterior black line is extended to the inner black line between the third and fourth nervnles. There is a small angular dark olive green mark at the apex. Hindwings grejish walnut brown, with the area near the apex mottled with ochre, blackish brown, and buff, the buff colonr confined to a submarginal line which stops at the third nervnle. Underside: groundcolour oi/oretoings cinnamon brown, the marking similar to those on the upper surface, but much fainter and less defined. Basal half of hindwings yellowish buff, finely vermicnlated with black ; apical half drab grey, crossed by three fine transverse black lines. Head, thorax, and abdomen tawny olive, witli black hind edges to the segments and a dorsal stripe of vinaceous cinnamon, below buff. Expanse, 2'3 inches = 58-7 millim. Hab. Khasia Hills, Assam. ANGONYX. Angonyx boisduvali sp. nov. Forewings pale greyish olive, crossed in the centre by a transverse line of black. Behind the black line is a large blotch of pale lavender colonr, separated from the costa by a round patch of deep olive and by a band of the ground colour from the outer margin. From the apex obliquely to the edge of the lavender blotch there extends a zigzag black line. Hindwings greyish olive, with a pale grey patch at the anal angle and a brown border. A pale buff streak extending into the wing from the anal angle. Head greyish buff, thorax dark olive, abdomen pale greyish olive, with a narrow rust-red ring between the last two abdominal segments. Expanse, 3 inches = 76'5 millim. Hab. Guadalcanar, Solomon Islands (coll. Woodford). Angonyx splendens sj). nov. (PI. v., iig. 15.) Forewings deep grey on the basal third, strongly vermicnlated with a paler colour. From the centre of the inner margin of this grey portion an oblique black zigzag line extends to the upper edge of the cell, then curving round this black line runs longitudinally to the centre of the outer margin. The apical two-thirds of the forewings are divided by this line into two irregular parts : the one nearest the ( 83 ) costa is greyish olive, vermionlutcd with liliicl;. and has a white blotch halfwa}' between the apex and the end of the cell. Tlie part nearest the inner margin is dull pink, with a number of partly obliterated olive lines and streaks, and with a chocolate brown patch at the angle of the inner margin. Hindwinys blackish grey with a central band of fiery orange, extending right across the wings from the anal angle. Underside deep grey varied with deep red patches. Head and thorax deep rosy grey, with lines of dirty white and two patches curving outwards towards the base of the wings. Abdomen greyish brown, with a number of darker vermiculations. Down the centre extends a narrow dark line, and on each side are several partly obliterated orange patches. Expanse : male, 2'5 inches = 63'76 millim. ; female, '6 inches = T6'5 millim. Hub. Queensland. DEILEPHILA. Here I), esulae Boisd. is not a species, but one of the hybrids between D. eupkorbiae (Linn.) and B. hippopkaes (Esp.). Deilephila wilsoni s]>. uov. Hitherto a single species only of this genus was known from the Sandwich Islands and named by Dr. A. G. Butler Deilephila calida {Ann. Nat. Hist. [5], vii., p. 317 [1881]). In l'^90 after Mr. Scott Wilson's return from these iblands I received from him a few insects, among which were several D. lineata (Fabr.), one D. calida Butl., and a specimen of a new species which I now have much pleasure in naming after him. Forewings greyish brown with three blackish bands, having more the aspect of large blotches. The first is at the base, the second in the centre (and which includes a greyish brown patch at the costa), and the third extends from the outside of the second, between tlie third and fourth nervnles, to the apex. The cell contains a blackish patch. Huldwinga brownish Ijlack, with a broad band of rufous orange extending across the wings, and is slightly narrower at the anal angle than at the outer margin. Underside deep ferruginous, with a broad margin of brownish black, both wings crossed by two parallel transverse lines of black. Bodij deep brown, with a white border each side. Expanse, 3-2 inches = 81-6 millim. Eab. Hawaii, Sandwich Islands (coll. Scott B. Wilson.) DUPO. One new species. Dupo domingonis sj). nov. Nearest to Dupo linnei (Grote and Kob.), but has several very sharply defined differences. Forewings in i>. linnei are marked by a distinct lavender grey border along the outer margin, and the pale transverse band extends from the apex of the wing to the ( 84 ) middle of the inuer margiu, and is joined to tlie base of the wing by a broad longitudinal band and to the costa, oue-fonrth from the apex, by a cone-shaped short band. In D. domingonis there is no marginal or submarginal border, and the transverse band does not start from the apex but oue-fourth nearer the base, and extends from tlie costa to the inner margin, fully one-third nearer the outer margin than IK linnei. thus cutting oflF the apical third of the wings into a wide brown border, which is marked with two large and irregular silver grey i)atches. Hindwinqs yellowish green at the base in D. domingonis and lack the two black bands which are present in D. linnei. Outer half of the hindwings in the new species greyish brown with a very large pink patch at the anal angle, and a sijuare black blotch behind it, which is smaller than in D. linnei. A narrow black line extends entirely across the wings from the anal angle. Head, thorax, and abdomen similar to D. linnei, but the white and i)ale grey marks are much wider and more distinct. Underside in D. linnei dull broisnj ; in D. domingonis liriglit pinlc. Expanse, 4 inches = 102 millim. Hah. San Domingo. EDCHLORON. E. lacordairei (Boisd.) must sink as a synonym as it is indistinguishable from E. megaera (Linn.). DARAPSA. D. davidi (Oberthlir) is not a Darapsa ar all. but lielougs to the genus Pterogon. Dai'apsa schausi sp. nov. Nearest to /.'. suana (Druce). Forewings ground colour, instead of grey as in B. smna, is greyish brown. The olive patch at the base of the forewings in I), suana (Druce) is entirely wanting in this species, and the two transverse bars in front of it are scarcely indicated in U. schausi (Rothsch.). The broad olive green band which in 1). suana (Druce) crosses the wings, transversely, outside the cell, is replaced in JJ. schausi Rothsch. by three transverse rows of blackish brown, half-moon shaped spots. Hindwings, in the new species, black, with an olivaceous bufl' murk extending from the anal angle across the disc of the wings. Head and thorax dark olive bordered with white, and variegated rufous orange hairs. Abdomen paler olive, fading off gradually into olive brown. Underside: wings and body pale orange, densely freckled with grey. Expanse, 3-5 inches = 89-25 millim. Hab. Rio Janeiro (Petropolis). • Note. — I have received Darapsa (C'hoerocampa) tyndarus (Boisd.) IVom Aroa, Venezuela, in considerable numbers, and have seen three specimens from Trinidad, and several from Uosta Rica, while the typo is described as from Brazil. ( 85 ) DAPHNIS. D. pallescens Hutl. is foimdeil on a dwarfed and imperfect specimen of l>. maqnifiru Bntl. D. hypothous (Cram.) lias been stated to have been taken in Scotland, and is recorded as a brown variety of D. nerii (Linn.). I have seen the specimen ; but I fully believe it is either an escaped artificially reared one, or got changed by accident. I have two new species to describe, and a new subspecies. Daphnis gloriosa sp. nov. This species is nearest to D. mayiiijica Bntl., but is much larger, and Ihe pattern is very different and more blurred. Forewings in T>. mayninca pale olive, with a Ijrowuisii fringe : in D. ylorinsa they are deep blackish green. In D. gloriosa the dark oval patch at the base of the forewings is not abruptly separated from the thorax by a buff blotch, as in D. magnifica, but only shows a paler mark for half its diameter. In D. magnifica there is a distinct pinkish buff transverse band in front of the oval patch which merges into the paler coloured costa ; while in D. glnriom there is a pale brown band, tinged dull rose, and which has very indefinite headlines. Z>. magnificn,, the central area of the forewings, is occupied by a huge olive green patch, merging into a lavender coloured blotch which extends to the outer margin ; iu D. gloi-iosa, on the other hand, the central j)atch is greenish black, and the blotch which reaches to the outer margin is indistinct in outline and of a dull brown colour. In the apical third of the forewings the pale central oblique line which extends from the costa to the outer margin is quite straight in D. magnifica, while in B. gloriosa it is boldly curved outwards. Hindwings: in D. gloriosa the pale hairlike line, which extends from the ana] angle to the apex in D. magnifica, is entirely wanting, and the central black patch is much larger in the new species. Head and prothoi-ix in D. magnifica are grey, and the thorax is grey in the centre and olive at the sides, while in D. gloriosa the head and thorax are uniform dark olive. Abdomen in D. magnifica olive buff, wliile in D. gloriosa it is blackish olive. Expanse, 5"5 inches = 14U'25 miJlim. Hah. N. Borneo. Daphnis torenia Druce snljsp. rosacea snbsp. nov. This new form was considered by Mr. Druce the same as his D. torenia from Fiji. I believe, however, that it stands intermediate between D. ton-enia and D. anijustans Feld., but only separate it subspecificaUy from the former, and 1 think when we come to breed them we shall find some of the species only aberrations, and, moreover, I have typical JJ. torenia from Lifu. Forewings differ from D. angustans and 1>. torenia in their bright, rosy pink ground colour. On the forewings the central ilark olive transverse line which is in front of the olive basal blotch in D. angustans is absent in this form, and iu the place of the large olive green central patch F). subsp. rosacea a narrow olive wedge-shaped bar, widest at tlie costa, and the dark area beyond fades off into the rosy ground colour. Hindwings in D. angustans dark olive brown, crossed iu the centre by a ( 86 ) narrow cream-coloured baud, which spreads out at the aual aaglc into a broad light grey patch reaching neai-l}' to the base of the wing, while in the form I am describing the base of the wings is black, and the rest is bright brownish pink with a transverse, narrow, paler band, and the anal angle creamy bull". Head and thorax of the new form, deep mauve pink with chocolate side patches, while in D. anguatans they are lavender grey with the side patches bright olive. Abdomen deep olive brown in D. angustan^, while in the new form it is jiale rosy brown. Expanse, 3-5 inches = 89'25 millim. Hah. Lifu, Loyalty Islands. Daphnis chimaera sj). nov. (PL VI., lig. 16.) Forewings pale ochraceous buff, with the nervnles blackish in the centre. The costa dotted with black, and with two spots of the same colour near the apex. A faint, almost obliterated dark line runs obliquely from the apex to the third nervule, and there is a black patch at tlie angle of the inner margin. Near the outer margin there are a large number of tiuy linear black dots. Hindwings brownish black, witli the front margin pale creamy buff. There is a large submargiual ochraceous fascia, broadest at the anal angle, and bordered with a narrow black Hue. Umhraldj; jiale ochraceous, base blackish brown, aud all wings freckled with black and with two transverse rows of black spots. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale ochraceous bntf, with three brown fasciae uear the base and sides of tlie thorax. Expanse, 3-7 inches = 'J4-35 miJIim. Hab.-i AMBULICIXAE. AMBLYPTERUS. Amblgpterus pavonicus Moore was founded on specimens from the Andaman Islands, but I have a large series from Java, Borneo, aud the Khasia Hills, aud also a large series of A. panoptis (Stoll) from Bhutan, Ceylon, Java, Amboyna, and elsewhere ; and from the intermediate character of many of tlie Borneo and Java specimens 1 am compelled to unite the two species, and the single species must stand as Amblgpterus panopus (Stoll). AMBULYX. In this genus, unfortunately, I have much to alter. A. meander (Boisd.) is not an Ambulyx at all, but a true Marumba. I have all the intermediate forms between A. Igcidas Boisd., A. cos (Burm.), and A. tUhonus Kirby, so these three names are synonyms of one species, which must stand as Ambulgx Igcidas Boisd. There are also every intermediate between A. ochracea Butl. aud A. schaujfel- bergeri Brem. and Grey, so the species must stand as Ambulgx schau/felbergeri Brem. and Grey. Ambulgx thwaitesii (Moore) is identical with .^1. subocdlata Feld., while on comparing Felder's type and a number of specimens of A. auhocellata, collected by Mr. W. Doherty, with A. turbata Butl., I tind the latter to ( 87 ) be a good and distinct species confined to India and Assam, while A. suhocellata is from Java and the neighbouring islands. Ambiili/x auripennis Moore, A. sericeipennis Bntl., A. rhodoptera Moore, A. conmnguis Bntl., A. maculifera Walk., A. litm-ata Butl., and A. lahorn Butl. must sink as species and rank as subspecies of A. substrigilis Westw. ; and I even think they are barely subspecies, for of most of them I have specimens and intermediate forms, all taken in Sikkim and the Khasia Hills. I have five new species to describe. Ambulyx amboynensis sp. nov. Similar to A. subocellata Feld. Forewings uniform ochraceous brown, with a central black stigma in the cell and two boldly concave dotted ill-defined lines across the disc of the forewings. Hindmings butfy orange, with a narrow brown margin and two central darker bands across the wiugs ; the outer one consisting of small black half-moou like spots joined together, the inner one being a straight line. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochraceous brown. Expanse, 3-75 inches = 95-63 millim. Hab. Amboyna (coll. W. Doherty). Ambulyx dohertyi sp. nov. Forewings greenish brown, widi a pur|)le grey band a tj^uarter of an inch wide crossing the centre. Apical patch large and of a purplish grey colour. From the apex to the outer edge of the inner margin extends a convex brown baud. The costa has three irregular greenish patches, and on the inner margin is a blackish patch about one-fifth from the edge. Hindwingi orange bordered with brown, the outer edges deeply scolloped and the fringes grey. The anal angle has an irregular grey and black patch, within which is an imperfect and small ocellus. Head pinky grey, thorax purple grey with green margins, abdomen purplish brown. Expanse, 4 inches = 102 millim. Hab. Humboldt Bay, N. New Guinea (coll. W. Doherty). Ambulyx japonica sp. nov. Foretvings yellowish grey, marginal and submargiual area from the apex to the outer point of the inner margin brownish grey, with a distinct black convex band separating it from the paler general colour. The forewings are also crossed by a broad snb-basal band of greenish olivo colour, and there is a central Idack stigma in the cell. Hindwings greyish pink, with a heavy black border and some irregular dark spots and bands on the disc of the wings. Head and thorax grey, with chestnut borders : abdomen grey, with two lateral orange spots on the fifth abdominal ring, and a dark brown tip. Expanse, 3-5 inches = 89'25 millim. Hab. Kiushiu, South Japan. Ambulyx schausi sp. nov. Similar to A. palmeri Boisd. Forewings, however, crossed by a number of liairlike, zigzag lines. Basal (88 ) area, instead of having three chocolate blown spots, is crossed by a heavy con- tinuous dark brown band, and there are three dark patches on the inner margin instead of one. Hindwings more yellowish red than in A. palmeri, and the marginal and two central bands narrower and more zigzag than in that species. The pink apex of A. palmeri also is wanting in A. schausi. Expanse, 4 inches — W-l millim. Hab. Petropolis, Rio Janeiro (coll. Schaus). Ambulyx trilineata sp. uov. Nearest to A. placida Moure, but only half the size. Forewings %\w\Kt to A. placida in marking, but much darker in colour, and more clouded. Hindwings orange with a black border and three zigzag, irregular lines across the disc instead of two, as in A. placida. Expanse, 3 inches = 76-5 millim. Hab. Kiushiu, South Japan. ORYBA. From a good series and from carefully comparing Boisduval's description of 0. robusta I am forced to sink Oryba imperialis (Druce) as a synonym of 0. robusta of Walker. If, however, Boisduval's identification is wrong, there are two species in Brazil, as 1 have U. imperialis from British Guiana and from Brazil, while my specimens of 0. ackemenidei (Cramer) came from Triuidad. NEPHELE. One new species to describe : Nephele aureomaculata sp. nov. This very distinct species inhabits the Upper Congo and has no near relative. Forewingn deep blackish brown, ending in a large diamond-shaped grey patch extending the whole width of the outer margin. In the centre of tlie inner margin is a large round blotch of a brownish orange colour. Hindwings blackish brown. Head and thorax brownish black. Abdomen, brown above, with alternate black and white transverse stripes on the sides. Expanse, 3 inches = 76-5 millim. Hab. Upper Congo. SPHINGINAE. DILUDIA. I received large numbers of this genus from Aroa, Venezuela, and found them exceedingly variable. 1 think from the great variety it will eventually be found that 1). brevimargo Butl. and D. ra/escens Butl. will have to sink as synonyms, for they are, in my opinion, mere aberrations of D. jiorestan (Stollj and D. lichenea (Walk.). Venezuelan specimens of D. albiplaga (Walk.) are fully a third larger ( 89 ) than the Brazilian ones, and generally much paler in colour, though one of my six Venezuela ones is the darkest 1 have ever seen ; the expanse of the two largest is 7 inches = 178-5 millim. MEGANOTON. Here 1 have four species new to science to describe. Meganoton cocytioides sp. nov. This is the largest of the genus, and curiously like a Cocj/lius in its markings. Forewings clay brown, powdered with grey scales, giving the wings a marbled appearance. There is a very large white stigma with a black ring rouiid it in the cell, and joined to the costa by a very broad and short ohlique black band. On the outer edge of the cell is a black spot. From the costa, a fourth from the ape.\, springs a broad, heavy black band, which boldly curves round into the wing and with its other extremity joins the apex. Between this band and the cell the forewings are crossed transversely by four indistinct bands of brownish, half- moon shaped spots ; from the apex to the angle of the inner margin there extends a submargiual row of black spots. On the disc of the wings the two central longitudinal lines, so characteristic of the genus, are increased to an enormous size and are extremely broad. HiruJwimjH blackish brown, base deep grey, abdominal margin very broad and pale grey. There is an indistinct pale band across the disc of wings, starting from the anal angle. Head and protkorax brownish. Thorax in the centre brownish red, sides velvety black, with a white band at the base of the wings and a dark grey band separating the red centre from the black. Abdomen greyish brown on the dorsal surface with a narrow black line down . the centre. On each side is a broad and heavy black longitudinal band, and below this, on each side of the first four abdominal segments, are round cream-coloured patches set in a black ring, exactly as in Coo/tiiis cluentius of Cramer. Underside uniform brown, with whitish yellow fringes, a dash of white near the base of the hindwings, and basal two-thirds of inner margin of forewings buff. Body snow white. Expanse: male, n-5 inches = 14U-25 millim.; female, 7 inches = i7S'5 millim. Uab. Fort Mackay, Queensland. Meganoton distinctum sp. nov. (PI. VII., fig. 19.) Foretvings silvery grey with faint and slightly darker cloudings. From the apex obliquely to the outer edge of the cell there e.\tends a slightly zigzag black line. Within the cell is an indistinct round dark grey stigma. Hindwings dark blackish brown, fading into silvery grey on the [lortion nearest the anal angle. The fringes on fore- and hindwings are evenly and alternatel)- streaked black and white. Head, thorax, and abdomen silvery grej'. Expanse, 4-.5 inches = 114'To millim. Hub. North (jueeusiand. ( 90) Meganoton lifuense sp. uov. (PI. VII., fig. 20.) Female. — Foreu'inps greyish white, crossed by unmerous zijrzatr. iudistinct brown transverse lines. Hinduings brown, with an ill-defined jrrer patch at the anal angle. Head and thorax wliitc with two lilark liil'ts at the juuctnre with the abdomen. Abdomen yellowish grey, with three longitudinal dorsal brown stripes. Male, similar to the female, bnt has the gronnd colour darker, and the markings more sharply defined. Expanse : male, 3 inches = "6-5 niillim. ; female, 3-75 inches = 95-63 millim. Hab. Lifu, Loj'alty Islands. Meganoton khasianum s]i. nov. This very aberrant species has mn<h the ap])earance of Daremma kageni (Grote). Forewings TeAAhh brown, clonded with grey and striped and spotted with black; in the cell there is a round white stigma in the centre of a black ring, and there is a black patch a fonrth from the base of the inner margin. After the cell the wings are crossed by three heavy bnt hulistinct zigzag bars, in between which are pale grey areas. Hindu'ings dark brown. Head and thorax dark brown. Abdomen paler brown, with ii central black line and some lateral irregular white dots and black streaks. Expanse, 4 inches = 102 millim. Hab. Khasia Hills, Assam. PSEUDOSPHIXX. In this genus P. obsura Bntl. must sink as a synonym of P. trtrio (Linn.), for in a large series from Aroa, Venezuela, I have specimens ranging in colour from the palest P. tctrio through every intermediate form to P. obsciira, and two specimens are much darker than P. obscura, being nearly black. MACROSILA. Venezuela specimens of M. lefebrrei (Guer.) are very small and pale in colour. Macrosila rotundata s]). nov. (Fl. V 11., tig. 17.) Forewings jiale grey, clouded and streaked with darker grey and with two central transverse brown lines, starting from the costa about a third from the base, and crossing obliijuely to the centre of the cell, where they join and extend as a broad brown band at right angles to the centre of the outer margin of the forewings. There are also two zigzag, thin, transverse lines crossing tlm ciMifri' of the wings, and a white round stigma is in the cell. Hindwings brown, vvitli a large greyish patch at the anal angle. Head grey. ( 91 ) Thorax grey, with black circle all i-ouiid. Abdomen gre\', with six alteruate browu auil white patches on each side. Expanse, 3'75 inches = 95'6;3 milliin. Hub. ?. PSEUDODOLBINA genns nov. Nearest to Apocahjpsis, but differs in its small size, short and not pointed wings, and straight-cnt margins. Distribution same as single species. Pseudodolbina veloxina sp. nov. (PI. VI., fig. IS.) Fori>wings greyish black, crossed by nine indistinct wavy transverse lines of a brilliant black colour. A round white stigma in the cell. Hindwings dark browu, witfi an inrlistinct blackish and grey mark at the anal angle. Fringe buff. Head and thorax greyish black. Abdomen mixed greyish brown and black, with an indistinct orange round lilotch on each side of the first abdominal segment. Underside all wings deep brown, yellowish at the base and on the costa. Palpi, legs, thorax, and abdomen bright yellow. Expanse, 2'6 inches = 63'75 millim. Hab. Khasia Hills, Assam. COCYTIUS. The genus Cocytius is a very hard one to work out, although the number of si)ecies is small and the species themselves are giants. Although the number of species is so small, and fortunately the number of synonyms is also very limited, there have been a number of most reprehensible errors committed in connection with this genus. First of all the name Gocj/tiun ijodnrtU (Boisd.) has been since universally applied to a Central American species which no more resembles Boisduval's figure than a fly does. Then Mr. Druce figures the true C. godartii (Boisd.) in the Biologin Centrali- Americana under the name of C. ricularis (Butl.). Then Mr. Butler places as the male of his C. rividaris the species falsely known as C. godartii, and which I am describing as new under the name of C. afjinis. C. rirularis (Butl.) is a good and very distinct species, wliich can always be recognised, though the figure of it in the Transactions of the Zoological Societg, vol. ix., is very bad. Lastly, Mr. Kirby has not been careful in looking up the three names C. medor (Stoll), C. kgdaspus (Cram.), and 0. antaens (Drury). G. medor (Stoll) is the same as C. hgdaspus (Cram.), and so the two species must stand as C antaeas (Drury) and C. hgdaspus (Cram.). ( 92 ) Cocytius aflSnis sp. nov. Forewings olive brown, variegated with olive greeu ; they are crossed by about eight black nndnlated lines, two of which arc basal and one siibmarginal. The latter is miu'h more wavy than the rest. Ol" the remaining live lines, wiiich cross the wings at right angles to the costa, and extend from the costa to the inner margin, two are situated near the outer edge of the cell and the rest midway between the cell and the snbmarginal line. Besides these lines there is a black undulated streak extending from the snbmarginal line between the first and second nervules to the apex, and there are a number of marginal angulated spots. Some of the black lines and marks are bordered with greyish buff. Hindtvings Ijrownish black, with a large part at the base ochre yellow. Centre of the wing between the nervnles entirely transparent. Anal angle marked with some grey and black streaks. Underaide brownish black. Forewings, with a large ochraceous patch behind the cell : hindwings, same as above. Thorax black, tinged with dark olive green, and a longitudinal liluck patch at each side. Abdomen same colour, with two black lateral lines and thiL'.- (iciinicenns yellow patches on each side. Expanse : male, 4-2 inches = luT millim. ; female, 6-2 inches = i:-t2-G millim. Hah. Central America and North Venezuela. This species is uniformly much smaller than 6'. a/daeus, and of a juore olive green colour. Cocytius magnificus sp. nov. fPl. VII., fig. 21.) This species is undoubtedly the finest of the genus. It is nearest to C. walkeri (Boisd.), but can be at once distinguished by the more sharply defined pattern, and the bright reddish maroon of the markings, instead of dull black as in C. ■walkeri. Forewings gallstone yellow, variegated with zigzag streaks and marks of purplish maroon. From the costa run tlirei; pairs of irregular maroon streaks halfway across the wing. Within the cell is a whitish stigma bordered with maroon, and from the cell there extend towards the outer margin tlie two characteristic longitudinal stripes, also bright maroon in colour, as is also the basal half of the inner margin. Hindwings base orange yellow, running in a streak down the abdominal margin halfway to the anal angle. Central area of wings almost transparent greyish brown, with ligliter mark and a yellowish patch in the anal angle. Outer third of wings bright red maroon. Fringes of all wings spotted with pur))le and yellow alternately. Head and thorax gallstone yellow, heavily margined with purple. Abdomen gallstone yellow, with four lines of i)aler yellow and a spot of yellow on each side of every segment. Expanse, 6-o inches = 165-75 millim. Hab. British Guiana. ( 93 ) PHLEGETHONTIUS. P. pseiMloconmhtdi (Sebauf.), P. or'u'iitalix (Biitl.j, aud P. rospofasciata ("Koch) fire only subspecies, as every intermediate toim occnrs between tbem and P. coiivol- ruli (Linn.) ; in fact, P. pseudocoiiwlvdi and P. orientalis are so close to tbe typical P. convolmdi that I almost sbould be justitied in redncing them to synonvms. I have a specimen collected at Sierra Leone liy Dr. W. G. (Jlemeuts, which is undoubtedly a typical P. maurifi.i(B\\t\.), so that this species has a much wider range than was supposed, and 1 believe eventually will prove to be merely a dimorphic form Qii P.fulwinotata (Butl.). From Aroa, Venezuela, 1 have two fine specimens of P. ochus (King.), which differ from the typical Honduras form iu having a brilliant rufous chestnut ground colour in the forewings instead of dull brown, and the spaces between the bands of the hiudwings, instead of being dull brownish grey, are yellowish chestnut. Among my series of P. rustica (Fabr.) from Venezuela are two specimens very like my new P. hartertix but 1 do not think that species occurs out of Bonaire, and being isolated on an island, it. in my opinion, is a good species, and these forms from the mainland are merely worn an<l abraded second brood specimens. Phlegethontius harterti sp. nov. Similar to P. rustica (Fabr.), but smaller aud paler. Forewintjs pale grey, crossed by a number of darker grey aud pale buff zigzag transverse lines. A darker jjatch in the cell. Hindwings dark brown, with a large black-and-white patch at the anal angle. Head and thorax pale brownish grey. Abdomen grejdsh brown, with three yellow patches on each side, and two rows of white spots, as in P. rustica. Expanse, 4*75 inches = 12r2 millim. Hab. Bonaire, Dutch West Indies (coll. Hartert). Phlegethontius indistincta sp. nov. Forewinqs greyish butf, variegati'd with black, and crossed by a number of ill- defined transverse blackish lines, which are more strongly marked near the costa than near the inner margin. Ouc of these Hues is situated near the base, two very oblique ones a third from the base, and three at right angles to the costa beyond the centre of the wing. There is a submarginal undulated black streak extending almost to the outer margin between the fourth and fifth nervules, aud having a longitudinal streak extending from there to the apex, and which is slightly augnlated. Cell has a patch of gre3'ish buff shining through from the un<ler surface. Hindwinqs blackish brown, with the base and an almost obliterated sub- marginal band greyish buff ; first nervure greyish bufi', marked with four blackish lirowu dots. Underside uniform dull brown; hind wings witii a greyish bntf abdominal margin and a slight paler brown submarginal baud. Head and thorajc deep brown, with a black streak on each side. Abdomen blackish grey, the four first segments having on each side a round yellow ])atch with a black ring round it . Expanse, 4-2 inches = 107 milliiu. Hub. Honduras. ( 94 ) Phlegethontius lixi sp. uov. Forewings dull grey, with ;i rouud white stigma iu the cell. Between the costa and the base of the cell are some almost eflaced blackish grey patches, and between the cell and the outer margin the forewiugs are crossed by three very indistinct wavy blackish-grey transverse bauds. Hindwings dull grey, with two darker and one paler grey band extending from the aual angle almost right across the disc of the wing. Thorax and head dull grey, with two gold yellow tufts on each side at the juncture with the abdomen. Abdomen, centre and last two abdominal segments pale grey, sides with eleven alternate broad black-and-white bands. Underside uniform deep brownish grey : hindwings with a narrow black central band ; head, thorax, and abdomen marbled grey an<l white. Expanse, 4 inches = 102 millim. Hub. Nicura, British New Guinea (coll. Lix). SPHINX. Two new species to describe. Sphinx fasciatus sp. nov. Forewings greyish brown, with a large transverse belt of dark l)rown occupying the central area of the wings. The forewings are also marked and crossed by a number of zigzag paler and darker marks. Hindivinqs brownish grey, with three broad but indistinct black marks. Head and thorax deep brownish grey. Abdomen pinkish brown, with a row of eleven alternate large black-and-white square patches on each side. Expanse, 4-5 inches = 114'75 millim. Hab. Lifu, Loyalty Islands. Sphinx cossoides sp. uov. (PL Y II., fig. '>•>.) This most aberrant species looks like a Cossus or large Zeuzcra. Foreivings greyish brown, with an oblique, undefined broad band of pale grey lengthways occupying the centre of the wing. There is a dull black stigma in the cell. From the costa near the a])ex to just inside the angle of the inner margin there extends a zigzag transverse black line, and outside that, from the apex along the outer margin, is a broad greyish black border, which ends iu an imperfect grey and black ocellus at the angle of the inner margin. Hindwings white, with a wide black border. Head and thorax black, witli the sides of the thorax whitish grey. Abdomen dorsal surface black, densely j)Owdered white scales ; sides of abdomen white, with a black spot on each side of the first five segments. Expanse, 2-75 inches = 70 millim. Hab. Castro Parana, Brazil. DILOPHONOTA. The late Mr. H. Edwards, when he was last in England, pointed out to me that there were many too many species of this genus distinguished, and that a great many intermediate forms occurred. This I quite agreed with, but I maintained ( 95 ) that, those species which occui-ml in separate localities were distinct all the same. Now, however, my ideas have been entirely changed by receiving from Aroa, Venezuela, all the. named forms, and most of the intermediate forms, so that the entire genus wants revision ; and I find tiiat out of fifteen six'cies enumerated by Mr. Kirby only five can stand as good species, so that the synonymy is as follows : — 1. Bilophonota ello (Linn.). 2. D. picta (Sej>p.). 3. 1>. laxsauxii (Boisd.). aberr. 1. merianae (Grote). 4. D. obsciira (Fabr.). aberr. 1. oenotrax (Stoll). aberr. 'Z. pemieiis (Fabr.). aberr. 3. mclnncholica (Grote). aberr. 4. omphaleae (Boisd.). aberr. 5. rhaebus (Boisd.). aberr. 6. janiphae (Boisd.). aberr. 7. domingonis Butl. aberr. 8. festa H. Edw. 5. 1>. gutturalis (Walk.). aberr. 1. pallida (Grote). MANDUGINAE. MANDUCA. Here both M. tsti/x (Westw.), and M. medimi (Butl.) occur in West China, and intermediate forms, so that M. medusa (Butl.) must sink into a synonym of M. sti/x (Westw.). SMERINTHINAE. METAMIMA8. In this genus J/, banksiar (Boisd.) is only a colour alierration of the female of .1/. itiistndaside (Don.) ; and M. amboinicus (Feld.), is not a Metanimas at all, but ii tru<' Mdniinbii . CLANIS AND BASIANA. The genera Clams and Ba.siana have been confused and misajiplied so often that it is not surprising that Mr. Kirby, with all his multifarious duties and occupations, should, in trying to straighten out the tangle, have fallen into a fresh error. Mr. Kirby also unites C. nicobarensis (Schwarz) to G. pJialaris (Cram.). This is quite wrong, for it is much nearer to G. hilineata (Walk.) ; and the latter, if they are united, would sink as a sjnonym of C. nkoharensis ; i)ut as my male and female from the Nicobar Islands differ somewhat in size, colour, an<l marking from typical C. bilineata, I prefer to regard G. nicohare.nsis as a distinct species for the present. As Mr. Kirby correctly states, Glanis was founded by Hiibner on Sphinx phalaris Cram., but Basiamt dencalinn Walk., on which Walker founded the genus Basiana, is evidently of tlie same genus. Now tlie African sj)ecies of Basiana are very diflereut, and much nearer to Pseiulosmerinthus ; so the way to clear up the confusion, to my mind, is to unite all the Indo-Malayau species under the head of Glanis, and to put the African species into a new genus, Pseiidoclauis. ( 96 ) PSEUDOCLANIS gen. nov. Similar to Pgr>/rfngMennt/iiis iu sliape and size, but intermediate between it and Cl(i»is in colour and markings. The synopses of the two genera will stand thus : — CLANIS. Clanis phalaris (Cram.). G. piepersii (Soell.). C. bilineata (Walk.). C nicobarensis (Schwarz). C. tinchdosa Moore. Clanis gigantea sp. nov. This species is at once (listingiiishiible from C. bilineata (Walk.j, and C. undulosa Moore, by its very narrow and pointed wings and much larger size. Male. — Forewings bright pinky brown, instead of clay grey, as in C. undulosa and C. bilineata ; the wings are much narrower and more pointed, but the apex is not produced as in the two allied species. Outer margin cut quite straight and not curved outwards, as in C. bilineata and C. undulosa. Seven transverse rows of half- moon-shaped dark spots cross the forewings. Hindwings basal half black, while in the two allied species there is only an oval black patch at the base. Apical half pinkish rust red, crossed by an indistinct line of half-moon spots. Costal and abdominal margins buff. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale pinkish brown. Female. — Forewings deep chestnut red, pale towards the base, and with a huge patch of pale brownish pink along the costa, enclosing the cell, and occupying the central area of the wings for two-fifths of their width. Hindtvinqs chestnut red, with a large patch of ruddy brown at the base of the wings. Head, thorax, and abdomen rosy bay or brown pink. Underside. — Male, pale brownish yellow, with a wide black band reaching from the base of the forewings halfway along the centre of the wings. A large subapical and subcostal blotch pale grey. Across tlie forewings runs a single blackish grey transverse line, and across the hindwings there are two such lines. Female, uniform brownish orange, with the subapical blotch greyish pink. The transverse lines, which show distinctly in the male, are only faintly indicated in darker orange. Expanse : male, 6'0 inches = 16o'75 millim. ; female, 7 inches = 178"5 millim Hab. Sikkim, and Khasia Hills, Assam. C. cervina (Walk.). C. semi/ervens (Walk.). Clanis bicolor sp. nov. Forewings uniform reddish brown, with a darker brown blotch at the apex. Hindwings deep crimson. Head, thorax, and abdomen reddish brown. Underside brownish buff, basal half of forewings crimson. Obliquely from the base of the cell to the apex of the forewings a dark brown line extends. ( 97 ) liindwiugs have a patch of crimson at the anal angle. Expanse, 3'76 inches = 95:6 millim. Hab.? C. extista (Butl.). C. or?wus (Westw.). PSEUDOCLANIS. I'seiii/orlfiniii jiosticii (Walk.) fTyjie of the o-enns). F. abyssinica (Luc). P. stigmaticn (Mab.). P. bamlis (Walk.). P. atlansoniae (Boisd.). LOPHOSTETHUS. Lophostethus carteri sp. nov. This species is very closely allied to L. dmnoUnii (Latr.), bnt has some very constant differences. In L. (Iiimolhiii, the large dark patch snrrounding the coll, and occupying nearly one-third of the forewings, is dark blackish brown, only becoming grey on the costa, while in L. carteri it is almost the same as the rest of the wings, being only enclosed in a narrow black border. In L. (hnnoliiiii, the two pale transverse lines near the base of the forewings are much closer together, and the onter one, which joins the central dark patch, is much more zigzag than in L. carteri. In L. dumolinii, the large patch near the ceuti'e of the onter margin extends inwards towards the central dark patch, which it almost joins, and across the jjale transverse zigzag line which crosses the wings between the two jiatches ; while in L. carteri it stops short near the submarginal border, so that the pale transverse line is quite separate from both the dark patches. The large arrow-shaped stigma in the cell in the L. curteri has a much shorter central projection than in L. dianolinii. Thcjrindwinys of L. flnmoUnii are crossed by central transverse bands of ill-defiued colour, wliile in L. carter/ they are wholly without markings, and of a uniform brownish grey. On the under surface the differences are much more accentuated. In L. dumolinii the uniler surface is brownish buff, with a distinct pale transverse curved lino crossing both wings, and a dark brown patch near the centre of the costa, and a similar one on the hindwings; while in L. carteri the costal patch is almost obliterated, the transverse line ends halfway across the forewings, and on the hind- wings it is (inite strsiight, while the brown patch is lengthened out into a curved transverse line, wliich ends at the anal angle. The ground colour of the entire insect is brownish grey, stnnigly snU'used with buff in L. dumolinii, while in L. carteri it is dark slate grey, suffused with l)rownish grey, and the yellow admixture is entirely wanting. Expanse : /(?/«rt/^', <i inclics = l.")3 millim. ; male, h inches = Vi.'^t millim. Iliib. Tiagos, West Africa. 7 ( 98 ) LANGIA. L. kimsiritio Jloore is not a coocl species ; it was fonnded on a very large and strongly marked female, which bad been so damaged by mites that it was not woudcrfnl that Mr. Moore mistook it lor a new insect : so that the species mnst stand as follows : Langia zenzeroides Moore, aberr. Utasiann Moore. MARUMB.\. Here I have a lot to alter. Mr. Butler has already remarked that many of the named forms wonlil probably turn out mere local races. I have received large series from Cliina, Jaj)an, and the Khasia Hills, and I find that a great many so-called s])ecies are not even subspecies, liut only aberrations, and must stand as follows : — Mfirumba yaschkewitscliii (Brem. & Grey), aberr. 1. coniplacenx (Walk.), aberr. 2. roseipennis (Batl.). aberr. 3. eckepkron (Boisd.). Marumia sperchius (Men.). aberr. 1. piceipenniH (Bntl.). Mai-umba dyms (Walk.). aberr. 1. sinensis (Bntl.). aberr. 2. ceylanka (Butl.). aberr. 3. fuscescens (Bntl.). aberr. 4. silhetensix (Bntl.). aberr. 5. oriens (Butl.). aberr. 6. tnassuriensi.'i (I'ntl.). SMERINTHUS. S. atlanticus Aust. is a bad species, as all the characters which are said to distinguish it are found in some of my English specimens, and I have carefully compared specimens from Algiers with E\iropean. Eusmerinthus astarte Streck. is identical with Smerinthus ophthalmicus Boisd. (JRESSONIA. C. rohinsonii Bntl. and C. pallem (Streck.) are not s]ipcies, but merely subspecies of C. jiiylandis (Abb. & Smith.). As an Apjiendix to those Notes, T add here "A Sup]ilcmontary List of Sphingidae," by Mr. W. F. Kirby, which, together with the new species described bv m(>, brings tlie Catalogue of the Sphingidae «'iim])lete down to December 23rd, lx'J3. EXPLANATION OF PLATES Y., VI., and VII. PLATE V. i'ig. 1. Ceplionodcs simplex sp. nov. „ 2. Macroglossa dohertyi sp. nov. . „ 3. „ burmanica sp. nov. „ 5. Pterogon lasti sp. nov. „ 7. Lophnron magnificnm sp. nov. . „ 8. „ inoruatnm sj). nov. ,. 12. Theretra perWridis sp. nov. ,, 13. Panacra uatalensis sp. nov. „ 1-"). Angouyx spleudens sp. nov. ,, 23. Blacroglossa jjsendogyrens sj). uov. PAGE eo 67 08 70 71 71 77 79 82 68 PLATE VL Fig. 4. Hypaediilia butleri sp. uov. „ 9. Heniero]ilanes ornatus sp. nov. ,, 10. „ triptolemns (Cram.). „ 11. Thert'tra rnfescens sp. nov. „ 14. Panacra rosea sp. nov. „ 16. Daphnis chimaera sp. nov. „ 18. Pseudodolbina veloxina sj). uov. 69 74 74 7;') 79 86 91 Fig. PLATE VIL 6. Cy])a olivacea ? sj). nov. . Ga. „ „ S sp. nov. . 17. Macrosila rotundata sp. nov. 19. Meganoton distiuctum sp. uov. 20. „ lifuense sp. nov. 21. Cocytius maguificus sp. nov. 22. SjAinx cossoides sp. nov. . 70 70 90 89 00 92 94 flSS»j PMt V. 13 ?L V^ F W Frohawk del ei. litK MiiM ern. Bros . CKromo UlK. Nov: T ATES Zo OL O GI r.Ai VoL J . 182 Pl.VJ. !• W i'1-oKjT.wk delet. IilH , MirvtprivBroc. Chromo lizh Novi TAXES ZoOLOGICe.VoL-I ISd'r. ?L.\ai. F W Fi-oKavAc del et Kih Mir.t errv BroB . Chroiro lith. % v, mo ( 99 ) SUPPLEMENTARY LIST OF SPHINGIDAE. By W. F. KIRBY, F.L.S., F.E.S., etc. (Tlie references to the genera and the numbering of the species refer to Mr. Kirby's Catalogue of 1892). Genu.s Hemaris Dalm. {Cat. Lnp. Ilel., i., pp. 624-62T). 14. H.fuciformis Linn. Macnxjlossri, fiicifarmis var. Iirmmeobasalis Staud. Eomanofl', Mem. Up., v\., p. 241 (1892) Amur. 15. II. scmndersii Walk. Hemaris savii/lersii llamps,. Faun,. Brll. lad. MoLhs, i.. pp. 119, 120, f. fi8 (1892). 20. //. affinw Brem. Macrofflossa affinis var. con/mis Stand., /. c, p. 240 (1892). . . . Ussui-i. 31. ff. rubra Hamps., l. c, p. 120 (1892) Kashmir, Balta. Genu.s Macroglossa Scop. {Cat. Up. Hel., i., pp. G29-G33). 4. M. iroylodylas Boisil. Macroylossa belts var. troijlodijles Hamps., III. Up. Hel. IS. .1/., ix., p. 58., t. 157, f. 6 (1893).' C. M. vacillaiis Walk. ; Swinh. Cat. Up. Ilet. Ox/., i., p. 8, t. 1, f. 3 (1892). 17a. M. semifasciata Hamp.s., Faa.n. Ih-it. Iiid. JSloths, i., p. 115 (1892). K. Pegu, Laljuan. 21. M. belts Linn. Macroylossa belts Hamps., I. c, pp. 113, 114, f. ()7 (1892). 21a. M. belia Hamps., I. c, p. 114 (1S92); III. Up. Het. B. M., ix., p. 58, t. 157, f. 15 (1893) 22a. M. kanita Swinh., I. c, p. 5, t. 1, f. 2 (1892). . 24a. M. labrosa Swinh., I. c, p. 5 (1892). . 246. M. imtsitata Swinh., /. c, p. 6 (1892). 35a. M. limata Swinh., I. c, p. 4, t. 1, f. 1 (1892). . 37. M. ylaucoptera Butl. Hamps., III. Up. Het. B. M., ix., p. 58 (1893). 64. M. (?) alluardi All., Bull. Soe. Ent. France, Ixii., p. lii. (1893). G5. M. approxinuiits Liic, Queetislandcr, May (1891). 66. M. tenebrosa Luc, I. e. (1891). .... 67. M. lineata Luc, /. c, (1891) G8. M. (I) niyra Co.sm., U Nat., xiv., p. 280 (1892). Ceylon. Sumatra. Bourn. Dorey. Java. Seychelles. Queensland. Queensland. Queensland. Roumania. Genus Rhodosoma Butl. [Cat. Up. Het , i., p. G33). 1. I{. triopHS We.stw. Rhodosoma triopns Hamps., Fann. Brit. hid. Moths, i.. pp. 122, 123, f. 71 (1892). Genus Sataspes Moore. (Cat. Lep. Het., i., p. 633). 1. <S'. iiiferiutlis Westw. l^ataspes infernali^ Hamps., Faun. lirit. lad. Moths, i., pp. 121, 122, f. 70 (1892). ( 100 ) Genus Rhopalopsyche But). (Cat. I.r,,. II<:t., \., 11. 6;U). 2. R. ni/cteris KoU. Rhopnhpsiichu ni/cteris Hamps., Faun. Brit. Ind. Mollis, i., p. Ill, f. 66 (1S92). Genus Cypa Walk. {Cat. Lep. Eel., i.. p. 640). 2. C. decolor Wnlk. C>,pa decolor Hamps., Finin. Rrit. Iwl. Moths, i., p. 71, f. 43 (1892). Genus Pterogon Boisd. (Cat. Lep. Net., i., pp. 639, 640). 6n. P. hddjaens)s(Wni-<.. BfA. Knt. Zeltschr., .x.\xvii., p. 299 nS92'). . Kuldja. (ii-nus Abrisa Kirli (Cat. Up. net., p. 641). 1. A. scidptfi Fold. Anf/onyx .ladpta Hamps., Fami.. Brit. Ind. Mot/is, i., p. 102 (1892). Genus Diodosida W'ulk. (Cat. Lep. Ilet., i., p. 642). 4n. D. crenidata lldll. (Oci/tou c), Ent. Xews, iv., p. 33S, t. 15, f. S (1893). Cameroons 8«. TJ./MMeArtsHoU., Z. c, p. 340, t. 15, f. 4 (189.3) Benita. 13. /). s;MWto« IIoll. (Ocy<o»».), ;. c, p. 339, t. 15, f. 9 (1893). . . Ogove. 14. I), radiata Karscli (Oct/ton r.), Ent. Xachr., xviii., p. 116 (1892). . W. Africa. Genus Antinephele IIoU. (Cat. Lep. Hf.t., i., pp. 042, 643). 5. A. achlora Holl., Eat. Xews, iv., p. 340, t. 15, f. 6 (1893). . . . Benita (?). G. ^1. MrtmV/f/ Holl., Z. c, f. 7 (1893) Benita. Genus Gurelca Kirb. (Cat. Lep. HrL, i., p. 643). 1. C. hyas Walk. Lopliura h. Alph. Eommwff', Mini. Lep., vi., p. 3, t. 1,1', 2 (1892). Cvreka li. llamps., Fmm. Brit. Ind. Moths, i., p. 1 Id, f. Go (1892). Genus Acosmeryx Boisd. (Cat. Lep. Ilel.. i., pp. 648, 649). 1. A. anceus Stoll. Acosmeri/.v ancea Hamps., Fnnn. Brit. Ind. Moths, i., |ip. 81. 82, f. 51 (1892). 12. A. mixtura Walk. Acosmeri/x mixtm-a Swinli., Cat. Lep. Ilet. Oxf., i., p. 9, t. 1, f. 7 (1892). Genus Theretra lliibn. (Cat. Lep. llet., i., pp. 649-660). 15ff. 7'. rosetla Swinh. {f'haeroeainpa r.), Cat. Lep. Ilet. 0.vf., i., p. ICi (1892) Ceram, Mi^lville I. 16. T. thyelia Linn. Chaer. Iheylia Hamps., Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, i., pp. 85, 86, f. 53 (1892) 17a. T. vinacea Hamps. (Chaer. v.), III. Lep. Ilet. B. M., ix., p. 57, t. 157, f. 26(1893) Ceylon. ( K'l ) 43. T. jnponica BoisJ. Deilejihila j. v. snifitna !St;iuil. Ji'umaiujj/', Mem. Lt'ji., vi., [i. 228, t. 4, f. 2 (1892) Suifmi. 52«. T. amara Swiuh. {Cluier. ».), I. c, p. 21, t. 1, f. 1) (1.S92). . . . My.sol, Am. 75(t. T. insuhiris^vimh. (Chaei-.j.),l. c, [K 18(1892) Ceram, Kii. 107. 2'. nessus Dru. Therelra nessus Hamps., Faun. lirit. Ind. Moths, i., ji. 99, f. 50 (1892). 117. 1'. curmlinea, Liic. (C'/iaerocaiiipa c), Qiieeitslaiider, May, 1891. . . Queen.slaiid. 118. T. luteotlncta lunc. (Ghaer. I.), I. c. {\6^\) Queensland. 119. T. queeiislandihwc. {Chaer. q.), I.e. {\?>^\) Queen.slaml. Genus Elibia Walk. (Val. Lf.p. llel., i., |>. ()(J2). 1. E. diilidnm Westw. Elihia dolichns Hamp.s., /•'«»/». Ili-it. Jud. .Molhs, i., pp. lUU, lUl, I. 07 (1893). Genus Panacra Walk. {Gal. Ley. Ilil.. i., pp. G«2-6(j3). ."rt. I'.freiia Swinh., GiU. Up. Ifel. 0.>:f., i., p. 12, t. 1, f. 5 (1892). . . Silliol. G. P. fariolosci Walk. Smnh., /. c, p. 13, t. 1, f. -t (1892). 12«,. /'. H«V« Swinh., ;. c, f. « (1892). . Cape York. IG. /'. iniclwUtzi Botlisch. & Jord, .inn. Xal. JJint. (li;, -sii., p. iJO (1893). New Guinea. 17. r. lui-nerihuc, Queensla7uler, M-dV, 'i^Ol. Queeu.sland. Genus Angonyx Boi.^d. {('at. Lap. IIcl., i., pp. liGo, G64). 4. A. teslacea Walk. A ivjonyx UisUKea Hamps., Faiui. lirll. lad. Mulhs, i., p. lUl, f. 58 (1892). Genus Deilephila Ochs. {('at. Up. Ilel., i., ii|i. (i04-G68). I. 1 1, livumica Esp. Deikphila livornica Hamps., Faun, llrit. Ind.. Mrjlh.^, i., p. 97, f. 55 (1892). 15. JJ. tithipiudi BoLsd. Deiltphilu tUhyiiudi Holt Wliite, lliM. and Moths of Teuerife, p. 67, t. 4, f. 4 (1893). 17«. U. euphorhioides Swinli., Vat. Lep. llet. (J.,-/., i.. p. 22 (1892). . . Japan. Genus Daphiiis lliibu. {Gat. Up. Ilel., i., jip. G7 1-672). 1. D. uerii Ijiuu. Daphnis nerii Hamps., Faun. ISrit. Ind. Mollis, i., pp. 94, 95, f. 54 (1892). 13. 1). placidaWaXk. Daphnis placida^vinAi., Cat. Up. llet. U.'-f., i.,p. 24, t. 1, f. 8 (1892). Genus Ampelophaga Jiiem. & Grey. {Cat. Up. llet., i., p. 673). 1. A. rjtjbif/inosa Bivm. ik Grey. Hamps., Faun. Brit. Iiul. Moths, i., p. 83, f. 52 (1892). Genus Amplypterus Hiilm. (Cat. Up. lU.. i., p. 674). 1. A. jmnopus Stoll. Calyinnia panopiisHamps, Faun. Brit. Ind. Mvtki, i., p. 70, I'. 48 (1892). ( 102 ) Genius Ambulyx Westw. {Cat. Lep. Het., i., pp. 674-677). 15. A. stibstriffilis Westw. Hamps., Faun. Brit. hid. Mollis, i., p. 77, f. 49 (189-J). 27. A. guess/eldtii Dew. AcantlwsjMnx guessfeldlii Auriv., Knt. Tidskr., xiii., p. li^l (1892). Acantli. (J. V. gigas Auriv., ;. c, xiii., p. 182 (1892) Cameroons. Ac. guess/eldtii Auriv., I. c, xii., p. 228, t. 1, f. 1 (1891). Genus Nephele Iliibn. {Cat. Lep. Ilet., i., pp. G79-681). 8a. 2f. pctchyderma Kai-sch., Ent. Xaclir., xviii., p. 180 (1892). . . W. Africa. 16. N. didyma Fabr. Var. a. Sphinx hespera Fabr. Nephele hespei-a Hamps., Faim. Brit. Ind., i., p. 108, f. 03 (1892). Genus Meganoton iSoisd. {Cat. Up. Ilet.. i., pp. t;82-G83). 7. .1/. discistriga Walk. Psmdosphinx discistriga Hamps., Faun. Brit. Iml. Moths, i., l)p. 105, lOG, f. 61 (1892). Genus Dolbina Staud. {Cat. Lep. Het., i., p. 685). 1. D. ta>ta-ei 8taud. Staud., Romanoff, Mem. Lip., vi., p. 221 (1892). 2. D. e-rcjcto Staud., I. c, p. 222, t. 4, f. 1 (1892) Vladivostok. Genus Apocalypsis Butl. {Cat. Lep. Ilet., \., p. 686). 1 . A. velox Butl. Hamps., Faun. Brit. Ind. Motki, i., p. 107, f. 62 (1892). Genus Phlegethontius lUilm. {Cat. Lejj. Het., i., pp. 687-G90). 10. /'. mwijanii Walk. Amphonyx morgani Auriv., Ent. Tidskr., xiii., p. 183 (1892). 36. /'. convolmdi Linn. Protoparse convolmdi Hamps., Fav.n. lirit. Iml. Moths, i., p. 103, f. GO (1892). 42. P. i}) distincta\j\ic. {Sphinx d.),Queenslaiuhr,^l!iy,l&^\. . . . Queensland. 43. P. (i) eremophilae Luc. {Sphinx e.), /. c. (1891) ; Proc. Linn. Soc. 7V.,S'.ir. (2), vi., p. 278 (1891) Queensland. 44. P. (?) marmorata Luc. {Sphinx m.), Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.)V. (2), vi., p. 278 (1891) Queensland. Genus Sphinx Liun. {Cat. Lep. Ilet., i., pp. 690-692). 2a. i'./ranc^■^i Neum., £■««. Xetos, iv., p. 1.33 (1893) Kansas City. 23. Sphinx ligustri Liini. Var. a. Sphinx I. var. amarensis Obcrth. Staud., Romanoff, Mem. Lep., iv., p. 220 (1892). ( 103 ) (ienu.s Kentrochrysalis Stand. (Cut. Lep. .'/cL, i., p. 693). J. K. sirrckeri Staud. Stand., Romanuff, Mi'iit. Li'p., iv., \). 220 (1892). Genus Hyloicus Iliibn. {Cat. Lep. Het., i., pp. 693-695). Irt. H. coiicolui- Hamps. {I'seiuluspfdnx c), Faun. Brit. Ind Moths, i., p. 106 (1892) Simla. 7«.;'//. (/i-f'sea Hamps. (/'seJ«/os/</(//i,c ,/.),/. c, p. 104 (1892). . . . Kulu Uenu.s Sphingulus Staud. (Cat. Up. Iht., i., p. 695). 1. S. mns Staud. Staud., Ronumwff, Mem. Lep., vi., p. 227 (1892). Genus Mauduca Hiibn. (Cat. Lep. Iht., i., pp. 700, 701). 1. M. stijx Westw. Achcrontia slyx Hamps,, Fawn. Brit. Ind. Muths, i., p. 67 f. 40 (1892). Genus Pseudosmerinthus Butl. (Cat. Lep. Het., i., p. 703). 9. P. perpaUida Holl. (Dewitzia p.), Ent. Nevs, iv., p. 341, t. 15, f. 5 (1893) Beuita. Geuu.s Daphnusa Walli. (Cat. Lep. Het., i., p. 704). 4. D. porphyria Butl. Hamps., Faun. Brit. hid. Moths, i., p. 73, f. 44 (1892). Genus Langia Moore. (Cat. Lep. Het., i., p. 705). 1. L. zenzeroides Moort-. Hamps., Faun. Brit. Ind,. Moths, i., pp. 73, 74, f. 45 (1892). Genus Manimba Moore. (Cat. Lep. Het., i., pp. 706-708). 11. M, gasehkeioitschii Brem. & Grey. Smerinthus y. var. carstanjeni Stand., EomuHoff', Mem. Lep,, vi.. p. 234 (1892) ' . . . . Amur. 24. M. dyras Walk. Smerinthiis dyras Hamps., Faun. Brit. hid. Moths, i., pp. 69, 70, f. 42 (1892). Genus Amorpha Hiibn. (Cat. Lep. Het., i., p. 710). 3. A. tremulae Fisch. Smerinthiis t. v. amitrensis Staud., Bomanoff, Mem. Lip., iv., p. 232 (1892) Amur. ( 104 ) NEW SPECIES OF COLEOPTEKA FROM THE INDU- AND AUSTKO-MALAYAN JiEGlON, COLLECTED HV WILLIAM DOHKliTY. By dr. K. JORDAN. IN the following ijajier 1 give ii first account of the new species of ' 'ivluddiilac, Carabidae, Hi/drofihilidae, auJ Longiconiia, collected by Mr. W. Dolierty ill different islands of the Oriental region. The new Cleridae of that collection have already been described and jjiiblishcd by A. Kuwert in .!««. Sot:. Knt. Behj., l8'JH, J). 407 tf.; and the Stapli;/imidae, Ijumellicoinia, Lampi/rini, Cun-ulionidae and Chrijiiomelidae will soon be dealt with by several specialists. I Iiope to be able to give in future full lists of the coleoptera obtained by Mr. W. Dolierty in every island he visited, as far as the results of his explorations are contained in this Museum. Most of the species described below are from Timor. The collection from this island, though not consisting of a great number of species, proves to be of great interest as regards the geographical distribution of the coleoptera in the Oriental region, and indicates a rather close relationship of Timor to New (ininea and the northern parts of Australia. I here mention that 5Ir. ^V. Dolierty discovered in Timor two remarkable Australian genera, Ariddcun muX Sijllttus, both of wliich are represented in the collection by one new species, and also found Puij>uricenus quadiinotatus White, Tillomorpka nioestula. White, and some other forms liitherto known only from Australia or New Guinea. Cicindela timoi'iensis sp. nov. C. infra obscure viridis, parum eyanesceiis : labro, maiulibuhirum basi, palpis labialibus (articulis ullimis obseurioribus exceptis), piilparuin maxillarium liasi pallidis. Labrnm transversum, in medio panlo prodnctum, trideiitatum. Ca])ut rugu- losum, juxta oculos irregnlariter striatum ; antennae articulo teitio (piarti) Imigiore, quarto (juinto fere aequali ; protliorax rngosus, iatitndine longior, maxima latitudine ante medium, autice el postice modico constrictus; elytra nigro-aeuea, versus apicem minute dilatata, humeris fortiter rotundata, angulo suturali brcviter dentata, mar- gine apicali minute serrata, punctata, nonnullis punctis viridibus magnis ad basim et juxta suturam fortiter imjiressis iiistnict;i, singnlo elytro tribus signaturis albis iiotato : macula humerali jnuietiformi, fascia mediaiia transversa ad c.xtremum mar- ginem externnm dilatata primo uscjue ad medium disci obliqua, dein sat abrupte versus posticum tlexa, apice recurvata hamata, macula apicali liinata extus oblique versus discum e.xtensa, margine externo angusto inter fasciam et apicalem huuilam jiro maxima ]iarte albo. Infra pube albo-cincrea sparsim vestihi, femorilnis viridi- aeiieis, tibiis (apicibiis excejitis) jiiceo-bruiineis purpurasceutibus, tarsis viridibus aut violaceo-aeneis. Long. lU mm., elytr. 6, lat. 3. Median joints of the antennae sometimes pitchy brown; fourtli joint alioiit J shorter than the tliird. Of the markings of the elvtru the median transverse fascia is broadest at tlie margin, and couuectBd with the apical macula l)y u narrow marginal white line ; this line is iutorrnpted iu two specimens ; of the apical inai-king, which exteriorly sends out an oblique streak towards the disc (almost as in ('. descendois Fischer), this siibdiscal streak is broader and shorter than the marginal part. On the disc before the middle is a small white spot iu one specimen. Huh. Timor (W. Doherty). To be jilaced best, 1 believe, after ' '. /iiLpillat'i, iScluium. Therates puuctipennis sp. u<iv. 'I'll, piceo-ferrugiueus, antciiuarum articiilis h" ad lo'"", cajjite (ore cx- cepto), jirothorace (sujjra et iufraj aeueis ; elytro siugulo apice extus rotundato, intus breviter spinoso, callo humerali et signaturis luteis, prima jiune callum hnmerale minuta, seouuda mediaua transversa, tertia ante ai)icem obli(|ua ovata, praeterea medio post maculam transversam plaga nigresccntc. (!aput inter nculos longitudinaliter striatum, prothorax medio parum rotnndatus, elytra onmiiio sat dense punctata. Long. II mm., elytr. (J, lat. Hi. Head bluish green ; mouth ferruginous, with the tip (if mamlibles and pulpi Ijrown or blackish ; front rather regularly striate between the eyes, vertex irregu- larly and feebly wrinkled. Prothorax of the colour of the head, longer than broad, moderately biconstricted, rathei- feebly convex, with the sides a little rounded ; disc with an obsolete median line and some feeble transverse wrinkles. Elytra ferruginous, with the ti[) of the shoulders, a small spot behind the latter, a narrow transverse and somewhat elevated median marking, extending from the outer margin to the middle of the disc, and with an apical sublateral macula, rufous buff ; this apical spot is rounded in front and sti'ougly narrowed behind ; the ground colour is nearly black behind the median macula ; base of each elytron depressed beside the shonlder and in front of the middle ; punctuation dense, chiefly at the dejjressed parts ; markings imjumctate ; apex strongly rounded externally, shortly toothed at the suture. Legs rufous buft', almost rufous; tip of all joints of the tarsi slightly tinged with black ; sides of the metasteruum also blackish. Jiab. Sanghi I. {W . Doherty). This species is closely allied to Tli. bdlidus Bates, from the rhilijipine Islands. It differs, however, from this form chiefly in its less rounded jjrotliorax, much denser punctuation of the elytra, and iu the paler colour of the hind tarsi. Brachinvis timoriensis sp. jiov. Br. capile brunneo, juxta oculos dense rugoso-]ninctato et impresso, froutis medio sparsim punctulato, vcrtice sat dense rugato-punctato ; palpis et antennarum articulo primo luteo-flavis, articulis 5' ad ultimum bruuneis, 2" ad 4'"" oliscurio- ribus ; protlioracc rufo-luteo, postice valde attenuato, cordato, lateribus antice rotundato, postice recto, basi truucato, disco rugose punctato ; elytris uigris pube flavescente vestitis, versus basim paulo angustatis, leviter rugose punctatis, siugulo elytro striis circiter octo obsolete elevatis, et carina laterali acuta ; meso- et metasterno nigro-piceis, iu medio jjallidis ; abdomine densiter punctato, piceo- uigro, segmeutorum margiue apicali brnnueo-piceo ; jiedibus luteo-rutis. Long. 7 mm., elytr. 4^, lat. 3^. Mouth pale pitchy brown ; clypeus emarginate, bordered with pitch brown. ( 106 ) First joint of the lirowiiish antennae rufous buff, liiie the legs, third and fourth somewliat darker than tlie remaining joints, first and third almost equal in length, and longer than the othern. Pmthorax as long as broad, anterior margin slightly emarginnte, hind angles rectangular ; disc rugosely punctured and somewliat trans- versely wrinkled. Suture of elytra posteriorly very indistinctly bordered with rufous. Uab. Timor (^V. Doherty). Lebia acutangulus sji. nov. L. rut'a, iMibescens ; elytris nigris, marginibuset in singiilo elytro maculis duabus luteis, prima autemediana inter strias secundam et sextam, secunda subapicali inter suturani et striam ipiartam, notatis. Lalirum apice pauln rotuudatum, aiigulis subrotundatis : caput jiunctatum, juxta ocnlos jiarum corrugatum ; i)rothorax trans- versus, rugoso-pnuctatus, antice valdc rotundatus, postice attenuatus, augulis posticis acutis prominulis ; basi utrinque atl angulos fortiter sinuata, parte mediana ]>roducta, truncata ; scutellum angnstnm, rufiim : elytra subovata, versus apicem dilatata, basi jirofmide cmargiiiata, humeris rotundutis, apicibus oblique sinuato- truucatis, augulis iuteruis submlundatis, striata, interstitiis jiunctatis ; infra sparsim minute punctata. Long. 4^ mm., elytr. 3, lat. 2:^. Paljii, legs, and base of the antennae paler than the prothonix. A]iex of the elytra with some large rounded punctures, the centre of which is elevated ; the lirst macula of the elytra is somewhat rounded in front, the second narrowest at the suture ; size of the maculae slightly variable. H'lh. Sumbawa {W. Doherty). Sarrothocrepis bimaculatus sp. nov. .S. pallide rufus, glaber ; oculis et macula rotunda post medium elytrorum siugulorum sita nigris. Labrum augulis auticis rotuudatis, margine apicali utrinque minute siuuato. Caput fronte paulo transv(u-se uorrugata, vertice minute sparsim jmnctato. Antennae elongatae, artieulis tribus primis quartique basi glabris luteis. Prothorax postice dilatatus, angulis anticis rotuudatis, posticis obliquis subrotun- datis, disco transverse leviter corrugato-puuctato. Elytra omnino dense minute punctata, lata, lateribus antice posticeque fortiter rotuudatis, ad apicem leviter oblique emarginata. Long. 8^ mm., elytr. 5|, lat. 4|. Palpi, base of the antennae, jirothorax, and legs a little paler, abdomen a little darker than tlie elytra ; protliorax broadest near the ])Osterior angles. Elytra broadest beyond the middle, a little longer than broad ; shoulders strongly rounded, a])ex obliquely and feebly sinuate, not truncate, covering the whole of the last abdominal segment ; punctuation a little stronger in front of the apex ; disc with traces of four obsolete lines ; under surface smooth. Halj. Sumbawa (^V. Doherty). Sarrothocrepis m-nigrum sp. nov. S. luteo-rufus, glaber, supra ilensitcr niinutissime punctatus ; scutello, pectoris lateribus, abdomine(ine brunneo-piceis, elytris post scutellum macula obsoleta ( 1117 transversa, post medium tiiscia flexuosa j)iceo-uigris notatis. Labniiu trausversnm, subtriUK'atum, augnlis valde rotuudatis. Frous iitriii([U(' ad ocnlorum mpdium maguu imucto iustnicta. Prothorax tbrtiter trausvcrsus, auticc valde rdtuudatus, angnlis autiuis uullis, postice vix attenuatus, augnlis jwsticis ubliquis panim rotuu- datis. Elytra oblouga, basi minute emargiuata, lateribus autice paulo augustatis, humeris rotuudatis, apice oblique sinuato, augulis rotuudatis, regulariter striata, interstitiis ad basim parum couvexis. Long. 4^ mm., elytr. 2|, lat. If. Pale rufous, elytra almost buff ; scutellum, base of the elytra round the scutellum, sides of the sterna aud abdomen pitchy brown ; a small groove at the base of the prothorax on each side in the middle between central line aud angle, and a zigzag fascia behind the middle of the elytra pitchy black. This transverse baud, extending from one outer margin to the other, is sluiped like the letter M, but is broadest in the middle and' a little dilated on the suture. t!eutral line of the jirothorax abbreviated in front and behind, the usual transverse grooves near the anterior and posterior margin obsolete. Hah. Teuimber(W. Doherty). Morio simulatus sp. uov. M. niger, nitidus, pedibus obscure rufo-piceis ; fronte utrinque sulcata, sulcis postice dilatatis (parum minus ut in M. onentaUf; Dej.), prothorace lato, vix cordato, angulis anticis vix porrectis, subrotundatis, posticis obliquis, margine anteriore ad angulos anticos breviter marginato (ut in ^f. cordivollis Ghaud.), elytris striis profuudis, stria septima distincta, tribus primis (juxta suturam) apicem versus uoii obsoletis. Long. l.T mm., elytr. 0, lat. 4|. This form is closely allied to .1/. orientals Dej. in its size and in the shape of the frontal grooves, but seems to me to be a distinct species, as it differs in the followiug characters. The grooves of the front are not (juife so much widened behind as in M. orientalis Dej., the prothorax is less rounded at the sides, less attenuated behind, the anterior angles much less prominent, and the posterior ones oblicpie. There is no slight emarginatinn in front of the small tooth at the ti]) of the angles ; the margined part of the anterior margin extends only to the marginal groove, not to tlie neck ; the elytra are more strongly and uniformly striped, the interstices more convex, the three first stripes not obsolete in front of the ajjex, aud the seventh (|uite distinct. From M. cordicollis Chaud. it may be distinguished by the shape of the frontal sulci, and by the prothorax not being cordate, etc. llab. Timor— Deli (W. Dohertyj. Morio gracilis sp. uov. M. minor, niger, nitidus, ore (maudibulis exceptisj, auteunarum basi, pedibus- (jue rufo-piceis, abdomine obscure rufo-piceo. Caput utrinque sulcatum, sulcis augustis ad apicem jiaulo flexuosis ; prothorax autice subtrnucatus, augulis anticis non porrectis, [losticis subrectis, lateribus subrotundatis, margine anteriore utrinque ab angulis uscpie ad imjjressionem marginato ; elytra striata, striis Icviter i)unctatis, prima et secuuda ante apicem fere obsoletis, seiitima leviter impressa. ( 108 ) Loiij,'. U'i mm., elvtr. 7, lat. 3J. Resemliles J/, liuo/iicitg ("hand., bnt is smaller, the jH'othorax narrower, less attenuated behind, and marginate from the anterior angles only to the groove at the front margin. The elyU'a are puuctate-striate, with the two first stripes nearly obsolete jn front of the apex ; the third stripe also faint, and the seventh slightly impressed. IlaO. Tenimber (W. Doherly). Stomonaxus minor >-p. nov. St. niger, nitidus ; aniennis pedibusipic rufo-testaceis, i)alpis pallidioriluis. Frous utrinqne sulcata, sulcis brevibus ; protliorax lateribus anguste marginatis, subrotundatis, angulis auticis subrotundatis, j)Ostic,is obliqnis minute dentatis ; linea mediana anticc non, ])ostice minute dilatata ; sulcis disci jirofnndis, medium ])ro- thorucis non attingentibus ; sulcis margiualibus fere nullis. Elytra latitudine mnlto longiora, hnmoris apiceqne rotundatis, lateribus subparalli'lis ; fortiter pimctato-striata, iuterstitiis subconvexis. Tibiae anticae extus bidenticulatae ; articnli tarsorum anticorum marts j)arnni liiangulariter dilatati; abdominis segmenta basaliter et lateraliter punctata. Long. 4^ mm., elytr. 3^, lat. 2. Upper lip broader tlian long, dark pitch} brown : frontal grooves nf the head rather short, not extending beyond the middle of the eyes. Prothorax more rounded in front than behind ; median groove narrow, scarcely dilated jwstpriorly, becoming obsolete in front, the discal grooves much broader than the central one, but relatively narrow and short, not reaching the middle of the disc ; outer margin slightly flattened, with the usual sulcus very narrow and feeble. I'rostcrnum with some [junctures in front of the coxal cavities. Hal). Suniiiawa (W. Doherty). Stomonaxus abruptus sp. nov. St. niger, nitidus : ore, autennis ])edibus(juc ruf'u-testaccis, 2)alpis jiallidionbus. Labrum subemarginatum. Sulci frontalcs breves, profundi, oculorum medium paulo snperantes, postice divergentes. Prothorax latus, lateribus antice valde rotundatis, postice obliquis, ante angulos posticos minute sinuatis, augulis anticis prominulis rotundatis, posticis obliipiis leviter dcutatis, sulco mediano profundo, antice abrupto, snlcis intermediis profundis, fere usque ad disci m(!dium asceudentibus. Elytra oblonga, basi truncata ; humeris prominulis rotundatis ; lateribus fere parallelis ; postice subito rotundata ; disco usipie ante apicem subconvexo, dein subito declivi ; profunde striata, striis obsolete punctatis, iuterstitiis convexis. Tibiae anticae extus ante apicem bidenticulatae ; (S ) tarsorum anticorum articnli triangularitcr dilatati • prosternnm ante coxas paucis punctis instruct uni. Long. 5^ mm., elytr. 3, lat. 2. This species may be easily recognised by the peculiar shajjc of the elytra, which appear to be ablireviated, being abrujitly rounded and shelving ofl' at the apex. /M. Tenimber (W. Doherty, June to July lV''.)2). ( 109 ) Stomonaxus convexior sp. uov. Sf. niger, nitidns ; palpis, antennis, pedibusqne rafo-testaceis ; labro loiigitndine vix lat-iore, fronte utrinqne prot'nnde late sulcata, sulcis loog'is, oljliquis ; protliorace sulco mediano profnndo, snlcis intermediis profundis, longis, nsqne trans disci medinin ascendentibus, lateribiis late marg'iuatis, aeqiiabiliter rotnndatis ; clytris couvexis, rotnndatis, latitudine vix longioribns, striis ])rofnudis obsolete pnnctatis, interstitiis laevibns fortiter couvexis ; abdomine rugulos()-j)unctato, segmento nltimo lateraliter panc^is jmuotis instrncto ; tibiis aiiticis extns bideutatis, (S) tarsornm auticornm articnlis extns triangulariter dilatatis. Long. 6 mm., elytr. 3^, lat. '.'f. Upper lip pitchy brown, a little liroader than long, rectangular. Median joints of the antennae darker than the remaining ones. The onter border of the broad and deep frontal grooves forms a conspicuous raised line, which extends beyond the end of the groove ; the grooves are broadest behind, and rather oblique. Prothorax twice as broad as the head, much broader than long; median groove scarcely abbreviated in front, broad and deep, especially its middle part ; lateral sulci also broad. Stripes of the elytra very dee]), and the smooth interstices strongly convex. Prosternal process with a reniform impression. Punctuation of the abdomen rather dense and ^omewliat rugulose, except in the miildlc of the segments ; the ultimate segment with some punctures only at the sides. //nil. Sumbawa CW. Dohei'ty). Stomonaxus similis sp. nov. Sf. niger, nitidns ; ore, antennis pedibnsijue rufis, palpis panl<i pallidioribus. Frons utrinqne sulcata, sulcis arcuntis, linea miunta ab sulcis ad oculoi-nm luarginem posticum desceudente ; oculi prominuli. Protliorax latitudine fere dupilo longior, ca]iite (cum oculis) dimidio latior, lateribus rotnndatis, augnlis anticis subrotundatis, posticis valde obliquis, in dentem parvum prodnctis, linea mediaua augustissima post medium minime dilatata, sulcis intermediis brevibus, angustis, sulcis mar- ginalibus angustis. Elytra lateribus subjjarallelis, hnmeris apiceqne rotnndatis, striata, striis leviter pnnctatis, interstitiis subconvexis. Metasternum et abdommi lateribus fortiter punctata, segmento ultimo omaino jiunctato. Tibiae anticac extns sexdenticulatae, ( S ) tars<inim anticorum articuli primi secnndiqnc vaide triinignJariter dilatati. Long. 0 mm., elytr. 4, lat. 3. Similar to St. minor sp. uov., but difl'ers in the larger size, in the shape of the frontal grooves, in the more prominent eyes, in the prothorax being proportionally broader and laterally more rounded, with the discal grooves a little longer; the fore tibiae have six or seven small teeth at the outer edges, the upper ones of which are placed towards the back of the tibia, and the apex is more dilated than in St. minor ; the joints of the anterior tarsi of the male are more triangular ; the last segment of the abdomen is punctuated nearly all over, and tlie prosternum is not pnni-tured in front of the coxal cavities. St. stricticollis Dej. is another allied sjiecies, but its colour is nmch more rufous or brown, the median line of the prothorax is broader, the sides of the elytra are less j)arallel, and the interstices of the elytral stripes less convex, //«/,. P.uru (W. l)..lierty). ( 11*' ) Orthogfonius aequistriatus sp. nov. (>. iiigro-pieeus : :iiirciini.-i pulpis pcdibn^qiic plus miunsve brunneu-inceis. Labrnm snbtrnncatnm. Capnt snlco transverse profnndo, snleis longitudiualibns (jiixta ocnlos) fere obsoletis instrnchini, valdc rngnlosnm, sparsatim pnuctatiira. Antennae articulo jirimo cylinilrico, secundo brevi conico, tertio prinm nou longiore, conico, qnarto ad nonnm incrassatis, ultimo longiore. Prothorax longitudino dnplo latior, autice paulo emarginatus, basi leviter bisinuata, lateribns valde rotundatis, late explanatis, marginatis, angulis anticis valde rotnndatis, posticis snbrotundatis, linca modiana c'ons])icua antice non ablircviata ; sparsatim, latcraliter panic donsius punctatns, praeterea disco striis transvevsis levibus irrcgnlarilms instrnctnm. Scu- tellnm triangnlare, parum cordiforine. Elytra basi truncata ; immeris proruinulis rotnndatis ; lateribns parallelis, ante apiccm late sinnatis ; augnlis sntnralibns iu dentcm breveta productis, exterioribns rotnndatis ; striata, striis leviter pnnctatis, interstitiis ucijnalibns, subconvexis, laevibus, septimo ad basim angustato elevato, secnndo punctis tribus iniprcssis. Abdominis sogmcntum nltimnm iu medio tnbercnlatum. Long. 14 mm., clytr. '.>, lar. (i. Sides of the prothorax somewliat ]iiti-hy : base with a transverse groove, which is slightly cnrved in the middle, and with a small but rather deep im])ressiou at each side, midway between central line and angle. The stripes of the elytra are of uniform breadth, except the first, which is narrowed from before the middle to the apex, aud the seventh, which is narrowed and a little raised at the base. Hab. Halmahera (W. Doherty). Distinguished from the other species of the same size chiefly by the interstices of the elytra being equal iu breadth. Colpodes pleuralis sp. nov. C. tibiis extus canaliculalis, tiirsis posticis fortiter bisnlcatis, metasterui epipleuris elongatis, taraornm posticornm articulo penultimo extus valde lobato ; rufo-piceus, subnitidus, capite, ](rothoriicis disco elytris<iue nigrescentibus ; j)ro- thorax snbcordatus, longitudine latior, augnlis posticis obliquis, lateribns dense pnnctatis ; elytra striata, interstitiis planis, postiec pance couvexis, tertio punctis tribus impressis, puncto primo ad striam qnartam sito, ante apicem siunata, apicibus snbrotundatis ; sterna lateribns grosse, abdominis segmenta duo prima latcraliter rugose punctata. Long. 9i mm., elytr. OJ, lat. :3|. Belongs to the group of Colpodes which has the epiplenra of the metasternum elongate, the tibiae canaliculate, the tarsi bisulcate, and the penultimate joint of the hind tarsi strongly nnilobed. Pitchy brown, somewhat shining, with the palpi, antennae, the lateral margin of the prothorax, the epiplenra of the elytra and the legs rufous ; and with the head, prothorax and elytra blackisli. The prothorax, having the front parts of the sides and the fore angles rounded, is shortly cordate, with the hind angles oblique but distinct ; broader than long, and jiunctnatcd at the sides, with the punctuation especially dense and coarse in the flattened grooves near the hind angles ; the disc has slight transverse wrinkles and a deep median line. The elytra are sim])ly striate, the interstices slightly convex at the extreme base and at the apex ; Miinl iuter.stico with three ]nuictures, the first standing beside the fourth stripe ; sides ( ni ) of the elytra broadly and rather feebly sinuate in front of the apex ; sntnral angles distinctly, but not strongly rounded. Sides of the sterna coarsely, those of the two first abdominal segments rugosely ])unctnrf(l ; pijipicura ol' the elytra somewhat rugose anteriorly. Ilab. Timor (W. Doherty). Tachys dohertyi s]i. nov. T. rufo-lntens, pcdibus pallidioribus, sutura anguste rnfescente. Labruni transversum, pauIo emarginatum : sulci frontales simplices, breves, jiostice cnrvati : antennae elongatae, versus apicem minime incrassatae ; prothorax trausversus, lateribns antice valde rotundatis, postice angustatis parnm obliquis, angulis anticis subrotundatis, posticis snbrectis, hand acutis ; elytra oblonga, lateribus panlo rotnndatis, ante apicem leviter sinuatis, disco deplanato, sutura parnm impressa, stria prima distincta, secunda obsoleta, octava postice conspicua. Long. 2 mm., elytr. IJ, lat. i. Head a little more rufous than the prothorax ; the suture narrowl_v bordered with rufous ; legs pale buff. Upper lip short and transverse, scarcely emarginate. Anterior angles of the prothorax not so strongly rounded as in T. (rechiformin sp. nov. Elytra truncate at the base ; shoulder angles rounded only at the outside. Hub. Timor (W. Doherty). Differs from T. cinctus Putz. {Ann. Mus. Genoa, vii., 1875, p. 740) and T. trechi- formis sp. nov., not only in colour and size, but especially in the sha]ie of the frontal grooves and prothorax, and in the sculpture of the elytra. Tachys bembidiifoiinis sp. iwv. T. aeneo-niger, nitidissimns, palpis, antennarum basi pedibuscjue lutcis ; labro, mandibulis coxiscjue rnfis ; elytris singulis macula anteapicali lutea notatis. Labrum truncatum ; sulci frontales breves, dnplicati, j)aralleli, ns(jne ad basim e])istomatis descendeutes. Prothorax convexus, cordatus ; lateribus sat late marginatis, antice valde rotundatis, postice usque ad augulos j)osticos obliquis ; angulis posterioribus carinatis, dentatis, anticis subrotundatis ; linea mediana leviter impressa, disco antice impressione transversa nulla, sulco basali ti'ansverso profunde uniseriatim puuctato, foveolis in angulis distinctis. Elytra prothorace mnlto latiora ; basi lata, trnncata ; humeris prominnlis rotundatis ; disco sex striis profnndis laevibns instructo, interstitiis convexis ; stria suturali ad apicem Integra, ad basim valde, caeteris basaliter gradatim minus, abbreviatis, secunda ad sextam postice abbreviatis, octava Integra. Long. 2^ mm., elytr. I5, lat. 1. Elytra nearly as broad at the base as in the middle ; the scventji stripe wanting, the eighth conspicuous and rather deeply imjjressed. Hub. Tenimber (W. Doherty, .Inne to July 1S92). Similar in ajipearance to Enropeau species of Leja Meg. Tachys trechiformis sp. nov. T. ])allide rnfus ; palpis, antennis pedil)us(|ne luteis ; elytris plaga commnni in medio suturae iufuscata, ajiicibiis pallidis. Antennae elongatae, labruni snbemargi- natum ; oculi nigri, prominuli ; sulci frontales loiigi, oculos postice amplectentes. Prothorax trausversus, cordatus, antice lateribus augulisipie rotundatis, postice angnstatus, angulis posticis rectis, acutis ; basi trnncata, margiue angnstissimo ( 112 ) basali pnnctato, angnlonim snlcis profmulis. Elytra olilonga, plaiiata, basi trnncatn, lateribus fere parallelis, siugiilo striis dorsalibiis quatuor instrncto, praeterea striis qniuta ad basim distinct:!, octava antice obsoleta, postice conspicna. Long. 2^ lum., elvt. 1^, lat. 1. This species is closely allied to 7". cinctus Putz. {An. Mus. Genoa, vii., 1875, p. 746) ; it differs chiefly in the elytra, each having four distinct stripes and the beginning of a fifth. Frontal grooves not (jnite extending to the anterior margin of the epistome, parallel and dcejdy impressed between the eyes, and jHJsteriorly curved round the eyes. Ihilj. Timor (W. Doherty). Tachys aeneus Pntz. ab. biplagiatus ab. uov. T. aeneus Putz., simillimus, differt ab liac specie elytro singulo ante apicem macula flavo-lntea notato. I cannot give any other characters of tiiis form different from those of '/'. aeneus Putz., as I have not yet been able to compare tlie single specimen of the Museum's collection with a true T. aeneus. For the present I notice the form as being an aberration of T. aeneus. Halt. Tenimber fW. Doherty, June to July 1892). Berosus elongatuliis sj). nov. B. oblongns, luridus, subuitidns, punctis nigris instructus ; elytris singulis tribus maculis valde obsoletis obscnris, prima ante, tertia post medium, secunda in medio ad marginem lateralem sitis ; antenuarum clava fns(«scente ; articulis nltimis palporum maxillarium apicibns nigrieantibus. Caput sat sparsim punctatum, intcrstitiis liievibus, lineis transversis una ante nculos fere obsoleta, secuuda sub prothoracis marginem anticum distiucta, ntrisque lineis ])er lineam longitudiualem mediam conjnnct.is. Prothorax transversus, angulis anticis fortiter, posticis obtusis minus rotundatis, jjunc.tatus, interstitiis singulis punctis majorilms instructis. Scutellum louge triangnlare, pnuetatiim. Elytra pnnctato-striata, interstitiis seriatim pnnctatis, apicibns singnlis extus longe dentatis, ad snturam aitute angnlatis. Long. 4 J mm., elytr. 3^, lat. 21. Interstices of the elytra witli one nearly regnlar row of punctures, and witli .some scattered punctures. Of the three ill-defined lilac.kisli maculae of each elytron the first and third are near the suture, one before, tlie other lieyond the middle, the second snbmarginal in tlie middle, the third most distinct, llinil tarsi somewhat pitchy brown. Hab. Timor (W. Doherty). Obrium longicolle sji. nov. (PI. VIIL, fig. 1.) 0. pallidum, sat sjiarsim pubescens, ocuiis nigris, prothorace elytrisque ntrinqne fascia longitudinali picea, utris(|ne fasciis in elytrormii medio et ante apicem conjnnctis. Caput inter oculos parum dejiressnm, liiieu longitmlinali naediana instrnctum, minntissimc rngulosum. Antennae articulo tertio ad apicem seta longa armato. Prothorax elongatns, in medio jiarnm rotuudatus, postice angustatus, disco fere piano, utrinqne leviter impresso, ininutissimc rugulosus. Scutellum clongatum, postice paulo angustatum : ajjice subrotundato. Elytra postice dilatata, irregu- lariter striato-pnnctata, ]innctis parnm grossis ; singulo a])ice rotundato. ( 113 ) Long. 6^ mm., elytr. 3f, lat. 1 J. Pale bnif, thinly clothed with a short jmbescence. Two somewhat ill-defined pitchy brown streaks, one at each side, continued from the anterior margin of the prothorax to near the apex of the elytra, toin'h the outer margin of the elytra jnst before they curve round towards the suture, where they meet eacli other. Antennae twice as long as the body ; l.iasal joints fringed underneath with sparse long hairs ; scape somewhat clavate, third joint longer than the fourth and shorter than the fifth. Prothorax three times as long as broad ; disc with a feeble impression at each side, and with a faint tubercle in front of it. The punctured rows of the elytra are not quite regular, and become obsolete at the apex. Femora somewhat clavate, hind ones extending to the tip of the elytra. Hab. Timor (W. Dolierty). This form is very remarkable as regards the length of the j^rothorax. Syllitus adonarensis sp. nov. (PI. VIII., fig. 2.) c? ?. S. nigro-brunneus ; capite, jirotlmrace, scutello pedibusque rnfis vel ferrn- gineis. Caput densiter punctatum, inter tuberes antenniferos eoncavum. Prothorax elongatu.s_, densiter punctatus, antice vix constrictus, post medium parum rotundato- ampliatns ; disco inaequali. Scutellnm latitudine longins, subtruncatum, densiter punctatum ; lateribus fere parallelis. Elytra elongata, antice paulo angustata, densiter sat grosse punctata ; apicibus singulis subrotuudatis ; sutura et margine externo carinatis ; praeterea singulo elytro tribus carinis acutis et inter secnndam et tertiam quarta hnmerali abbreviata instructo, interstitio'secundo in medio dilatato et impresso. Subtus breviter pubescens. Long. 7i mm., elytr. 5, lat. 4J. Dark brown. Head rufous, sometimes ferruginous, coarsely and rather densely punctate, chiefly on the vertex ; median line anteriorly rather deeply impressed, and obsolete on the vertex. Antennae brown, about as long as the body; scape elongate, almost clavate, and finely punctate. Prothorax of the colour of the head, coarsely and densely punctured, twice as long as broad ; sides somewhat dilated, rounded in front of the hind angles, scarcely constricted anteriorly ; disc somewhat nodulose, especially behind. Elytra dark brown or almost black, elongate, and a very little narrowed towards the base, densely and strongly punctured ; each apex slightly rounded ; suture, outer margins, and three carinae on each elytron sharply elevated : between the second and third carina is a short humeral one; the cariuae brown; second interstice dilated in the middle, where it has a short impressed line. Metasternum dark lirown, abdomen nearly black ; legs similar in colour to head and prothorax. Hah. Adonara (W. Doherty). Merionoeda flavipennis s]). nov. (PI. VIIJ., tig. :<,.) jy. nigra. Caput ad oculoruni margines inferiores et posteriores fortiter cor- rugato-punctatum ; medio inter oculos parum elevato, verticis medio laevi. Paljii picei. Prothorax (sujira et infra) rufo-ochraceus, aniice constrictus, tuberculis paritm fortiter elevatis, inter tubercuhi panels pnnctis "rossis instructus ; basi in ( 114 ) medio produeta, ntriiKino siniiata, jiilosa. Seiitelliiin iiiceo-niu:niin, paulo iiilosnm, apicis medio impressutu. .-iuliliilf)))!!!!!. Elytra ochiacea, breviter liirsuta, abbreviata, fortiter snbniata, postice carinata, pnnctis grossis iustructa ; hnmeris promiimlis fere laevibns. Snbtns brevi piibc grisea tecta, abdominis segmentum secundum postice ciliis longis flavis vestitum. Femora postica parum dense fortiterqne pmictata, clavata. Long. lOi mm., clytr. o, lat. 2^. Black, somewhat shining. Upper lip transverse, with large punctures ; epistome sparingly })uncturod. Front anteriorly deeply impressed ; behind the impression cariuate, with a strong punctuation and some longitudinal irregular wrinkles between carina and ej'es. Antennae extending to the apex of the elytra, scape a little curved, and punctured at tlie upperside ; fourth and all following joints with a groove near the apex. Prothorax witii five tubercles : one in the middle being more raised beliind the centre of the disc than in front, one on each side of the disc most elevated of all, and one on the vertical part of each side ; between the tubercles are some punctures and hairs. Punctures of the elytra strong, forming rows here and there, the interstices of which are a little elevated, especially one in the middle of the disc ; the apical carina is smooth, the shoulders nearly im])unctato. Hind tibiae slightly curved and denticulate, with one long outer and one short inner spur in the malf, with one long outer spur in the /kmate. Anterior coxae yellowish. Hob. Timor (W. Uoherty). lu general appearauce this species is sirailar to Om/tasia J'>ilrippnnis Fasc, but it is a true Mei-ionoeda in the abnormal strui^tiire of the abdomen, with black head and legs. Polyzonus dohertyi sp. nov. (PI. VIII., fig. 4.) P. caeruleo-viridis, pubeseens. Caput fortiter ruguloso-punctatum, antennae corpore parum longiores, articulo primo glabro densiter rugoso-punctato, tertio (juarto sesqui longiore, quarto quinto sexto nltimo(|ue inter se aoqualibns, septimo ad decimum brevioribus. Prothorax pube aurea tectus, minute rugulosus, latitudine lougitudini aequali ; lateribus autice subrotundatis, in medio augnlatis, postice attenuatis. Scutellum fere glabrnm, nitidum, apice rotnndato, medio depressione levi instructnm. Elytra elongata, versus apicem paulo attenuata, rugnloso- punctata, l)asi fortiter rugosa, trilius liueis elevatis obsoletis iustructa ; humeris rotnndatis ; singulo apice oblique rotundato ; nigro-pubescentia, duabus fasciis flavo-luteis latis ornata, prima ante, secunda post medium sita. Subtus tine punc- tulatus, argenteo-cinereo-pubescens. Corporis partes glabrae nitidae. Long 18 mm., elytr. 12i, lat. 3J. Head with a transverse and slightly impressed line in front of the antennary tubers, and with a rather deep longitudinal median groove. Palpi pitchy black, mandibles finely punctured, black at the tip. First antennal joint and the base of the third glabrous, the remainder of tlie antennae clotlied with a black j)ubescence. Sides of the prothorax angled, nearly tnbercled, in the middle. Pubescence of the elytra black, except the yellow-buff bands, which are covered with a yellowish pubescence. Body beneath finely punctuated ; presternum somewhat corrugated, glabrous and ( 115 ) shining before the co.xal cavities. Base of the femora, the tibiae, and tarsi blackish ; femora nearly glabrous, slightly clavate, the liiud ones exteiuling to the base of the fifth abdominal segment. Hab. Timor (W. Doherty). Named in honour of the collector. This species and another from Natal ( /-". /jiihirollis Pasc.) have the protliorax clothed with a golden pubescence. Clytanthus peroi-natus sp. nov. CI. niger, infra i)ul)e flavo-grisea, supra flava vestitns. Prothorax fascia transversa mediana nigra ; scutellum flavura ; elytra apice tiavo et signaturis flavis ornata, scilicet : macula basali scutellum araplecteute, fascia posthumerali arcuata, ad suturam cum macula basali conjuncta, fascia postmediana transversa, ad suturam non interrupta, minime curvata ; apicibns paulo emarginatis bidentatis. Long. 14 mm., elytr. 9, lat. 3f. Head, antennae, and under surface clothed with a yellowish grey pubescence, which is thin at the base of the antennae, at the base of the abdominal segments, and on the legs ; tarsi ashy grey ; five or six last joints of the antennae whitish. Antennae short, scarcely longer than half the body, first joint only a little shorter than the third ; hairs of the apices of the joints thin. Prothorax almost subglobose, broadest a little be^'oud the middle. Scutellum transverse, somewhat broader in the middle than at the base, the sides and apex rounded. Elytra three times as long as broad, slightly narrowed towards the tip ; the latter somewliat emarginate, not obliquely truncate ; the tooth at the sutural angles short, and rather thin ; that at the external ones broad, and rather short. The pattern of the elytra is nearly the same as in the European CI. verbose/' (L.). Hab. Timor (W. Doherty). Clytanthus pileatus sp. nov. (PL VllL, tig. .-).) CL niger, infra pube ])allide flava, supra subaurautio-flava vestitus. Antennae elongatae, filiformes, articulo tertio primo multo longiore. Prothorax ovalis, parum rotundatus, maculis tribus nigris notatns, una mediana ovali, una in ntroqne latere irregulare plus minusve rotundata. Scutellum basi excc])ta flavum, semicirculare. Elytra elongata, cylindrica, apicibns oblique subtrnncatis, angulis internis dentatis, externis acutis sed non dentatis ; extremo apice et fasciis tribus transversis flavis ornata, prima basali recta, marginem basalem non attingente, ad humeros anguste interrupta, versus suturam tenuissime profunde incessa, secuuda antemediana ad suturam interrupta, ad marginem lateralem angustiore, tertia postmediana in sutura versus anticnm longc; anguste producta ; area parva apicali flava obliqua emarginata. Long. 13-| mm., elytr. S, lat. 3. Antennae filiform, reaching the postmedian yellow baud nf the elytra, apices of the third and two following joints with some rather long setaceous hairs. Of the three prothoracic maculae, which sometimes are connected, the central one is longer than broad, and rounded, the lateral ones are irregular and oblique, rounded in front, and emarginate or truncate behind. Legs slender, femora, a very little thickened. The pubescence of the upper surface has a tinge of orange. I/ab. Timor (W. Doherty). ( 116 ) Clytanthus t-nignun sp. uov. (PI. VIII., fig. 6.) CI. uiger, infra griseo-flavo-pubesceus. Prothora.x ovalis, fascia nigra trans- versa in medio versn.s marginem basalem dilatata, notatus ; scutellum transversnm, flavescens, apice rotundato ; elytra basi ad scntellum, apice, fasciis duabns flavis, prima ab angnlo infraliunierali arciuitim ad sntnram ascendente, sccnnda post- mediana transversa recta ad suturam jjariim dilatata, uon interrnpta ; elytrorum latera fere parallela ; apices oblique traucati, augulis acutis. Long. 8 mm., elytr. 5, lat. 2. Black ; head, antennae, and nnder surface of the body clothed with a greyish pubescence, which is denser at the sterna, abdomen, and fifth and sixth antennal joints. Third joint of the antennae as long as the first ; tip of antennae not ipiite reaching the postmedian band of the elytra. Prothorax longer than broad, rounded at the sides, a little narrower in front than at the base ; the transverse black marking of the disc extended in the middle to the basal margin, the marking being shaped almost like the letter T. Apical angles of the elytra sharp, but not produced into a tooth. The first band of the elytra runs from the base of the outer margin round the shoulder to the suture, without reaching the latter, and is not connected with the scntellar macula ; the postmedian band is a very little curved. llab. Timor (W. Doherty ). Rhaphuma nigripes sj). nov. Rh. placida Pasc. similis, sed differt (inter alia) prothorace postice utrinijue gutta albo-flava notato, pedibus uigris. Rli. niger, prothorace elytrisque rufo-ochraceis ; singulo elytro macula bicolorea mediaua autice luteo-flava postice nigra uotata ; fascia anteapicali nigra ad suturam parnm angustata, apice ipso luteo. Tibiae anteriores nigro-piceae. Caput pnbe cinereo-flava vestitiuu ; frons tricarinata, inter antennas transverse elevata ; vertex pone oculos jiaucis (muctis instrnctns. Antennae elytrorum fasciam nigram anteapicalem attingentes. Prothorax oblongus, lateribus aequabiliter sub- rotnndatus, disco antice linea mediaua glabra. Scntellum paulo transversnm, nigro- piceum. ai)ice rotundatum. Eh-tra elongata ; ajjices truncati, angulis parum productis. Infra cinereo-pnbesceus, densiter punctata ut pedes, punctis ad sternorum latera grossioribus ; basis segmentornm abdominalium glabra. Long. 11 mm., elytr. 7^, lat. 2|. Prothorax a very little narrower iu front than at the base ; disc with a faintly raised median line, the anterior part of which is glabrous. Sutnral angles of the elytra a little more produced than the external ones. Fore tibiae black, with a tint of pitchy brown. Hub. Timor (W. Doherty). Aridaeus timoriensis sji. nov. (I'l. VllL, lig. 7.) A. aurautio-rufns ; antennis, pedibus, prosterni margine ])()stico, mesosteruo, metasteruo (macula hiterali exc(!i)ta), elytrorum maculis, nigris ; jialpis scutellc"|iu' nigro-piceis. tJapnt frontis margine antico de])resso parnm i-xcavato, linea mediaua impressa, dense rugnloso-ptmctatum. Antennae elongatae, corpore duplo (^) ant paulo (?) longiores. Prothorax pilis longis sparsim vestitus, elongatus, reticulatus, ( 117 ) postice coiistrictns ; disco post medinm ntrinqne ealloso. Elytra elongata, versus apicem panlo augnstata, grosse dense rngoso-punctata ; singulo lateraliter striis dnalms vi\ elevatis ; basi emargiiiata ; hnmeris promiiiulis rotnndatis ; apice truncato, extus valde dentato, iutns recto (c?) ant snbrotnudato (?) ; basi ad scntellum augustissime et apice late nigris, ante medium fascia transversa ad snturam valde interrupta (S ), ant nun interrnpta et ad sntnram cnm macnla basali connecta sagittaeformi ( ¥ ). Lung. Ki mm., el}-tr. lOi, lat. 4i. fiab. Timor (W. boherty). Varies in size, like the other species of this Australian genus. Periaptodes buruensis sp. nov. P. densiter griseo-pubescens, pilis setulosis plus minnsve sparsim tectus ; scapo leviter transverse rngato ; prothorace sparsatim grosse puuctato, paucis granulis instructo. Eh^tris hnmeris granulosis breviter dentatis ; apice truncato, extus dente brevi instructo ; macula nigra circum scntellum semicirculare, fascia nblicjna postice obsoleta ab margine subhumerali ad sntiirae medium descendente brunneo-nigris, notatis. Long. 311 mm., el)1;ra 21, lat. 0. Of uearly the same size and ontline as P. lictor Pasc, it is distinguished from this species by the shape of the basal macula, by the sparingly granulated pruthorax, by the scape having some transverse wrinkles, and by the ajiex of the elytra being shortly spined externally. Hrib. Burn (W. Dohertyj. Homonaea uniformis sji. nov. (PL VIIL, fig. s.) //. rufo-nigra, palpis, antenuis, tibiis tarsisque rufescentibus ; supra dense flavo-cinereo-, infra cinereo-pubescens, ninltis maculis minimis glabris et punetis nigris notata. Caput punetis singulis grossis, linea media antice obsoleta, inter oculos sat ])rofunde impressa, utrinque juxta oculorum lobos snperiores tubercnlo distinct!) instructum. Antennae corpore longiores, articnlo tertio scapo fere triplo longiore. Prothorax longitudine dimidio latior, antice emarginatus, basi ntrini[ue subsinuata, lateribus antice attenuatis, postice ampliatis rotnndatis, dente sat obtuso armatis, linea media leviter elevata. Scntellum trausversum, rectangulare, medio glabro. Elytra latitndine (ad humeros maxima) triplo lougiora, apicem versus fere aeijuabiliter attennata ; a{)ice truncato, angnlis snturalibns fere rectis, exterioribus snbrotundatis ; siugnlo elytro oeto-cariuato, carinis antice posticeqne abbreviatis ; pnnctis sparsis grossis pnbe tectis. Infra fere omnino laevis, medio glabra ; abdominis segmento quinto obsolete, ultimo parum profunde emarginatis ; processn mesosternali elevato. Pedes antici elongati, femora postica medium abdominis segmenti tertii attingentia. Long. 2T mm., elj'tr. 20, lat. 7. The whole of the disc of the el}'tra uniformly pubescent, whilst the remainder of the elytra, and especially the scape of the antennae, head, under surface of the body and femora, are speckled witlf small black glabrous spots. Of the eight cariuae of each elytron the second and fourth are somewhat more raised ; the punctuation is coarse at the base of the elytra, finer at the sides. an<l verv sparse in ( 118 ) the middle near tlie suture luid at the ajiex, the pnnctnres being almost entirely concealed by the pubescence. Uab. Saughi I. (W. Doherty). Amblymora uniformis sp. nov. A. nigra, anteuuis elytris pedibusque rnfescontibus, pube tlavo-cinerea deiisiter tecta. Caput froute dense fortiter punctatiim, vertice laevi, inter oeulorum lobos superiores jmuctis grossis instructum ; scutellum trapezit'orme ; elytra aiitice irregulariter, postice fere striato-puiietata, immaeulata. Long. 1 H mm., elytr. 8i, lat. 4J. Black ; antennae, legs, and elytra reddish, the base of the latter (in one specimen the whole of the elytra) and the tiiickened parts of the femora more blackish ; the yellowish cinereous pubescence is very dense, a little more ashy on the under side. Front strongly and densely punctured, with the punctures some- what confluent here and there ; vertex with some punctures only between the upper lobes of the eyes. Punctuation of the prothora.x strong and somewhat crowded, not dense. Scutellixm impuuctate, trapeziform, bmader than long ; hind angles a little rounded. Punctures of the elytra strong and irregular at the base, gradually becomiug finer towards the apex, and forming some irregular rows near the suture, the interstices of which are faintly raised. Hah. Burn ( W. Dohertyj. Chiefly distingnislied by the uniform yellowish grey pubescence, witliout any spots or iiands, and by the punctuation nf head and prothorax. Apophrena grandis !*p. ucv. A. nigra, sjiarsim cinereo-sqiiamnsa, antennarum articulorum basi griseo- pnbescente, labro palpisque piceis, pedibus nigro-piceis. Cajiut in fronte parum minus dense quam in vertice i)unctatum, linea media levissimc impressa in vertice postice obsoleta. Antennae corpore plus dnj)lo lougiores, scapo versus apicem breviter iucrassato. Prothorax elongatus, grosse punctatus, parum transverse corru- gatus, antiee panlo, postice vix constrictus, finea media antice obsoleta postice parimi elevata, irrcgulare. Scutellum tra])e/.oidale, truncatum. Elytra post humeros parum angustata, ante apicem fere sinuata ; a])icibus e.xtus fortiter dentatis, intus subrectis ; fortiter striato-punctata, punctis ad basim parum confluentibas, apicibus laevibus ; singulo elytro post medium bisulcato. Jletasternum abdominisque segmeutum prinium lateraliter paueis punctis grossis instrueta. Uculi simplices. Long. 13 mm., elytr. 9^, lat. 3^. Middle of the femora a little darker than the remainder of the legs. Apical margins of the abdominal segments narrowly bordered with rufous buff. Elytra striate-punctate, but the rows of jnuictures are not quite regular ; each elytron has two liroad and shallow longitudinal impressions extending from liefore the middle to the apex ; the base has traces of an elevated line. Hab. Sanghi I. (W. Doherty). The single sjiecimen of this fine species has the prothorax S(miewhat rubbed ; examples in entirely good condition may have the sides of the prothorax more densely squamous. ( 119 ) Glenea timoriensis >[)■ nov. (PL VIII., fig. 9.) GL nigra, maciilis flavis ant griseo-flavis orn<ata. C!apnt genis lateril)us(^ne frontis deuse, fnwtis medio s])arsim flavo-cinereo-pnbescens, vertice ntrinqiip liriea angnsta minute arcuata griseii-alba. Prothorax linea media, lateribns, margine postico snbflavis, plaga laterali ni marginem anticnm ni posticnm attiugente nigra. Scntellnm, basi nigra excei^ta, flavescens. Elj'trum singulam bicarinatum, apice extns fortiter, intns leviter spiuosum, maculis quiuqne subflavis ornatnm, prima humerali liueiformi, secmida in qnarta parte antica inter cariuam et sntnram ovata, tertia mediana transversa, sntnram fere attingente, quarta ante qnintam partem ultimam ad cariuam ovata, quiuta rotnndata in apicis angnlo externo, sitis ; sntura grisea. Infra brunneo-nigra, pnbe grisea (lateraliter flavesceute) vestita; metasterno et abdominalibus segmentis lateraliter maculis glabris notatis ; femoribns rufes- centibus, tarsis et tibiis uigris. Long. 10 mm., elytr. T, hit. :!. Body beneath brownish lihick, covered with a whitish pubescence, which is sparse in the middle of the metasternnm, at the base of the first abdominal segment and on the last one. The metasternnm and abdominal segments have a glabrous lateral spot in nearly all specimens of the collection. The colour of the spots and streaks varies from yellowish grey to yellow. Hab. Timor (W. Doherty). Glenea suturalis sp. nov. (PI. VIIL, fig. Iti.) GL nigra ; palpis testaceis : elytrorum margine declivi, abdomine pedibnsqne rufo-brnuneis. Caput utrinque vitta alba longitndinali, vittis ad antenuarum tuberes non inteiTuptis, in vertice approximatis, parallelis, sparsatim punctatum. Prothorax albo-luteo-irabescens, ntrin(|ue maculis maguis duabus uigris ni marginem anteriorem ni posteriorem attingentibus. una majore discoidali, secunda minore laterali, notatus. Scntellnm albo-lnteo-jjubescens, apice subrotundato (^) ant trnncato (¥). Elytra bicarinata ; apicibus snbtrnucatis, angnlis cxternis fortiter, internis minus dentatis ; tota sntura, linea ad cariuam ab humero usque fere ad apicem descendente, iu disco duabus maculis parvis albo-lnteis, macula prima (il)longa basali, secunda mediana snturali cum sntura couflnente. Infra dense, abdomine parnm sparsim, pubesceus. Long. 11 mm., eh-tr. 8, lat. ^. Pubescence of the under surface sparse at the base of the abdominal segments. Tarsi, first segment of the abdomen, and sometimes the fore tibiae, blackish. Hab. Adouara I. (W. Doherty). Oberea difformis sp. nov. cJ V . 0. nigra, sulinitida; <? cupite, I'emoribus anticis, quatnor femorum posticornm apicibus, ? capite genibuscpie rnfis. Breviter griseo-pubesceus, supra pilis sat lougis nigris vestita. C'aput sparsatim, inter ocnlorum lobos superiores densins grosse punctatum. Antennae uigrae, corpore paulo lougiores. Prothorax angnstus, lati- tudine lougior, postico parum constrictus, latcribus vix subrotundatis, sparsatim grosse punctatus, disco parum transverse corrugatus. Scutellum fere quadratum, ( 120 ) apice miaime eruarginatnin. Elytra valile elongata ; ajjicilnis sinj^ulis angnstis, extns fortiter acute mucronatis, iutus leviter dentatis ; grosse striuto-puuctata, interstitiis angnstissimis partim basaliter elevatis. Subtns lateraliter jmnctis grossis sparsis instructa. Femora postica abdominis segmeuti secuudi medium ( <f ) aut basim (?) attingeiites. <? Long. lOi mm., elytr. 8, lat. 1^. ¥ Long. 13 mm., elytr. 10, lat. If. Black ; clothed underneath with a very short and thiu pubescence, and above with some long black hairs. Front convex, with a fine central line slightly iin])ressed anteriorly, and more strongly so on the vertex. Suture and the lirat, third, and fifth interstices of the elytra somewhat raised, especially at llie base. The whole of the anterior femora, the intermediate ones except the base, and the tip of the hind femora, rufous iu the male, while in iXxn female only the uttermost tip of the femora is reddish. Hab. Timor (W. Doherty). Oberea bipartita sp. nov. ¥. 0. rufo-fulva, anteunis liniiiiicu-nigriti, articulo septimo luteo, nouo medio brunneo ; elytris postice et lateraliter, abdotniueque (segmento primo pallide fnlvo excepto) nigricantibus. Caput sat, sjiarsatim, vertice inter oculos densius puuctatnm. Prothorax longitudiiie latitndiui aenualis, lateribns ])arum irregularis, autice et postice vix angustatns ; disco parum transverse corrugatus et sparsim pnuctatus. Scutellum subqnadratum, emarginatum. Elytra elongata, apice oblique siuuata, angulo sutnrali brcviter acute, externo late deutata, grossc striato-punctata, apice fere impuuctata, interstitiis partim carinatis. Latcra metasterni sparsim, abdominis densius grosse punctata. Long. IT mm., elytr. \'.l\, lat. 'i. Upjier surface clothed with sparse long hairs, underside covered witli a line short pnbesceuce. Median line of the head feebly impressed, and obsolete in front of the ])rothorax. Antennae extending nearly to the tip of the elytra. The latter a little narrowed behind the shoulders, their fulvous colour gradually shading oif into the black of the apical part and sides ; the blackish colour extending laterally nearly to the shoulders. First and third interstices of the punctured rows of the elytra somewhat elevated. Sterna similar in cok)ur to the jirotliorax ; first abdominal segment and legs a little paler ; posterior margins of the remaining segments of the abdomen feebly tinged with brown. Hab. Celebes (W. Doherty). Distinguished from the allied species with tlie seventh anteiniai joiul luteous, by having the anterior half of the under surface of a tawuy colour and the ])osterior half black. Note. — The following two species belong to a small collection from Deli, N.E. Sumatra, while the third, from Timor, has been in the Museum a long time. Thylactus lateralis sp. uov. 'I'll, jiube brunneo-uigra densa, jiraeterea singulis j)ilis griseis in fronte deusiter sitis vestitus. I'aljii rufi ; niandiliulac basi fortiter jmuctatae, aj)ice hieves. Autenuarum articuli tres Ijasalcs extus brunuei. CJaput fortiter ])unclalo-nigatum. ( 121 ) fvoiite pliinniu, vcrticc aiiticf trianp;nlariter iin])ressuiii. Prothonxx ii;rosse cor- rngnto-jiuiictatns, ilisoo iiifri'o-bruaueas, lateraliler uiger, liaea lateral! angusta lon^ntiitliuali panim obliiiua liitea ab margiiie aiitico tnius cUnitciu lateralem versus hmueros asceudente oruatns. Scutellnm medio impressum, auguste emarginatum. Elytra pnnctis dispersis grossis instructa, ai)ice sat abrupte dilatata, recte truucata, parte dilatata extns longitudiualiter ruiuute oblique trnneata ; utrimpie plaga magna ante medium latiore ab humeris usque ad partem dilatatem ajiicalem exteiisa luteo-sericea. Metasteruum et medium abdominis sea'menti primi et tarsi jiube luteo-fulvescente vestiti. Long. 27 mm., elytr. 20, lat. (ad 1mm.) 8. First joint of antennae broadest at the tip, with a keel-like Hue at. the outside formed by a fnlvous and long pubescence. Such keels of hairs are also found at the sides of the prothorax and on the tibiae. Punctures of the base of the elytra much smaller than those of the prothorax, and becoming still smaller t(jwards the apex, arranged in irregular rows. Hab. Deli (Sumatra). Oberea libellula sp. nov. O. nigra. (laput rufo-oehi-aceum,froiite subconvexum, inter oculos lougitudinali- ter canaliculatum. Antennae elytrorum apicem fere attingentes, nigro-brunueae, versus basim rufae, scapo ad basim sat teuui, delude parum iucrassato, articulo tertio breviore, quarto aequali. Prothorax parum latior (|uam lougus, autice et postice constrictus, rufo-testaceus, impunctatus. Scntellum et pars suturae post- scutellaris albo-sericeo-pubescentes. Elytra elongata, medio sat angustata, apice minute dilatata ; apicibus oblique truncatis, angulis internis dentatis, externis acute mucronatis ; basi grosse seriatim punctata, dimidio postico impunctato. Infra minutissime pnnctulata, paucis punctis grossis instructa ; metasterni i^ars lateralis postica et abdominis segmeutum jirimum — margine postica ad latera uigro excepto — densiter luteo-albo-sericanies. Abdomen valdo elongatum, elytris dnplo longius, segmenti sexti parte dorsali couspicua. Long. 29 mm., elytr. 13, abd. 22, lat. 2f. Head fanely punctured, with some larger punctures, especially at the inner margins of the eyes ; the median line raised on the forefront, rather broadened and impressed between the antennae, and Ijecomiug very faint on the vertex. Base of antennae rufous, the remainder of the antennae becoming more aud more blackish towards the t,ip. Prothorax constricted in front, transversely depressed at the base ; almost impunctate, with a few scattered punctures on the disc, each bearing a long hair : basal depression rugose. Elytra covering only the three basal segments of the long abdomen. Pro- aud mesosternum yellowish rufous : anterior legs pitchy black, with the femora, rufous ; liiiid femora reaching the base of the second abdominal segment. H'll). Deli (Sumatra). Oberea abdominalis s]i. nov. '''. rubro-testacea, cajntc, antenuis, elytris, pedil)US(|ue (femoribns exceptis) uigris. I'rothorax elongutus, transverse corrugato-puuetatus. Klytra abdominis segmenti quarti basim attiugeutes, autice fortiter striato-jiunctata, apicibus impuuc- tata ; singulo apice oblique truncato, bidcntato. Infra sparsim pubesceus, puuctis ( 122 ) grossis instrncta : fomora postica abdominis segmenti sectindi basim attingentia ; abdomen elongatum. Long. 17 mm., elxtr. 10, abd. 10, lat. If. Hind margins of the abdominal seijments and the n))])er snrface of tlie I'oimh and fifth more or less black. Head with large scattered |)unctures, tlie interstices of which— chiefly on the convex front — are finely panctulated ; the central line obsolete towards the epistome. Scape of antennae —both antennae are broken at the eighth joint in the single specimen in the Mnseum's collection— thickened and somewliat shorter than the third joint. Prothi>rax mnch longer than broad, with the sides almost straiglit : strongly cnongh l)nt rather sparsely pimctuated, with the interstices of the punctnres covered again with an extremely fine punctuation ; punctures of the disc conspicuously transverse. Elytra somewhat broader at the base than the prothorax, narrowed behind and incurved at the sides ; each elytron bears a distinct median keel, witli tliree rows of punctures inside the keel and three outside. The under surface is finely punctured, and has also some large scattered punctnres. Abdominal segments about eciual in length. Bab. Timor. NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS SCYMNUS Kugel. FEOM THE EAST AND NEW GUINEA. (PI. YIIL, figs. 10-21.) Bv DR. K. JORDAN. WORKING out tlie coleopterous insects recently taken in tlie Indo- and Austro-Malayan Archipelago by the well-known entomologist and excellent collector William Doherty, of Cincinnati, U.S.A., I found a rather large number of specimens of the genus Sci/mnus Kngel. As we know many species of Sci/mniis from Ceylon and the southern and central parts of the Asiatic continent described by Walker {A/w. Mat/. N. H., 1859), Mulsaut {S/jec. Col. Tri. S<'c., 1851, and 0/juiiC. Ent, 1853), Motschoulsky {Etud. Ent., Is58 and 1859, and Bull. Mosc, 1866), Crotch (Eev. Coccin., 1873), Weise {Hor. S. E. Ross., xxiv.), and as only a very few species are described until to-day from Sumatra (Grorham, iVof. Leyd. Mm., 1884, pp. 120 — 128), Java (Bohemann, Freg. Bug. Resa, 1859), Manila (Bohemaun, ibid.), it may prove useful to give the descriptions of those species from the East in the Museum wliich are new, as far as I am aware. The well-known specialist the Rev. S. A. Gorham, describing three Sci/nuias from Sumatra, says {I. c, p. 127) : " Crotch (Coca. Rev., p. 273) has proposed a genus Anisoscpnnus for Sr. nifipes Fabr., which he sa\s will be well represented in tlie Malay Arclniielago. But lie has not described any species. I do not see that the punctuation of any of the three species liere described is • un('([Uiil ' cither in the size of punctures or in the mode of its distribution." I may add that I have not been able to find characters common to the species of the East Indian Archijielago which I have before ine, suflicicnt to justify the found- ing of the genus A//i.HOscyii//mi<. Indeed, there arc sjiecies with a very remarkabh; ( 123 ) '' une(jnal " pniictnatiou, as they have at the base (if each elytron, besides the usual puuctuatiou, 11. nnm1)er of larger punctures with the exterior border more raised (which gives the punctures a semilunar appearance), forming one or two short rows not extending, in front, to the basal margin, and running nearly to the middle of the elytron (fig. 11) ; but these species (Sc: tkoracicalig, cflebensis, weisei, etc.) are more closely allied to European ones than other species without that " unequal " punctua- tion {Sc. aherrans, dohertyi, etc.). Moreover, as some s])ecies have only one row of jjunctures (for example, Sc. mujdictitus), others slight traces of rows only, while others again — although closely allied with regard to other important characters — have no traces of rows, I believe it certain that the existence or absence of rows of punctures is merely a specific character, and that there is no need to put those species into different genera. The punctures of the metasternum * of must of the species described in tlie following paper are of the same semilunary shape as the larger punctures on the elytra, and their arrangement ma}' give us specific characters rather easily to be seen. Another very important character of the species is the sliape of the " coxal line " engraved at each side of the first abdominal segment. The coxal lines, being more or less semicircular (figs. 19 and 21) in many species, have iu Sc. aberrans and its nearest allies (Sc. dokert//i, biimpressus. conjormis, sternalis, car/ants) their exterior part close to or confluent with the hind margin of the segment (figs. 17 and 18), a character upon which Mulsant founded his sub-genus Diomus (Spec. Col. Tri. Sec, 1851, p. i'51), and I am not quite sure whether Diomus may be only a section of Sct/iniMS or a different genus. In studying Sc. aberrans and its allies, I found that their antennae proved to be a little longer than they usually are in European and Asiatic true Scymnu^, as chiefly their third joint is rather slender and long (figs. 12, 13, and 14); the second joint, being narrowed at the base, is very distinctly separated from the first ; the latter is much slenderer in Sr. aberrans and its allies, than in some Brazilian Diomus I have examined with regard to this question. The last a.ntennai-y joint is rather broad, and strongly truncate at the apex, especially in Sc. aberrans and varians. The mandibles have the tip so very slightly bifid in Sc. dohertyi (fig. 15), that, looking at the broad side, we may scarcely see the bifid character ; the bifurcation is stronger and more evident iu Sc. rariuns (fig. 16), but not at all so strong as in Brazilian Diomus and European Sci/mniis. Moreover again, Sc. aherrans and its allies have the ti]) of the posterior episterna (figs. 17 and 1^) broader and more straightly truncate than is the case in true Scymni/s. Most of the Eastern species I have seen are verj' convex, some nearly hemi- spherical (cf (iorham, /. c.) ; but that is not a character common to all of them, as for example Sc. thomusi is feebly convex and rather oblong. I. Ooxal lines reaching the hind margin of the segment, with their exterior portion jiarallel to the hind margin, or confluent with if. A. Elytra black, with the apex testaceous. a. Prothorax testaceous. a'. Elj-tra without impression at each side of the scutelluin, size more than 2J mm. : Sc. aberrans sp. uov. b' . Elytra with a slight impression at each side of the seutellum, si/.e about 1 J mm. : Sc. biimprcssas sp. nov. * The punctuaiiou of the niotiwtcmum in figs. 17 to 21 is not quite exact. ( 124 ) b. Protliorax lilack, at least in front of thi' scntelliiin. <■'. Head lilack : Sc. sti'malis sp. nov. (I' . Head testacemis. a". Punctuation of elytra not so dose as that of the protliorax ; size more than 2 mm. : Sc. rarians sj). nov. h". Punctuation of eh-tra quite as close as that of the ])rotliora\ ; size 1| mm. : Sc. confluens sp. nov. />'. Elvtra with fulvous bands, or at least with two fnlvons sjiots : Sc. dohertyi sp. nov. II. C'oxiil lines reaching the hind margin of the segment or nut, with the ex- terior ])ortion more or less running towards the base of the segment. C. C'oxal lines reaching the hinil margin of the segment. c. Exterior ]>ortion of the coxal lines tlexnose, not iViichiug I he Itasc of the segment : Sc.Jlexuosus sp. nov. il. Exterior portion of the coxal lines nearly straight, reaching the base of the segment. e' . Epipleura of the metasteituim pitchy ; size about 2^ mm. : Sc. /jern/terisis sj). nov. y'. Epipleura of the metastemum black : size about 2| mm. : Sc. graiidi.H sp. nov. I). Coxal lines not reaching tlie liiu<l margin of the segment, recurving towards the base in about f tlie length of the segment. e. Prothorax uniformly testaceous, rutbus, or pitchy. g' . Elytra without short rows of punctures. c" . Base and apex of elytra rufous : Sc. socius sp. nov. d". Elytra black, with the apex only rufous. a'". Coxal lines incomplete, with the exterior portion scarcely arcuate, a*. A small space at the base common to both elytra smooth, legs pale ochreons : Sc. hrcvis sp. nov. h*. Elytra without a, smooth space at the base, legs rnfo- testaceous : Sc. hcenwrrhou& sp. nov. b'" . Coxal lines complete : Sc. conformis sp. nov. e" . Elytra and j)rothorax brown : Sc. hrunneus s]). nov. h' . Each elytron, in front, with one or two short rows of larger j)nnctures. / ". Rows very irregular and indistinct ; size more than 2^ mm. : Sc. grossus sp. nov. g" . Interior row only distinct, the exterior one obsolete : Sc. dubius sp. nov. /i". With two distinct rows. '■'". p:lytra black, with the apex rufous : Sc. tlwracicalis sp. nov. d'" . Elytra uniformly pitchy brown : Sc. celebensis sp. nov. /. Prothorax bicolorons, with a black or pitchy-black ])atch in front of the scntellum, or nearly quite black. i'. Elytra without short rows of punctures. i". Elytra testaceous, with the suture brown : Sc. c/iinensis s]). nov. • /t". Elytra black, with the apex rufo-testaceons. p.'". Strongly convex, elytra minutely punctuated : -Sc. nralis sp. nov. ( 125 ) /'". Slightly convex, elytfa- stroiicrly ]murfureil : Sr. thnmnsi sj). iiov. //. Each elytron with oue distinct row of larger ptinctiircs at the base. I". Cosal lines with their exterior part ahrnptly dcclivons : Sc. unipliciitus sp. iiov. m" . C'oxal lines semicircular : Sr. ruhrownfmlis sp. nov. r. Each elytron, in front, with two distinct rows of larger jiunc.tnres. n" . Elytra very finely corrugate, scarcely punctuated ; size iibour ■2i mm. : Sc. iwraci/uinear sp. nov. o" . Elytra distinctly and rather densely punctured. (/'". Prothorax black, with the anterior margin and the fore- angles narrowly rufons : Sc. c/ibbosn-'i sp. nov. //'". Prothorax rufous, with a large black macula in front of the scutellum : Sr. /rrispi sp. nov. 1. Scymnus aben-ans sp. nov. (PL VIIL, figs. 13 and 16.) Sr: niger ; capite, prothorace, elytrorum epipleuris et apice, abdomine pedibiis- qne luteis, meso- et metasterno nigro-brunneis ; griseo-pubescens, ovalis, antice et postice abrnpte rotundatus, subconvexus. Prothorax angulis auticis rotuudatis, oculorum partes posticas tegentibus, lateribns antiee panlo rotuudatis, jiostice fere rectis, minute punctatus. Elytra minute, prothoraci parmn fortins punctata. Metasternum ad latera dense et parum grosse, in medio sparsatim et minus grosse, abdomine([ue sparsatim punctata. Liueae coxales intus arcuatae, extus cum segment) margiue posteriore confluentes. Long. 2| mm., elytr. 2i, lat. 2. Bla<'.k, with the head, prothorax, tip (about ^ of the length) and epijilenra of elj'tra, abdomen and legs of a butl' colour, with the antennae and legs very pale ; the meso- and metasternum dark brown ; thc^ basal margin of tlie prothorax in front of the scutellum very narrowly, and the first segment of the abdomen slightly pitchy. Ovate, with the sides of the elytra somewhat sinuate, the outline slightly rounded at the sides, and strongly rounded in front and near the apex of the elytra. The prothorax finely and rather sparingly punctuated, with the fore margin covering about half the eyes, with the fore angles dejjressed and roimded ; the sides feebly rounded in front, nearly straight towards the posterior angles ; with the base sinuate at each side and produced in front of the scutellum. The punctuation of the elytra somewhat stronger than that of the j)rot)iorax, but not dense, as the interstices are much larger than the punctures. Metasternum with the sides densely and rather coarsely, with the middle more sjjarsely and finely punctured, and the very centre of the middle smooth ; besides the punctuation there is a number of irregular transverse and exceedingly fine ridges on the metasternum. Punctuation of the abdomen fine and sjiarse, scarcely denser at the sides. Tlic coxal lines have the interior portion arcuate and the exterior oue confluent with the hind margin of the segment. H(i/>. Humlioldf Bay, New tinincn [\\ . Doherty, lN'.J2). ( 126 ) 'J. Scymnus biimpressus. s]). nov. 56'. niger, griseo-pubeseeus, breviter ovatiis, snbconvexns ; capite, prothorace, elytrorum apiee, aMomiue (basi picea excepta) pwlibnscjne luteo-testaceis. Pro- tliorax angulis auticis ilejiressis, vix prominnlis, siibrotiuidatis, modice douse Rubtiliter pnuctatiis. Elytra protlioraci densins et parum grossius pnuctata, siugulum ad basim jnxta scntellum psirva impressione transversa instructniu. Metasteruiim i)arnm ibrtiter convexnni, medio minute sparsatim, lateribus jianlo densins et fortius puuotatum. Abdomen ad basim s])ursatim, apicem versus dense pnnctatnm. Lineae coxales intus arcnatae, extus enm margine iiosteriore segmeuti conflnentes. Long, li ram., elytv. li, lat. If. Black, short ovate, rather convex, covered wifli a greyisii ])nbeseencc wiiich has a faint yellowish tint on the testaceous parts of the body. The head, prothorax, tip of the elytra (very uarrowly). legs, and abdomen testaceous, with the first segment of the abdomen pitchy : the meso- and metBsternum brownish black. The jirothorax rather finely and not very densely punctuated, with the fore angles rounded and scarcely jirominent. The elytra have the punctuation somewhat stronger and denser than the prothorax ; each elytron has a small transverse impression at the side of the scntellnm. The metasternnni convex, with the middle finely and very sparsely, and with the sides a little more coarsely and closely punctuated, besides which there are some very fine transverse wrinkles. The abdomen has the punctuation sparse on tiie first segment, denser on the remainder. The coxal lines have the interior portion curved, the exterior one confluent with the hind margin of the segment. Hub. Humboldt Bay, New (iuinea ( W. Doherty, 1892). 3. Scymnus sternalis sj). nov. Sc. niger, ovalis, subcouvexns, sparsim ciuereo-jmbescens ; ore, antennis, tibiis tarsisque Inteis, prothoracis margine autico et el}trorum apice angnste, femoribus abdominei|ne (segmeuto jirinio nigro excej)toj piceis. Prothorax margine postico utrin(|ue sinuatus, media scutellum versus dilatatus. tSupra parnra grosse et dense, prothorax el}i;ris grossius punctatus, punctis leviter impressis. Infra punctis grossis instrnctus, abdominis segmenta tria ultima densins et minus grosse punctata. Metasternnm medio convexnm, non imjjressnm. Lineae coxales segmenti marginem posteriorcm attingentes, iutns arcnatae, extus margin! postico parallelae, abbreviatae. Long. 2 mm., elytr. U^, lat. 1'. Black, moderately convex, sparingly clothed with a short greyish pubescence. Mouth, antennae, tibiae, and tarsi luteous; the anterior margin of the prothorax and the extreme tip of the elytra, the femora, and abdomen (except the first segment, which is black) rnfo-testaceons, somewhat pitchy. The posterior margin of the prothorax sinuate at each side and widened in front of the scutellum. The punctuation of the jirothorax is distinctly coarser than that of the elytra, and all punctures are but slightly impressed. The elytra have no rows of punctures. Metasternnm with the middle convex, not impressed, and rather coarsely pimctuated, with some obsolete transverse wrinkles. The first segment of the abdomen also \vith its middle a little convex, nearly as coarsely punctuated as the metasternnm ; ( 127 ) the three last segments more densely atid finely punctured. Coxal lines reacliing tlie hind margin of the segment, witli tlieir interior portion arcuate, their exterior portion straiglit, ])a.rallel to the hind margin of tlie segment, and abbreviated. Halj. Malay Peninsula. 4. Scymnus variaus s]). \u<\. (PI. VIII., figs. 14, 10, IT.) Sc. niger, ])arum longe pnbescens, breviter oblongus, modice couvexns ; i capite, prothorace (macula basali semicircnlare nigra excepta), prosterno, abdomine (segmento primo piceo exeepto) pedibusipie testaceis ; f cajiite, prothoracis augulis anticis et margine augnsto aurico, femorum apicibns, tibiis, tarsis abdomineqne (basi ])icea excepta) testaceis. Supra dense et fortitei- pnuctatns ; prothorax ad angulos • anticos rotnndatos depressus, lateribus panlo rotundatus, basi utrimpie sianata. Elytra lateribus in medio vix rotundata, tubercnlis hnmerorum jiromiuulis et jnmctatis. Metasternum ad latera parum fortiter dense, in medio sjiarsim subtiliter punctatum, spatio angnstissimo mediano ante marginem posticmn sito laevi. Abdomen pnnctis parnm grossis dense instructum. Lineae coxales intus arcnatae, extns cum margine posteriore segmenti confluentes. Long. '2\ mm., elytr. 1§, lat. 1|. Black, somewhat oblong, moderately convex, covered with a rather long greyish pubescence. The male, has the head, prothorax, fore breast, abdomen, and legs testaceous, with a large black and semicircular macula at the base of the prothorax in front of the scutellum, and with the first segment of the abdomen a little jiitchy ; the female has the head, anterior margin and fore angles of the prothorax, the abdomen, coxae, tip of the femora, all the tibiae and tarsi, pale testaceous, with the base of the abdomen pitchy. The fore angles of the prothorax somewhat depressed and rounded, the sides slightly but distinctly rounded; the base sinuate at each side, the punctuation very dense and rather coarse. The elytra have the punctures nearly as strong, but not so close, as the prothorax ; the humeral tubercles prominent and punctuated. The metasternum is a little depressed in the middle, and has an exceedingly fine median line ; its sides are strongly, the middle rather sparingly and finely punctuated, with a small and very narrow space in front of the hind margin smooth. The punctuation of the abdomen is coarse and close. The coxal lines have the interior portion curved, the exterior one confluent with the hind margin of the segment. Hah. Humboldt Bay, New Guinea (W. Doherty, IMJ^J. 5. Scymnus confluens sp. nov. Sc. niger, griseo-pubesceus, breviter ovatus, pauIo couvexns ; capite, prothoracis angulis anticis, pedibus abdomineijue rufo-testaceis, femoribus et abdommis basi piceis. Prothorax elytraque deusiter grosse punctata ; prothoracis angulis anticis depressis subrotundatis, basi bisinuata. Metasternum lateribus pmictis grossis, medio subtilioribus instructum ; abdomen fortiter punctatum. Lineae coxales intus arcnatae, extus cum margine |)ostico confluentes. Long. 1^ mm., elytr. 1|, lat. 1^. This form resembles very much the female of the foregoing species {Sc. variaus), but as it dift'ers in being much smaller, shorter, and less convex, in the ( 128 ) puiictnatiou of the elytra beiiiir qnite as strong and close as tliat of the jirotliorax, it may be considered a distinct sjiecies. Hab. Hnmboldt Bay, New Guinea (W. Doherty). 6. Scymnus dohertyi sji. uov. (PI. VIII., figs. 12, 15, and 18.) Sc. convexns, breviter ovatns, cinereo-pubescens, testacens ; elytris nigris, apice et fasciis dnabus trausversis, lateraliter abbreviafis, in sutura interniptis, testaceis. Supra dense et minute, infra grosse (metastcrni medio minute) puuctatus. Lineae coxales intus arcuatae, marginem segmenti posticnra attingentes, extus margini posteriori parallelae abbreviatae. Elytrornm color variat : {(I) Elytris nigris, apice et fasciis dnabus transversis lateraliter abbreviatis, in sutura interrnptis testaceis (form. typ.). (A) Elytris nigris, singulo maculis dnabus rufis, apice testaceo. (c) Elytris testaceis, basi et fascia ante-apicali nigris ; 'in medio fascia rnfo-picea, ad snturani interrnpta, indistincta aut obsoleta notatis. {(l) Elytris nigris, fasciis dnabus extus arcuatim coiinectis apiceipie testaceis. Long. IJ mm., elytr. 1§, lat. \\. Rather strongly convex, short ovate, clothed with a short gre}-ish pubescence. Testaceous, base of the abdomen somewhat pitchy ; densely and finely punctured above ; body beneath rather coarsely jiunctnated, except the middle of the meta- sterniun, where the punctures are fine. Coxal lines reaching the posterior margin of the segment ; their interior part evenly curved, the exterior portion parallel to the hind margin and abbreviated. The colour of the elytra varying as described above. Hnb. Tenimber Is. (W. Doherty). T. Scymnus flexuosus sji. nov. (PI. VIII., fig. 19.) Sc. ater, ovatns, subconvexus, dense pnbescens ; capite, prothorace, elytrornm apice, abdomine pedibusque testaceis. Prothoras postice uon latior quam autice ; lateribus parum rotundatis ; angulis anticis prodnctis fere acutis, posticis rotun- datis ; basi utrinque siunata, versus scutelhim dilatato-rotandata ; dense punctatus. Elytra prothoraci fortius punctata ; singulum autice seriebus dnabus pnnctorum grossornm iustructum. Metasternuin lateribn.s dense et grosse, medio minus dense sed n)ulto grossius et paruni seriatim punctatura ; spatio parvo modiano laevi. Abdominis segmentum primnm caeteris grossius, sed minus dense pnnctatum. Lineae coxales marginem posteriorem segmenti attingentes, parte iuteriore le\'iter arcuata, parte mediana margini parallela, parte exteriore declivi, flexno-sa, abbreviata. Long. 21 mm., elytr. 1-J, lat. If. Black, ovate, densely covered with a greyish pubescence. Head, prothorax, apex of the elytra, abdomen, and legs testaceous, with a slight tint of pitch-colour. Tlie prothorax is rather finely ])unctnred, and has the sides a little rounded an<I not dilated towards the base ; the anterior angles are ])rominent and somewhat acute, the posterior oues rounded; the base sinuate at each side, and produced and lonncU'd in front of the scntellnm. Elytra more strongly punctuated, each witli iwo rows of ( 129 ) larger punctures near the sntnre, being distinctl}' divergent in front, the interior one nearly extending to the scutellnm. Metasternuin with the sides very densely, the middle less densely but more coarsely punctuated, with the punctures forming irregular rows ; a small triangular space in the middle of the metasternum smooth. Abdomen densely, the first segment more coarsely and less densely punctuated. The coxal lines exten<liDg to the hiud margin of the segment, first slightly curved, then parallel to the hind margin, and lastly strongly declivous and flexnose, abbreviated, and reaching neither the outer margin nor the base of the segment. Hab. Perak. The sha])e of the prothorax and coxal lines is very remarkable in this species, which, as regards its colour, is closely allied to Sr. thorcwjimlis sp. nov. (described below). 8. Scymnus perakensis sp. nov. Sa. niger, breviter oblongus, subconvexus, oinereo-pubescens; capite, prothorace, elytrornm apice, abdomine pedibusque testaceis ; metasterni lateribus anguste piceis. Prothorax minute, elytra parum fortiter punctata, singnlnm ad basim striis duabus puuctorum grossorum instructum. Metasternum medio spatio ovali laevi, vix impresso ; punctis grossis instructum, fere seriatim punctatum. Abdomen dense et parum grosse punctatum. Lineae coxales completae, marginem posteriorem segment! attiugentes, partibus medianis margini parallelis, deinde segmenti augulos anteriores petentes. Long. 2i mm., elytr. 1|, lat. H. Black, densely covered with a rather long greyish pubescence ; short oblong, rather convex. The head, prothorax, apex of elytra (about a tenth of the length of the elytra), abdomen, and legs testaceous, epipleura of the metasternum pitchy-colour. Prothorax produced in front of the scutellum, finely punctuated ; the punctures of the elytra somewhat stronger. Each elytron has two short rows of larger punctures at the base and a distinct trace of a third one. Metasternum very coarsely punctured, with the punctures forming rows, wliich are curved and more or less longitudinal ; a space in the middle of the metasternum smooth, sharply limited at the sides Ijy the inner row of punctm-es. Abdomen densely and rather strongly punctuated. Coxal lines extending to the hind margin of the segment, first arcuate, then parallel to the margin, and lastly strongly declivous, running to the fore angles of the segment. Hab. Perak. There is one specimen which has the apex of the elytra more broadly testaceous, and this colour ill-defined ; the first segment of its abdomen is pitchy. Closely allied in colour to Sc. fiexiiosus sp. nov. and Sc. thoracicalis sp. nov., from which it differs in the shape of the coxal lines ; besides this character, it may be at once distinguished from both species by the much more oblong shape of the body, and by the punctuation of the elytra and metasternum. 9. Scymnus grandis sp. nov. (PI. Vlll., fig. 20.) Sc. uiger, griseo-pnbescens, ovalis, convexns ; capite, prothorace, elytrornm apice, abdomine pedibusque rufo-testaceis ; abdominis segmento primo medio piceo. Prothorax |)unctis minutis instructus ; elytra sparsatira punctata, singnlum ad 9 ( 130 ) basim seriebns duabns pnnctornm grossorura et tertia serie indistiucta instractnm. Metasterunni ad latera fortitcr deuse, in medio grossius seriatim punctatuiu, spatio mediaiio triangnlare lacvi. Liiieae t-oxales complctae, margiuem jiosterioreiii segmenti attingentes, iutns areuatae, cxtns fere rectae, declives. Abdomeu dense fortiter punctatum. Long. 2f mm., elytr. 2^, lat. 1^. Black, covered with a greyish j)ubescence, short ovate, rather couvex. Head, pnithorax, apex of elytra (about I of tlie length), abdomen, and legs nifo- testaceons : the middle of the first segment of the abdomen blackish pitch-colour. Prothorax finely and densely punetuated all over, with the lore angles jjrominent and their tips somewhat rounded, and with the base sinuate at each side. Elrtra with tlie middle sparingly and the sides more densely punctured, the punctures being small and circular ; each elytron has two rows of larger punctures and traces of a third one ; the i'ows are rather long and, in front, somewhat parallel to the suture ; an oblong space at the suture lietween the inner rfiws, common to both eh'tra, nearly smooth ; the apex not covering the last segment of the abdomen, and ha^^ng the sutural angles rounded. The punctuation of the metasternum strong and coarse, and very dense at the sides ; the punctures in the middle of the meta- sternum are very large, and form irregular rows ; a space in the middle smooth and triangular. The abdomen is also densely punctuated, but not quite so coarsely as the metasternum, and the middle of the first segment has the punctures a little less dense. The coxal lines are complete, reaching the hind margin of the segment, and have the interior portion slightly curved and the exterior one nearly straight and declivous. Hab. Martapnra, S.E. Borneo (W. Doherty, 1891). li». Scymnus socius sp. uov. (PI. VIII., fig. 21.) Sc. niger, pnbesceus, breviter ovatus, convexus ; capite, prothorace, elrtrorura apice, mesosterno, abdomiue (segmento primo piceo excepto) pedibuscjue luteis, elytronun basi angusta et scutello ferrugineis. Supra minute, el3'tra grossius punctata ; infra parnm grosse et dense punctatus ; metasternum medio liuea minutissime impressa instrnctnm. Liueac coxales semicirculares, segmenti raarginem posteriorem non attingentes. Long. It mm., elytr. 1^, lat. 1^. This species is allied to Sc. thoracicalis, from wliich it may be easily distin- guished by the elytra having no rows of punctures and being narrowly rufous at the base, and by the coxnl lines having their outer portion more curved. Hab. Martapura, S.E. Borneo (W. Doherty, 1891). 11. Scymnus brevis sp. nov. Sc. Intens ; elytris (apice luteo excepto), segmento primo abdominali meta- sternoipie nigris ; griseo-pubescens, breviter convexus. I'rothorax postice ante scutellum leviter prodnctus, deuse et sat minute, elytra fortius punctata, liaec antice spatio parvo laevi sutnrali iustructa. Infra jiaruin crasse, in metasterni medio vix impresso fortius punctatus. Lineae coxales intus arcnatae, segmenti apicem non attingentes, extus obliquae, abbreviatae. ( 131 ) Long. 2^ mm., elytv. ]|, lat. If. Of a buff colour, with the elytra (except the luteous apical fifth), metasternnm, and the first abdominal segment black ; scutcllum and posterior episterna pitchy black. Short ovate, strongly convex, covered with a greyish pubescence. Upper surface punctured all over, with the punctures of the elytra somewhat coarse ; a small space at the base, common to both elytra, is impunctate. Elytra without rows of punctures. Metasternum coarsely punctured, conve.x in the middle, and scarcely with a trace of a median impression. First segment of the abdomen al.so somewhat convex ; abdomen not so coarsely punctured as the metasternnm. The co.xal lines have a very remarkable form : they do not reach the apex of the segment and are evenly curved interiorly ; their exterior part is first nearly straight and jiarallel to the hind margin, then arched and abbreviated, ending farther from the base than from the exterior margin of the segment. Hab. Borneo. 12. Scymnus haemorrhous sp. no v. Sc. niger, snbconvexus, ovatus, griseo-pubescens ; capite, prothorace, elytro- rnm apice, abdomine (segmentis dnobns primis nigris exceptis) pedibus(|ne rufo-testaceis. Prothorax dense subtiliter pnnctatns, angulis anticis parnm jiroductis fere acutis, lateribus fere rectis, basi utrinque sinuata. Elytra prothorace parum grossius punctata. Metasternum ad latera modice grosse, in medio fere sparsatim, antice subtiliter punctatum, subconvexum, non impressmn. Abdomen dense, segmenti ])rimi medio sparsatim punctatum. Lineae coxales marginem posteriorem segmenti non attingentes, incompletae, intus arcuatae, extus obliquae, abbreviatae. Long. 2 mm., elytr. li, lat. 1;^. Black, with the head, prothorax, tip of elytra (about i the length), abdomen, and legs rufo-testaceous : the first segment of the al)domen and the base of the second black. Ovate, rather convex, covered with a sliort greyish pubescence. The prothorax has the fore angles a little prominent and rather sliarp, and is very slightly narrowed behind, with the sides nearly straight, the base produced in front of tlie scutellum and sinuate at each side : densely covered all over with rather fine punctures. The elytra are more coarsely punctured, and have no rows of punctures. The metasternum is convex, devoid of a median line or impression, densely punctured at the sides, the punctuation stronger and less dense in the middle before the hind margin, and much finer towards the mesosternum. Abdomen densely punctuated, with the punctures sparser in the middle of the first segment. Coxal lines incomplete, not reaching the hind margin of the segment, with the interior portion arcuate, the exterior one obliijue and not extending to the lateral margin of the segment. Hab. Martapura, S.E. Borneo (\V. Doherty, 1891). This species n-grees with the preceding in the shape of tlie coxal lines ; it has, however, a much more oblong outline, a tiner punctuation on the elytra, and the colour of its head, prothorax, legs, etc., is much more rufous, and the scutellum and sides of the metasternum are black. Sc. thoracicalis, described below, is nearly of the same colour, but has a shorter shape, complete coxal lines. ;iiid rows of jninctures on tin' elytra. ( 132 ) 13. Scymnus conformis sjj. nov. Sc. niger, subconvexus, breviter ovatns, griseo-pnbescens ; capite, prothorace, elytrorura ajiice, ulxlomino (segmeuto primo medio brnnneo-piceo excepto), pedibus- que testaceis. Prothorax modice dense subtiliter puuctatns ; angulis anticis sub- rotnndatis vix prominulis ; basi bisinnata. Elytra nou dense, prothorace parnm grossins, ad sntnram fere sj)arsatim punctata. Metasternum ad latera dense fortiter- cjae, in medio minus tleu.-5e punctatum, postiee in medio spatio parvo angusto laevi instructnm. Abdomen subtiliter, segmenti primi medio sparsatim punctatum. Lineae coxales completae, semicirculares, marginem posteriorem segmeuti uon attingentes. Long. 2 mm., elj-tr. 15, lat. H. Black, rather convex, short ovate, covered with a grejnsh pubescence. Head, prothorax, tip of the elytra (about \ the lengtli), abdomen, and legs testaceous ; the first segment of the abdomen pitchy brown, with the middle more blackish. The prothorax rather finely and not very densely punctuated, its fore angles slightly prominent and rounded, the base sinuate at each side. Elj'tra a little more coarsely punctuated than the prothorax, the punctures rather sparse at the suture, denser towai-ds the sides ; there are no rows of punctures, and there is no smooth space at the base. The metastei-nnm has the sides densely and strongly, the middle more sj)aringly punctuated ; a very narrow space in the centre before the hind margin smootli. The punctures of the abdomen dense and rather fine, sparse in the middle of the first segment. The coxal lines are completfs forming a ratlier flattened arc, extending only to two-thirds of the length of the segment. Hab. Martapura, S.E. Borneo (W. Doherty, 1891). As regards the punctuation of the elytra and the colour, this species is allied to Sc. haemorrhous, from which it may be at once distinguished by its shape being evidently shorter, the coxal- lines complete, the punctures of the metasternum not finer towards the mesosternum than behind, etc. It difters from Sc. brevis in the punctuation of the elytra and metasternum, in the shape of the coxal lines, tiie colour of the scutellum and metasternum : from Sc. thoracicaiis in the elytra having no rows of punctures, etc. U. Scymnus brunneus Gorham. {Not. Leyd. Mus., 1885, p. 125.) There are in the collection made by William Doherty in the Tenimber Islands three specimens which agree with the description of Sc. brunneu.i Gorh. from Sumatra. The coxal lines, not mentioned in the description, are complete, not reaching the hind margin of the segment, with the exterior portion less curved and more declivous than the interior one. 15. Scymnus grossus sp. nov. .bV. niger, ovatus, convexns, densiter pubescens ; capite, prothorace, elytrorum apice, abdomine pedibusque rufo-testaceis, mesosteruo et lateribus metasterni brnnneo-piceis. Prothorax dense sat minute, elytra subtiliter, ad basim fortius ot minus dense punctata, antice sjiatio oblongo suturali laevi iustructa, hoc spatio pnnctis grossis series irregulares forinantibns ciucto ; elytrurnni ajiicibns rotundatis, abdominis segmentum nltinium imn tegentibus. McfastiTinini dense fortiter ( 133 ) pnnctatum, spatio mediano snlirot.nndato impnnctato, linea mediaua iudistiiicta, instrnctum ; siMomeu dense fortiter punctatum. Lineae coxales semirirci dares, fere oomidetae, marginem posticum segmenti hand attiugeiites. Loug. 2|- mm., elytr. 2^, lat. 2. Black, wath the head, prothorax, tip of the eh'tra (about i the leugth j, abdomen, and legs rufous, with the mesosteruum and sides of the metasternum pitchy brown. Ovate, rather short, upper and under surface covered with a long pile. Prothorax densely bnt not coarsely jjunctuated ; its fore angles prominent, with their tip ronnded ; the base produced in front of the scutellum and sinuate at each side. Elytra rather finely (at the base coarsely) and not densely punctuated, with a number of larger punctures which are ari'anged in ipiite irregular basal rows, extending in front to the suture and surrounding a smooth sutural space. The last segment of the abdomen is not covered by the elytra, as the apex of each elytron is rather strongly rounded. Metasternum densely and coarsely punctured, with a nearly rounded smooth space in the middle. Abdomen coarsely and very densely punctured. Coxal lines not reaching the hind margin of the segment, almost semicircular, lint externally not quite extending to the base. HftA Martajiura, S.E. Borneo (W. Doherty, 1891). Differs from Sc. grunJis sp. nov. in the coarser punctuation of prothorax and elytra, in the elytra having only ([uite irregular rows of jiunctures, in the meta- sternum having a ronnded smooth space in the middle ami being pitchy brown_ at the sides, in the semicircular lines not reaching the apical uiargiii of the segment, and in some minor characters. There is one specimen from Martapura which is smaller, and has the whole metasternum pitchy brown. But as I cannot find other characters in which it differs from Sc. f/rossus, it may be considered to be only a small specimen of this sj)ecies with the colour not ijuite developed. iC'. Scymnus dubius sj). nov. Sc. tkoracicalifs sp. nov. affinis ; ditfert : major, forma oblongiore ; singulo elytro una serie distincta jiunctorum grossorura instructo, secuuda obsoleta ; metasterno medio linea, non spatio triangulare laevi ; elytrorum apicibus minus late testaceis. Long. 2 mm., elytr. If, lat. li. This species is closely allied to Sc. tkoi-acicalis sj). nov., both in punctuation of the upperside and in colour. It is distinguished by the larger size, the more oblong shape, and by the elytra having only one distinct row of punctures ; moreover, the metasternum of Sc. dubius has nearly the whole middle punctuated, having only a very narrow and somewhat impressed smooth median line. As the exterior part of the coxal lines is less declivous, the lines seem to be less strongly curved. The apex of the elytra is not so broadly testaceous as in Sc. thoracicalis sp. nov. Hah. Perak. 1 T. Scymnus thoracicalis s]i. nov. Sc. niger, cinereo-jnibescens, brevitcr ovalis, fort iter convexus ; capite, pro- thorace, elytrorum apice, abdomine (segraentis primo piceo-nigro, secundo piceo exceptis) pedibusque luteo-flavis. Prothorax basi ante scutellum rotundato- dilatatns. Supra minute punctatiis, singulo elytro ad basim duabus seriebus pnnc- torum crassornm instructo ; infra dense j)unctatus ; metasternum subconvexum. ( 134) medio fortiter i-t oblique seriatim pnnctatnm, spatio mediauo parvo triaugnlare laevi. Lineae coxales coini)letae, fere seruicirculares, margineni posticnm segmenti uon attingentes. Long. I J mm., elytr. lA, lat. H. Black, rather sparingly covered with a short greyish pubescence ; ovate and strongly convex. Head, protborax, apex of elrtra (not f|nite ^ the length), legs, and abdomen pale yellow; tbe first abdominal segment blackish, the second pitchy brown. Seutellmn pitch-black. Upper surface finely punctured. Elytra with four short basal rows of punctures near the suture, two on each elytron ; the rows are oblique, a little arched and rather strongly convergent in front ; the sutural space between the two inner rows impuuctate. Body beneath somewhat more strongly punctured than above, with the punctures very coarse in the middle of the metasteruum, and arranged in oblique rows ; metasternum without a median impression, but with a triangular smooth space in the middle. Coxal lines almost semicircular, not reaching tbe posterior margin of tbe segment, with the exterior part more declivous than the inner one and rather straight. Hab. Borneo. 18. Sc3rmnu8 chinensis sp. uov. Sc. rufo-testaceus, ovatus, pavnm convexus, pube griseo-flava vestitus. Pro- thorax brunneus, lateribus et margine antico angusto Intens, dense fortiter punc- tatus ; basi utrinc|ue sinuata. EI\-tra macula angusta suturali triaugnlare brunnea uotata, fortiter sat rugose punctata. Metasteruum brunneum, passim pimctis sat magnis instrnctuiu, mediana linea longitudinal! fortiter impressa. Abdomen dense punctatum, segmoutis primo brunueo, secundo pallidiore. Lineae coxales completae, marginem posticum segment! nou attingentes, semicirculares. Long. If mm., elyti'. IJ, lat. IJ. Rufous, covered witli a short yellowish grey pubescence ; slightly convex, ovate. Protborax strongly punctured all over, brownish, with the sides broadly and the anterior margin very narrowly rufous ; the base sinuate at each side and jii'oduced in front of the scutellum. Elytra rufous, with a long and narrow triangular ill-defined marking (ui tbe suture of a brown colour ; coarsely and a little more strongly punctured throughout than tlie i)rothoi'ax, with the punctures confluent here and there, which gives the elytra a feebly rugose appearance ; there are no rows of punctures. Metasternum bi-own, coarsely and thickly punctured, and slightly rugose, especially at the sides ; the luiddle longitudinally impressed, but not smooth. Abdomen strongly and closely punctured, with the first segment bi'own and the second pale brown. Coxal lines complete, not reaching the bind margin of the segment, strongly and rathei- uniformly arched. Hab. " China " (without exact locality). It difl'ers from tbe very closely allied European Sr. suturalis (Tbunb.) chiefly in the shorter shape, the paler colour, and in tbe punctuation of tbe middle of the metasternum being very much closer and coarser. 19. Scymnus celebensis sp. uov. Sc. obscure rufus, breviter ovatus, convexus, sat longe griseo-pubescens ; pedibus anticis et interiuediis rufis, jjosticis brnnneo-piceis, omnibus tarsis rutis. Supra sat sparsim et subtiliter punctatns; singulum elytrum basaliter juxta suturam duabus seriebus punctorum grossorum antice suturam approximatis instrnctum. ( 130 ; Bletasternum medio fortissiiiie dense puiu'.tatiiui. spiuio luediiuiu n-iaugiiliuv laevi. Liiieae coxales margiuem postioum segmeiili uou attiugeiites, .semioireulares. Long. 2^ mm., elytr. If, lat. 1 H. Of a deep tawny colour, clothed with a rather long pile ; strongly convex, not very densely and almost finely punctured aliuve. Each elytron with two rows of larger punctures at the base ; the inner rows of both elytra limiting a nearly smooth sutural space common to both elytra. Metasternum densely autl, in the middle, very coarsely punctured, with a small and somewhat triangular median space before the hind margin smooth. (Segments of the abdomen narrowly bordered with pale pitchy brown. Fore and intermediate legs rufous, speckled with pitch-colour ; hind legs pitchy brown ; all tarsi rufous. Coxal lines not reaching the hind margin of the segment, almost semicircular, but exteriorly not quite extending to the base of the segment. Hah. (Jolebes (W. Doherty). 21). Scymnus oralis sji. nov. Sc. niger, deusiter cinereo-pubesccus, ovalis, fortiter conv-exus ; ore, antennis, prothoracis angulis auticis et margine anteriore angustissimo pedibusque rufo- testaceis ; abdomine piceo, basi nigro-jiicea. Supra minutissime, infra metasterni lateribus grosse, medio et abdomine minus grosse, punctatns. Lineae coxales com- pletae, semicirculares, marginem posteriorem segmenti uon attingeutes. Long. 2i mm., el3'tr. If, lat. li. Black, strongly convex, ovate, clothed with a dense and rather long greyish pubescence. Antennae, mouth, fore margin of the prothorax (narrowly) and its anterior angles, and the legs rufo-testaceons ; fore legs paler than the other ones ; the base of the abdomen pitchy black, the three last segments • rnfons. Upper surface with a very fine punctuation ; the elytra without short rows of punctures, but at the base with a small and nearly smooth space common to both elytra (as in Sc. breris). Body beneath, chiefly the prosternum and the sides of the metasternum, rather strongly and coarsely punctuated ; the middle of the latter and the first segment of the abdomen have the punctures sparser and finer ; a slight depression in the middle of the metasternum before the hind margin smooth. (!oxal lines complete, semicircular, not reaching the hind margin of the segment. Halj. Tenimber (W. Doherty). 21. Scymnus thomasi sp. nov. 8c. piceo-niger, fere niger, Ii.mge pubescens, paulo convexus, oblongus ; ore, prothoracis margine autico et lateribus, elytrorum et abdominis apieibus pedibusque piceo-testaceis : antennis, tibiis tarsis(pie testaceis. C'aput et prothorax sparsatim et minute pnnctati ; prothorax postice parum angustatns : anguJis posticis rotun- datis ; basi ante scutellam leviter dilatata. Elytra prothorace fortius ])unctata, praeterea punctis grossis instructa. Metasternum lateribus grosse, medio leviter et minus dense punctatum, linea mediana tenuissime impressa. Abdomen dense punctatum ; lineae coxales semicirculares, margiuem posticum segmenti non attingeutes. Long. 2 mm., elytr. IJ, lal. 1^. Dark pitchy black, covered with a rather long pubescence, oblong, slightly convex. The mouth, ])rothorax (except a very large macula in front of the scutellum), apex of the elytra (ill-defined), last segment of the abdomen, and legs ( 136 ) pule jpiicliy brown ; tibiae, tarsi, and antennae almost hileous. Tbe bead as finely and sparingly punctuated as tbe protliorax ; the latter, having the posterior angles strongly rounded, seems to be narrowed posteriorly : its base is slightly dilated in the middle. The elytra more strongly punctured than the protborax, without short rows of pnnctares. Metasternnm with the sides coarsely and the middle finely punctuated ; a very fine median line slightly impressed. Abdomen densely jjunctnated ; coxal lines semicircular, complete, not reaching the bind margin of the segment. Hab. Nias (J. W. Thomas). 22. Scymnus uniplicatus sp. nov. Sc. niger, iufni piceo-niger: breviter ovatiis ; cinereo-pubescens ; capite, pro- thoracis margine antico et lateribus tenuiter, abdomiue (basi excepta) femoribnsque rufo-testaceis ; ore, antennis, tibiis tarsisque luteis. Protborax angulis anticis fortiter rotundatis, basi medio producta, utriuipie sinuata. Supra dense parum rugose punctatus, elytris singulis basaliter breviter unistriato-punctntis, bac stria obliqna ; spatio suturali inter strias sito impunctato. Metasteruum medio parum impressum, fortiter punctatum, punctis forma sat transversa. Abdomen segmentis primo et secuudo medio sparsim, lateribus dense fortiter punctatis. Lineae coxales marginem posteriorem segmenti non attiugentes, iutus oblique arcuatae, extus subito declives et leviter impressae. Long. 1| mm., elytr. 1|, lat. H. Black, covered with a grejish pubescence ; under surface dark blackish brown ; last segments of tlie abdomen, femora, head, narrow fore and outer margins of tbe protborax, pale rufous ; mouth, antennae, tibiae, and tarsi of a bnif colour ; bind femora a little darker than the others. Sides of the protborax almost straight ; fore angles rather strongly rounded, posterior ones sub-rectangular ; middle of tbe base somewhat dilated. Elytra more coarsely and corrugatelj' jjuuctured than the protborax, each with one short row of punctures at the base ; since tbe interstices and exterior borders of the punctures are distinctly raised, tbe row forms an elevated line ; a sutural space between the two rows smooth. Middle of the metasternum visibly impressed, and very coarsely, but not densely punctured ; sides finely punctuated. Miildle of the two basal segments of tbe abdomen sparingly but coarsely, tbe rest of tbe abdomen densely punctured. Coxal lines not reaching the hind margin of the segment, with tbe interior part slightly arched, and the exterior one abruptly declivous and becoming obsolete towards the middle of the segment. Hab. Malay Peninsula. 23. Scymnus rubroventralis sp. nov. Sc. niger, ovatus, convexus, pube brevi cinerea dense vestitus; capite, prothorace marginibus latis lateralibus et margine antico angusto, elytris apice, pedibus, abdomineque (segmento jjrimo uigro-piceo excepto) rufis. Supra minute punctatus, elytra ad basim una serie pnnctorum grossorum iustructa. Metasteruum fortiter punctatum, medio ante marginem posticum j)auce depressura, spatio mediano triangiilare laevi et linea mediana tenuissima instructum. Abdomen modice grosse, segmento primo medio sat sparsatim, punctatum. Lineae coxales completae, semi- circulares, marginem posticum segmenti non attiugentes. Long. If mm., elytr. 1^, lat. IJ. ( 137 ) Black, ovate, moderately convex ; densely clothed with a short greyish pubescence. Head, apex of the elytra — about J the length — legs, abdomen, sides of the prothorax, broadly and its front margin narrowly rnfous ; first abdominal segment pitch-lilack. Upper surface rather finely punctured ; elytra with some scattered large jjunctures, and each with one distinct row of punctures at the base and traces of a second at the outside of the first. Metasternum coarsely 2>unctured ; the middle jiosteriorly feebly depressed, with a fine central line and a triangular smooth si)ace. Abdomen also rather coarsely jjunctured, with the punctures sparser in the middle of the basal segment. Coxal lines not reaching the hind margin of the segment, semicircular. Hab. Timor (W. Doherty). This small species differs from its nearest ally, Sc. sanwfrensia Gorham (?), especially in size and punctuation. 'Zi. Scymnus novaeguineae sp. nov. Sc. niger, dense pubesceus, parum oblougus. 6 modice convexus ; capite, pro- thoracis margine antico angusto et lateribus, pedibns<iue testaceis, femoribus posticis nigro-piceis ; ? fortiter convexus, ore, prothoracis augulis anticis, tibiis tarsisque testaceis. Prothorax dense modice fortiter punctatus ; basi medio producta,^utrinqne sinuata. El}-tra minute coriacea, punctis iudistinctis, siugulo ad basim seriebus duabus pimcturum grossorum instructo. Metasternum grossissime punctatum, medio leviter impressum ; linea angustissima longitudinali, s])atio mediano parum rotundato laevi. Abdomen ad latera dense, in medio sparsius punctatum. Lineae coxales completae, marginem posteriorem segmenti non attingeutes, parte interiore exteriore decliviore. Long. 2| mm., elytr. 2, lat. If. Black, somewhat oblong, covered with a greyish pubescence which has a yellowish tint on the last segments of the abdomen ; convex, especially at the base of the elytra. The single specimen, which I suppose is a mule, has the anterior margin of the prothorax exceedingly narrowly and the fore angles broadly rufous, head and legs the same, and hind femora pitchy brown. A second specimen, perhaps A female, is much more convex, and has only the mouth, antennae, tip of the anterior angles of the prothorax, tibiae, and tarsi rufous, and all femora pitchy black. Prothorax covered throughout with moderately large punctures ; the base rather strongly produced in front of the scutellum. Elytra devoid oi a distinct punc- tuation, except the usual two basal rows of punctures, and their derm of a finely shagreened appearance. Metasternum coarsely and, at the sides, densely punctured ; the punctures of the middle arranged in some more or less transverse rows ; centre slightly depressed, with a fine median line and a rather large and somewhat rounded smooth space. Abdomen strongly and densely punctured, more sparingly so in the middle. Coxal lines complete, not reaching the posterior margin of the segment, with the exterior part less arched and less declivous than the interior one. Hah. Humboldt Bay, New Guinea (W. Doherty, 1892;. 25. Scymnus gibbosus sp. nov. Sc. niger, brevitor ovatus, convexus, griseo-pubescens ; capite, prothoracis margine antico et angulis anticis, elytrorum apice, abdomine (basi piceo-nigra excepta), pedibusque rulb-testaceis. Prothoracis basis ante scutellum jiroducta, truncata. Elytra prothoraci densius punctata, singulo striis duabus punctorum ( 138 ) grossornru, elytrorniu ruedium atfiugeiitibus, iustriicto ; spatio snturali inter strias iuteriores niinutissimc j)uuctato. Metasteriium lateribns deiisiter grosse, medio param sparsins punctatnm ; spatio mediano triangulare laevi ; liiiea longitudinali impressa. Abdomen dense grosse pnnotatnni. Lineae coxales completae, marginem posteriorem segmenti lere attiugeutes, cxtus panlo arcuatae. Long. 2 mm., elytr. 1|, lat. 1§. Black, with the Lead, anterior margin and fore angles of the prothorax, tip of elytiu (about ^ the length), abdomen, and legs rufo-testaceous ; first abdominal segment pitchy black, second pitchy brown. Clothed with a greyish pubescence, short ovate, convex, with the elytra' somewhat abrn])tly raised behind the scutellum. Prothorax rather strongly ]>roduced and truncate in front of the scutellum, less densely and coarsely punctured than the elytra. Each of the latter with two distinct rows of large punctures at the base extending to the middle of the disc, and with traces of two other rows ; the space at the suture between the rows, common to both elytra, very finely punctuated. Metasternum with a coarse and dense punctuation at the sides ; the middle with less close punctures, with a triangular smooth median space and a fine median line. Abdomen coarsely and densely punctured. Ooxal lines complete, nearly reaching the hind margin of the segment, running for a little time parallel to the hind margin, where they approach the latter, and then extending down to the fore angles of the segment in an almost straight line. Hab. Bantam, Java. Differs from Sr. .vtmatrensis Gorliam (yot. Lei/d. Mas.. 1884, p. 126) especially iu the distinct punctuation ; from Sc. rubrocentralis sp. uov. it may be diiferentiated by its size, shape, and i)Huctuation. ~ii. Scymnus weisei sji. nov. Sc. niger, griseo-])ubesceus, breviter ovatus, subcouvexus ; capite, prothorace — plaga magna antescutellare nigra excepta — elytrorum apice, prosterno pedibusque rufo-testaceis ; c? abdoinine basi piceo, apice pallide testaceo ; ? abdomine fere nigro, apice ])iceo. Prothorax basi utrin(iue sinuatus, elytris paulo minus fortiter jmnctatus ; illis singulis ad basim dnabus seriebus punctorum grossorum instrnctis. Metasternum grosse